From 0e00fb64c271b0107e65fdf601df25e39f61b57f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Sun, 30 Sep 2018 21:23:18 +0000 Subject: hyperref (30sep18) git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@48792 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog | 3025 ------------ Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.pdf | Bin 180985 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt | 3038 ++++++++++++ Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README | 1645 ------ Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.md | 182 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.pdf | Bin 118298 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/backref.pdf | Bin 118997 -> 119000 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref.pdf | Bin 2423172 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.html | 5215 ++++++++++++++------ Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.pdf | Bin 214898 -> 287204 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual2.html | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual3.html | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/nameref.pdf | Bin 116655 -> 116654 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/options.pdf | Bin 30209 -> 30199 bytes .../texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/fdl.tex | 2 +- .../source/latex/hyperref/doc/manual.tex | 1689 ++++++- .../texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.dtx | 66 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipdfm.def | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvips.def | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipson.def | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdviwind.def | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hluatex.def | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hpdftex.def | 3 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.cfg | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.def | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htexture.def | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtex.def | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexhtm.def | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexmrk.def | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hxetex.def | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty | 38 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hypertex.def | 2 +- .../texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/nohyperref.sty | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pd1enc.def | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pdfmark.def | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/psdextra.def | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puarenc.def | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puenc.def | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puvnenc.def | 2 +- 39 files changed, 8609 insertions(+), 6350 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.md delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref.pdf (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist') diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index bee97e703d7..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3025 +0,0 @@ -2018-02-06 6.86b David Carlisle - * 6.86b - * Fix packaging of luatex.dtx (reported on tex.sx) - * Don't include test directory on ctan (still on github) - -2017-09-29 6.86a David Carlisle - * 6.86a - * bump version and fix documentation markup - * fixes to xsl and other minor build adjustments - * send driver message just to log, issue #9 - * add \and to the list of commands locally made safe in pdf title info, issue #44 - * for issue #50 add pdf source zip from texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref-docsrc - -2017-09-29 6.85a David Carlisle - * 6.85a - * Make driver auto detect info not message (so just log not terminal) issue #9 - * Make \and locally "; " while making pdf info string issue #44 - -2017-09-29 6.85a Ulrike Fischer - * 6.85a - * don't define \noboundary as text command / issue 37 (#45) - * changed default pdfversion from 2 to 5, along the default settings in the current tex systems - * change with pdfa version to 4 only if the current version is smaller, see issue #38 - * removed \noboundary from puarenc.def, see issue #37 - * Issue #38: change version to 1.4 with pdfa only if it is smaller (#43) - * changed default pdfversion from 2 to 5, along the default settings in the current tex systems - * change with pdfa version to 4 only if the current version is smaller, see issue #38 - * issue #25, added \HyPsd@EscapeTeX#1% to correctly escape non-ascii in heading (#42) - * code to amend issue #40 (missing pdfhighlight option for xetex/dvipdfmx) (#41) - * corrected typo in hpdftex.def - * exchanged code for pdfhighlight by \Hy@setpdfhighlight in hpdftex.def - * exchanged code for pdfhighlight by \Hy@setpdfhighlight in hluatex.def - * added \Hy@setpdfhighlight to hdvipdfm/hxetex.def - -2017-03-14 6.85a David Carlisle - * 6.85a - * Declare \newtie in PU encoding (composites with \newtie are - already declared). Declaring composites with an undeclared accent does - not work and will be flagged as an error in the next LaTeX release. - * Modify the regex in pdfremotestartview for github issue 28 - https://github.com/ho-tex/hyperref/issues/28 - -2017-01-26 6.84a David Carlisle - * 6.84a - * Fix driver check to allow luatex as well as pdftex in pdf mode. - * Documentation improvements - -2016-06-24 6.83q David Carlisle - * 6.83q - * cleveref support - -2016-05-21 6.83p David Carlisle - * 6.83p, nameref 2.44, backref 1.39 - * document github support - * escape Field values (issue #5, thanks to Ulrike Fischer for fix). - * fix to checkbox/Radio code (issue #6, thanks to Ulrike Fischer for fix). - * Fix for links in amsmath \text (issue #13) - * Fix white space at end of line before a theorem (issue #11) - -2016-05-18 6.83o David Carlisle - * 6.83o - * merge pull request from H. Yamashita pass driver options to color package. - * replace call to luatex85 package by new luatex back end option - * Catalan autoref translation contributed in issue #4 - -2016-05-05 6.83n David Carlisle - * 6.83n - * Load luatex85 package for luatex compatibility - -2012-11-06 6.83m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83m - * Option `pdflang': Default is `\relax' that suppresses - the entry in the PDF catalogue. An empty value (undetermined - language) is written to the PDF catalogue. - * Option `pdflang': Checks for well-formedness added - (if \pdfmatch is available). - * Option `hyperindex': The latest encapsulating command is repeated - for the close range entries, if it is not already given. That improves - compatibility to `xindy'. (Formatting commands remain unsupported.) - -2012-10-31 6.83l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83l - * Workaround for bug in `frenchb.ldf' 2010/08/21 v2.5a added that - destroys `\pdfstringdefDisableCommands' in `\AtBeginDocument'. - * nameref 2.43: - * Support for theorem names in class `beamer'. - * Some support for `description' labels in class `beamer', if - `\label' is inside the optional argument of `\item'. - -2012-10-15 6.83k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83k - * If `hyperref' is loaded in the document class and `htlatex' is used, - then `hyperref' passes options for `tex4ht' found in \@documentclasshook - to `tex4ht'. - * \hyper@link@ suppresses links with empty target. - -2012-10-13 6.83j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83j - * PDF forms/hpdftex.def: Field option `calculatesortkey' added - (pdfTeX/LuateX only) to specify the calculation order for - calculated fields. - * Option `pdflinkmargin' implemented for pdfmark drivers. - -2012-10-12 6.83i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83i - * PDF forms: /CO (calculation order) is set for fields with - calculations. Only document order is supported currently. - * pdfmark.def: /Fields is set like in the other PDF form drivers. - -2012-10-11 6.83h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83h - * If `hyperref' is loaded in the document class, then it misses - the detection of package `tex4ht' of `htlatex' because it is - loaded after the documentclass. Therefore another test for - `\HCode' is added that is defined by `htlatex'. - * The setting of additional information entries is done globally - like the other standard options (pdfauthor, pdftitle, ...) - for the information dictionary. (Bug report: - http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/75684/16967) - -2012-09-27 6.83g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83g - * Fix for \hyper@link@. - -2012-09-26 6.83f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83f - * Option `customdriver' added. - -2012-09-24 6.83e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83e - * Fix for \hyper@link@. - -2012-09-23 6.83d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83d - * Table of contents: If the page number is empty, then the - link is suppressed to avoid tiny link boxes. - * puenc.def/psdextra.def: Wrong names \(text)capricorn - renamed to \(text)capricornus (wasysym). - * hyperref.sty: \hyper@link@ recoded. - * hpdftex.def: Fix for option `ocgcolorlinks' to prevent removing - other page resources. - * LuaTeX: Workaround for LuaTeX bug 773 added that can be triggered - by \pdfstringdef. - -2012-08-21 6.83c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83c - * Package `parskip': The changes of \@starttoc of package `parskip' - 2001/04/09 are supported (setting \parskip to zero). - * Optional page object references added to field annotations. - (hpdftex.def: only if package `zref-abspage' is loaded.) - * Bug fix for bug in bug fix of 6.82w. The active `Q' was redefined - and not restored after usage (breaks package `flexisym'). - (Thanks Dominic J\"anichen and Ulrike Fischer.) - -2012-08-18 6.83b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83b - * pd1enc.def: \ij and \IJ fixed, now they expand to `ij' and `IJ' - (these glyphs are not available in PDFDocEncoding). - * Shorthands of babel deactivated in \hyper@makecurrent (destination names) - and the destination name of \contentsline. - * \XeTeXLinkBox with \XeTeXLinkMargin added for XeTeX if the link - does not contain character glyphs. - -2012-08-13 6.83a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.83a - * Syntax fixes in additions for puenc.def. - (Thanks Yury Donskoy for bug report.) - * Fix for option `psdextra'. - * puenc.def: further additions. - -2012-08-11 6.82z Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82z - * Fix in parent counter lookup, meaning of \@elt is restored - after usage. (Thanks Victor Ivrii for bug report.) - * puenc.def: fixes and additions. - -2012-08-03 6.82y Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82y - * Unique destination names: Lookup for parent counters added - for counters that are defined before hyperref is loaded and - \theH is not provided. - * Fixes: File `psdextra.def` was loaded always with option `unicode', - restriction of set option `psdextra' was missing. Also the - catcode was not explicitely set to `letter', when the file is loaded. - (Thanks Daniel Halperin for bug report.) - -2012-07-31 6.82x Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82x - * nameref 2.42: Definition for \strip@period provided. - It was removed in 2.41, but it is needed by package `subfig'. - -2012-07-30 6.82w Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82w - * Bug fix in \pdfstringdef: Active characters defined with - \protected are catched and converted to characters with - catcode 12 (other). - * hpdftex.def: Before setting the version number it is checked, - whether objects are already written. Also \pdfobjcompresslevel - is disabled for versions < 5. - * puenc.def: Hebrew letters added. - -2012-07-29 6.82v Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82v - * Bug fix (introduced in 6.82r): Information entries did not - get written in some drivers (xetex, dvipdfm, ...). - -2012-07-28 6.82u Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82u - * Option `destlabel' and \HyperDestRename added. - * nameref 2.41: - * The hook \label@hook is added to \label. - * \strip@period is fixed (unnecessary addition of \relax) - and renamed to \NR@strip@period. - -2012-07-26 6.82t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82t - * Some fixes in PU encoding, especially \textbackslash. - -2012-07-25 6.82s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82s - * \pdfstringdef: \ensuremath added to avoid warnings - about "removing `math shift'". - * backref 1.38: Explicit package dependency for `ltxcmds' added. - -2012-07-24 6.82r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82r - * Package pifont: \ding in Unicode bookmarks supported. - * puenc.def: lots of symbols added. - * New experimental option `psdextra' that loads file `psdextra.def' - with defines the original short character names (mostly math) - to the names with prefix `text' because of NFSS. - * puarenc.def: \noboundary fixed. - * Definitions of \theH made global (GL). - * Bug fix in hpdftex.def for links across the first and second page: - \Hy@FixNotFirstPage is disabled for package `atbegshi' >= 2011/10/05. - * backref 1.37: - * \backrefsetup added. - * Options `enable' and `disable' added. - -2012-05-13 6.82q Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82q - * \HyNew@float@makebox added for package `caption' - (feature request from Axel Sommerfeldt). - -2012-02-28 6.82p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82p - * pdfmark: Missing border color setting for \Acrobatmenu added. - * dvipdfmx/xetex: Fix for \Acrobatmenu if \@menubordercolor is \relax. - * Some warnings for entries of the information dictionary added, - if the driver does not support them. - * Test file testinfo.tex added that sets all entries of - the information dictionary. - -2012-02-06 6.82o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82o - * At the begin and end of an equation an \hbox might be - present that affects math spacing (for example, if the - equation starts with an unary minus). By putting \hbox - in \mathopen/\mathclose, now only a math punctuation at - the end of the equation will add some space afterwords. - Environment eqnarray is fixed in a similar way, also - its anchor position is fixed. - -2011-12-06 6.82n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82n - * Redefinition of \theHchapter/\theHsection in \appendix - uses \Hy@AlphNoErr instead of \Alph to provide values - for the cases unsupported in \Alph. - -2011-12-04 6.82m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82m - * \...footnotetext commands might contain unbalanced conditionals. - -2011-11-21 6.82l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82l - * Bug fix in page labels (bug introduced in 6.82a). - * Field/borderwidth: Also a dimen can be given - instead of a number with default unit bp. - (Feature request of GL.) - * Fix for \TextField and \TextCheckField: - \leavevmode is inserted before the formular field - to avoid the error that \pdfstartlink cannot be - used in vertical mode. (Bug reported by GL.) - -2011-11-19 6.82k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82k - * The macros \theH are defined using - \providecommmand to allow previous definitions - (feature request from Axel Sommerfeldt). - -2011-10-01 6.82j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82j - * Patch of \TX@endtabularx modified in order to support - biblatex's patching (reported by Marc Baudoin). - -2011-09-28 6.82i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82i - * Internal boolean switches renamed if the boolean switch differs from - its option. This simplifies the implementation of \Hy@boolkey, - \IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean. - * Package tabularx: Footnote linking is only disabled inside - environment tabularx. - -2011-08-19 6.82h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82h - * dvipdfm/xetex: pdfpagetransition, pdfpageduration, pdfpagehidden - implemented. - * \IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean added. - * The label form of \hyperref[...]{...} does not set - a broken link if the reference is not defined. - -2011-04-17 6.82g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82g - * Make use of package `hobsub-hyperref'. - * Patch for package `ltxcmds' removed by requiring the fixed version - (see v6.81t). - * Drivers dvipdfm/xetex: missing \leavevmode added for links. - -2011-04-09 6.82f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82f - * Definition of \Hy@xspace@end moved to an earlier place. - -2011-04-07 6.82e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82e - * \xspace without space at end of links and anchors. - -2011-03-09 6.82d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82d - * dvipdfm/xetex: missing launch actions added for \href. - -2011-02-28 6.82c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82c - * Fix for references with dvips/breaklinks=true in math mode. - (Bug found by Gady Kozma). - -2011-02-07 6.82b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82b - * Fix for class `slides' with option `pageanchors' - and anchor name shortened if page is not used. - -2011-02-05 6.82a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.82a - * Options `hidelinks', `allcolors' and `allbordercolors' added. - * \pdfstringdef: \begin, \end, \foreignlanguage catched. - * Options `pdfpagelabels' and `pageanchor': some support - for class with its page counters (slide/overlay/note/page) added. - * Option `pageanchor': Double string escaping removed - for default setting hypertexnames=true, plainpages=false. - -2010-12-16 6.81z Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81z - * Fix for bug #135 `amsclass: wrong formatting of theorems' - (thanks to Dan Luecking for his analysis). - -2010-12-15 6.81y Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81y - * Allowing driver tex4ht if XeTeX is running (htxelatex). - -2010-12-14 6.81x Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81x - * Destination names (\hyper@makecurrent) now use - the original definition of \@arabic to avoid - trouble with redefined \@arabic (polyglossia/arabic). - -2010-12-03 6.81w Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81w - * Fix for draftmode, because .out file wasn't written. - -2010-11-26 6.81v Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81v - * Fix for driver hpdftex.def (undefined \pdf@draftmode). - -2010-11-22 6.81u Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81u - * Driver hpdftex.def: Use of \pdfdraftmode. - * Driver pdfmark.def: Math mode respected in links. - * Some unnecessary code removed in \LT@p@ftntext (GL). - -2010-10-30 6.81t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81t - * Radio buttons: small fix, escaping values and adding /DV. - * Temporary fix for \ltx@LocalAppendToMacro until next bundle update. - -2010-10-19 6.81s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81s - * Version check added for driver files. - * Field options `altname' and `mappingname' added. - -2010-09-25 6.81r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81r - * \SpecialDvipdfmxOutlineOpen is set in case of XeTeX. - -2010-09-17 6.81q Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81q - * Broken error messages because of broken \Hy@Error fixed. - -2010-09-17 6.81p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81p - * Sanitizing (babel shorthands) of anchor names in - \hyper@anchor and \hyper@anchorstart. - -2010-09-16 6.81o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81o - * Broken option `pdfborder' fixed (since 6.81n). - -2010-09-13 6.81n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81n - * New option `driverfallback'. It takes a driver option for - the case that a driver is not given and cannot be autodetected. - (Feature request by Markus Kohm.) - * Unused option `hyperref' removed. - * Driver options are now `void' options that do not accept any values. - -2010-09-11 6.81m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81m - * New option `pdfremotestartview'. - * \href with new optional argument with - keys `page' and `pdfremotestartview', `pdfnewwindow', `ismap', - `nextactionraw'. - * Fix for urls in \href: Prefix 'file:' is not added. - -2010-09-11 6.81l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81l - * Fix spacefactor corrections of 6.81i for math mode. - * Fixing GoToR actions if \href contains `file:///' or - `file://localhost/'. - -2010-09-10 6.81k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81k - * PDF forms: Missing JavaScript actions added for check boxes, - push, submit and reset buttons. - * PDF forms: Warnings are given, if HTML field options are used. - -2010-09-04 6.81j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81j - * \Hy@EveryPageAnchor fixed to avoid Overfull \hbox warnings - with some drivers. - -2010-09-04 6.81i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81i - * Various drivers: Destinations made transparent for \spacefactor. - * Various drivers: Links made transparent for \spacefactor. - * Various drivers: Fixes for option `raiselinks' without color. - -2010-09-01 6.81h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81h - * Fix for clash with package `varioref', that redefines - \refstepcounter with loss of hyperref's additions. - * Additions for README. - -2010-08-30 Heiko Oberdiek - * backref 1.36: Typo in warning fixed. - -2010-06-18 6.81g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81g - * pdfmark: Disabling of \escapechar is removed during reading - the .out file. With package xkeyval the \pdfmark causes - lots of character `2' in the output. - * kvsetkeys: \setkeys is replaced by \kvsetkeys. - -2010-06-04 6.81f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81f - * Beautifying error text of utf8x.def of \utf@viii@undeferr. - * pdfmark.def: Avoid \leavevmode and \hbox of \pdf@rect - for destinations with empty target area. It fixes spacing - in situations like "\section{A}\hypertarget{foobar}{}\section{B}". - (Bug detected by Thomas Beuthe.) - -2010-05-13 6.81e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81e - * Real epsilon for \eTeX and \LaTeXe in Unicode bookmarks. - -2010-05-12 6.81d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81d - * Fix for russian. (Bug found by Victor Kozyakin.) - -2010-05-11 6.81c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81c - * Fix for funny \@alph and \@Alph definitions for use - in anchor names. - * \@fnsymbol uses replacement in anchor names. - -2010-05-10 6.81b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81b - * Bookmarks: memoir's \booknumberline supported. - -2010-05-04 6.81a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.81a - * Patch for longtable takes package arydshln into account. - -2010-05-01 6.80z Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80z - * Language definitions for \autoref are provided automatically - without global or package language options if babel is loaded - before. - -2010-04-30 6.80y Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80y - * pdfencoding=auto: Escape TeX characters in .out file after - successful conversion to PDFDocEncoding (or subset). - * nameref 2.40: Support of environment `description'. - -2010-04-17 6.80x Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80x - * Define \@currentHref as "Doc-Start" right at the beginning - for a better support of \label lost in the preamble. - * nameref 2.39: \@currentHref and \@currentlabelname are not overwritten. - -2010-04-16 6.80w Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80w - * nameref fix for memoir disabled. - * nameref 2.38: Support for theorems. - -2010-04-15 6.80v Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80v - * Support for star form of \nameref added in hyperref. - * nameref 2.37 - * Support for forgotten star form \part* added. - * Support for memoir fixed: non-star forms of \section, \chapter. - -2010-03-30 6.80u Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80u - * \pdfstringdef: Fix for unexpandable shorthand `"-' - of `russianb.ldf'. (Bug found by Uladzimir Pylinski.) - -2010-03-29 6.80t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80t - * Support for package `amsthm' fixed. - (Bug found by Dana Lahat.) - -2010-03-28 6.80s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80s - * \@currentHlabel is no longer used. - * \HyperGlobalCurrentHref and \HyperLocalCurrentHref added. - (Not yet supported in footnotes.) - * Fix in bookmarks/.out file: some special characters protected. - * \href: detection of file links fixed if the file base name - contains dots (bug found by Uladzimir Pylinski). - * Some changes to allow `hyperref' to be loaded via - \AtBeginDocument (experimental). - -2010-03-19 6.80r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80r - * Experimental boolean option `localanchorname' added. - * Warning text corrected for empty anchor. - * Some \@ifundefined replaced by \ltx@IfUndefined - (avoids definition of macros like \thechapter as \relax). - -2010-03-18 6.80q Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80q - * hpdftex.def, option `verbose': end of links are - recorded in the .log file at shipout time. - This helps to find the link in case of the pdfTeX error - `\pdfendlink ended up in different nesting level ...' - -2010-03-16 6.80p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80p - * Bookmark output for \CJKnumber fixed. - * Bookmark implementation of \CJKnumber changed. - \CJK@one is suppressed before \CJK@ten, if the - number starts with this. - -2010-03-13 6.80o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80o - * Typo fixed in CJK bookmark code (Jinsong Zhao). - -2010-03-11 6.80n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80n: \undefined relaced by \@undefined. - * backref 1.35: \undefined replaced by \@undefined. - -2010-03-10 6.80m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80m - * If package `ucs' is loaded \PrerenderUnicode is called - for information entries. - -2010-03-09 6.80l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80l - * Support of CJKnumb.sty's \CJKnumber and \CJKdigits in bookmarks, - if encoding is Unicode. - -2010-03-04 6.80k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80k - * \pdfstringdef: generic font commands (\selectfont, - \usefont, \fontencoding, ...) disabled. - -2010-03-03 6.80j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80j - * pdfmark.def: better support of hyphenation if breaklinks=false. - -2010-03-01 6.80i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80i - * hpdftex.def: form fields array collects field references - via .aux file to avoid recording field references of field - inside canceled boxes. - * README updated. - -2010-02-25 6.80h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80h - * Compatibility for KOMA-Script's \footref. - -2010-02-24 6.80g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80g - * Option `verbose': anchors and internal links are recorded in - the .log file for all drivers. - -2010-02-21 6.80f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80f - * Unicode support is loaded only if unicode is set to true. - Previously the option regardless of setting triggered - the loading of unicode support (or an error, if after - \begin{document}). - -2010-02-08 6.80e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80e - * \ref and \pageref robust again before \begin{document}. - (Bug report by Gerrit Schmitz.) - * Project/repository moved to Puszcza - (https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/projects/hyperref). - -2010-01-25 6.80d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80d - * License update to LPPL 1.3+ - * nameref 2.36, backref 1.34: LPPL 1.3+ - -2010-01-16 6.80c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80c - * Problem with package `titlesec' fixed (reported by GL in comp.text.tex). - * backref 1.33: - * \backrefentrycount added. - * Internal calculations for \backrefalt and \backrefentrycount - are disabled, if these features are not used. - -2010-01-11 6.80b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80b - * Options `pdfinfo' and `pdftrapped' added. - -2010-01-09 Heiko Oberdiek - * backref 1.32: - * Brazilian Portuguese added (Rog\'erio Brito). - * Some language aliases added. - -2010-01-08 6.80a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.80a - * Missing \expandafter added for fix in 6.79z. - `\.' now works again for other languages than Spanish - in bookmarks. - -2009-12-28 6.79z Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79z - * \pdfstringdef/spanish.ldf: \. breaks \pdfstringdef, - therefore it is restored as dot accent (\es@save@dot). - \... is not supported. Use \texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots} instead. - -2009-12-23 6.79y Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79y - * Global papersize options (a4paper, ...) ignored. - -2009-12-22 6.79x Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79x - * Checking \@outlinefile before writing (workaround for - beamer bug in beamerbasecompatibility 1.63). - -2009-12-18 6.79w Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79w - * Again anchor setting in unnumbered sections fixed. - \@currentHref gets overwritten by float objects right - after inline section commands like \paragraph, \subparagraph. - Reported by Lev Bishop. - Now the reference name (\@currentHref) is passed by value - (expanded) to the anchor setting code. - * nameref 2.35: Required date for package `gettitlestring' updated. - -2009-12-17 6.79v Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79v - * Fix for `pdfencoding=auto', the code accidently got - deleted for the other drivers than XeTeX. - * `pdfencoding=auto' for XeTeX now adds a method to suppress the - warning "Failed to convert input string to UTF16...", see README. - -2009-12-16 6.79u Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79u - * Babel patch of 6.77o rewritten that babel can be loaded - after hyperref. - -2009-12-15 6.79t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79t - * hxetex: Using encoding `ascii-print' for - `pdfencoding=auto'. - -2009-12-15 6.79s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79s - * Removed paper options of 6.79o now generate a warning - instead of an error. - -2009-12-15 6.79r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79r - * hxetex: default is now `pdfencoding=auto' because of - bug of AR7/Linux regarding page labels. - -2009-12-15 6.79p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79p - * hxetex: PDFDocEncoding is not supported, only - option `unicode', `pdfencoding=unicode' or `pdfencoding=auto'. - In the latter case, PDFDocEncoding is only used, if the - string is an ascii string (7-bit characters). - No idea, how to get rid of the warning - "Failed to convert input string to UTF16...". - The strings are already in UTF16, thus an additional conversion - have to fail. - * Missing package dependency added: intcalc (Vladimir Volovich). - -2009-12-14 6.79o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79o - * Paper options `a4paper', `a5paper' are ignored. - Setting the page size is done by using \paperwidth - and \paperheight. Or in case of memoir \stockwidth and - \stockheight are used. Evaluation time for setting the page size - is at begin of document or first page (driver dependant). - * XeTeX has its own driver file `hxetex.def' (based on hdvipdfm.def). - * hxetex.def uses pdfTeX's \pdfpagewidth and \pagepageheight - for setting the media size. - -2009-12-10 6.79n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79n - * Use of package `rerunfilecheck'. - * backref 1.31: Use of package `rerunfilecheck'. - -2009-12-09 6.79m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79m - * \clear@document (REVTeX} is not used in favor of \AtVeryEndDocument - (Arthur Ogawa). - * backref 1.30: Use of package `atveryend'. - -2009-12-08 6.79l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79l - * \Hy@SectionAnchor disabled in bookmarks. - * \clearpage is not added in \AtEndDocument any more by using - package `atveryend' instead to prevent problems with column - balancing in revtex (reported by Arthur Ogawa). - * \@caption uses \NR@gettitle from package `nameref' if available. - * nameref 2.34: - * Redefinition of \@caption is restricted to - the case if hyperref 6.79l or later is not loaded. - * Use of package `gettitlestring' for postprocessing - the title strings. - -2009-11-27 Heiko Oberdiek - * nameref 2.33: \phantomsection and \addcontentsline are disabled during - title string expansion. - -2009-11-27 6.79k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79k - * Fix of anchor setting: The anchor setting is filtered out - for title extracting classes and packages (memoir, titleref, - zref-titleref, nameref 2.32. - * nameref 2.32: the title string is expanded to filter out - unwanted stuff (same way as memoir, titleref, zref-titleref). - -2009-11-27 6.79j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79j - * Fix of anchor setting for section titles in 6.79h is made - a little more robust. - -2009-11-26 6.79i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79i - * Support for empty category parameter fixed for \hyperref and \hyperdef. - * \hyperdef fixed (.aux file entry). - -2009-11-25 6.79h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79h - * Fix of anchor setting for section titles. - * chapters, parts (Markus Kohm), - * unnumbered sections. - Now the workarounds with \phantomsection like - \cleardoublepage\phantomsection\printindex - should not be necessary any longer. - * nohyperref: star from \ref and \pageref ignored (Henrik Tidefelt). - -2009-11-20 6.79g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79g - * \pdfstringdef: Support for unicode characters added - for XeTeX and LuaTeX. - -2009-11-15 6.79f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79f - * Forms: Bug in \HyField@PDFChoices fixed, wrong order of - export and display value (Donald P. Story). - -2009-11-14 6.79e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79e - * Rerun warning added for bookmarks, based on MD5 sum and file size. - (This feature requires pdfTeX or LuaTeX.) - * backref 1.29: - * Rerun warning added, based on MD5 sum and file size. - (This feature requires pdfTeX or LuaTeX.) - -2009-10-31 6.79d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79d - * Full support of makeindex's encap feature (e.g. \index{alpha|textbf}). - \hyperpage and the formatting command are cascaded via - \hyperindexformat. Internally \index{alpha|textbf} is transferred - to \index{alpha|hyperindexformat{\textbf}}. \hyperindexformat calls - the formatting command in its first argument with the page range - as argument that is put into \hyperpage. The formatting command - may call \hyperpage itself, it will be disabled automatically - to prevent nested \hyperpage commands. - -2009-10-28 6.79c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79c - * Fix for a wrong byte "0xA0", accidently introduced in 6.79b. - * Adding bookmark sequence numbers in comments to the bookmark - auxiliary file (Vladimier Volovich). - * Manual fix: pdfpicktrackbypdfsize -> pdfpicktraybypdfsize - (Gregor Zimmermann). - -2009-10-19 6.79b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79b - * Respect \stockwidth and \stockheight for drivers `dvips' - and `dvipdfm'. - -2009-10-09 6.79a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.79a - * Field option `radiosymbol' added. - * Both `checkboxsymbol' and `radiosymbol' support \ding - (see package `pifont' from bundle `psnfss2e'). - -2009-10-02 6.78w Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78w - * Recognize `amsmidx' as multiple index package (David M. Jones). - * Manual fixes (Herbert Voss). - -2009-09-22 6.78v Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78v - * PDF objects needed for formulars are only allocated if - environment `Form' is used (hpdftex, hdvipdfm). - -2009-09-10 6.78u Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78u - * Support for open outlines is turned on for XeTeX >= 0.9995. - Thus option `dvipdfmx-outline-open' is not necessary in this case. - I don't know about older versions of XeTeX. - * Additions to the manual (aliascnt, bookmarks). - -2009-08-04 6.78t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78t - * Fix: Option `bookmarksdepth' with name value now also works - as package option. - -2009-05-23 6.78s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78s - * Fix: "\let\textlatin\@firstofone from \addcontentsline. - -2009-05-01 6.78r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78r - * \pdfstringdef: - * Typo in definition of \new@ifnextchar fixed (Ulrike Fischer), - * and \kernel@ifnextchar disabled (Dan Luecking). - * dvipdfm(x)/xetex: This driver family does not support nested - annotations. Therefore annotations inside annotations are - disabled automatically. - -2009-04-04 6.78q Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78q - * Better error message for \MakeUppercase and \MakeLowercase - in \pdfstringdef (bookmarks). - * Expandable simulation of \ignorespaces in bookmarks. - * The values of boolean options are now expanded (\Hy@boolkey). - * Warnings added for links with empty destination name. - -2009-02-22 6.78p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78p - * hpdftex.def: Problem fixed, if a link is broken across the - first and the next page. - -2009-02-02 6.78o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78o - * Workaround for package `linguex' added (it redefines the - accent macros \b, \c, \d). - -2008-12-26 6.78n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78n - * Support of active `&' and \& in \href (\hyper@normalise). - -2008-11-18 6.78m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78m - * The fix for fancyvrb in hyperef 1998-03-21 is not compatible with - and necessary for fancyvrb 1998-05-20 or later. Therefore the - fix is disabled for these versions. - * Option `ocgcolorlinks': Fix for driver `dvipdfm'. - * Improved anchor setting for package `amsthm' (Daniel M\"ullner). - -2008-09-29 6.78l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78l - * Bookmarks: `--' and `---' are automatically replaced by \textendash - and \textemdash in bookmark strings. However older AR versions - (until AR5/Linux) might miss these glyphs. - * Encoding name in warnings `Token not allowed' fixed. - -2008-09-27 6.78k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78k - * Fix for `slovak' and other babel languages that make `^' and other - characters active. This disturbs loading of package `color' and - perhaps `nameref' that are loaded later at begin document. - -2008-09-13 6.78j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78j - * Forms/hpdftex.def: Missing /Fields entry is set in the same way - as it is done by the other drivers. - -2008-09-12 6.78i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78i - * \pdfstringdef: accent support of encoding PU reimplemented - in a cleaner way. - -2008-09-11 6.78h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78h - * \pdfstringdef: - * Warning in case of unsupported composite characters fixed. - * Unknown composite characters use Unicode combining accents - if possible. - * Supported range in PU encoding improved, especially - extended latin sets, cyrillic, and standard LICRs. - * Various fixes in encodig files (pd1enc.def, puenc.def). - -2008-08-20 6.78g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78g - * Patch for \pdfstringdef of Manuel P\'egouri\'e-Gonnard - for package `xargs'. - * Option pdfversion accepts versions until 1.9. - -2008-08-14 6.78f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78f - * \nohyperref added to support custom entries in style files - of MakeIndex (delim_r, suffix_*), see README. - -2008-07-23 6.78e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78e - * Driver hdvipdfm.def: Missing code for option `setpagesize' added. - * README: Entry for package geometry/dvipdfm added. - -2008-07-17 6.78d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78d - * Bug fix in disabled onclick field for PDF/A (Radhakrishnan CV). - -2008-07-16 6.78c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78c - * \HyperDestNameFilter added. - (Feature request by Matthias Franz.) - * htex4ht.cfg: \MP corrected. - -2008-07-15 6.78b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78b - * Option `colorlinks': border properties are not cleared immediately, - but at evaluation time in \AtBeginDocument. This allows a setting - of colorlinks in hyperref.cfg and using colorlinks=false in the - document without getting lost of the link borders. - (Problem reported by Axel Berger.) - -2008-07-12 6.78a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.78a - * Driver options: Algorithm for finding the driver is changed: - * Code for detecting the driver is more robust - (not confused by \newcount\pdfoutput, solves a problem with beamer). - * Driver hpdftex.def is used/forced if and only if pdfTeX is running - in PDF mode. Thus hyperref now behaves like the other packages that - do not change PDF mode. - * Also some other driver options are checked. - * Driver hpdftex.def: - * Setting of \pdfcompresslevel is removed. - * \PassOptionsToPackage{pdftex}{color} is removed. - * Option dvipdf with driver hdvipdf.def is removed. - (Nobody missed it since 2006-08-01 v6.75a.) - -2008-07-05 6.77v Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77v - * Fix: Use normal meaning of babel's shorthand characters in - markup text of links. (Bug found by Ign\'acio Fernandez Galv\'an.) - -2008-04-24 6.77u Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77u - * Fix in action code for PDF/A, introduced in 6.77p (e.g. \PushButton). - -2008-04-22 6.77t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77t - * Fix: \nameref in bookmarks. - * Fix for dvipsone: unknown `?pdfmark'. - -2008-04-20 6.77s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77s - * Additions to PU encoding: \textzerosuperior, ..., \textninesuperior, - \textzeroinferior, ..., \textnineinferior - -2008-04-19 6.77r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77r - * Option pdfa: pdf version is set to 1.4. - * Experimental option `ocgcolorlinks': Same as `colorlinks', - but prints without color. Optional Color Groups of PDF 1.5 - are used. Main disadvantage: the links cannot be wrapped - across lines, because they are put in an \hbox. Currently - only drivers `pdftex' and `dvipdfm' are supported. - -2008-04-17 6.77q Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77q - * Fix for small problem with XeLaTeX (\string^^f4). - -2008-04-16 6.77p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77p - * Patch for missing anchor settings with amsmath (multline) by - Ross Moore. - * New option `pdfa' to improve compatibility with PDF/A, - see README. - -2008-04-15 6.77o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77o - * Babel 2008/03/16 v3.8j disables shorthands for bookmarks. - This reduces the probability of warnings, but at the cost - of ugly bookmarks. Therefore hyperref tries to undo this. - See LaTeX bug-report `babel/4017'. - * Fix for bulgarian.ldf's \@Alph and \@alph for \hyper@makecurrent. - * Patch for missing anchor settings with amsmath (multline) by - Ross Moore. - -2008-04-13 6.77n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77n - * New option `linktoc' added, see README. - -2008-04-12 6.77m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77m - * Surrogate support for bookmarks (utf8.def, including utf8 - sequences starting with ^^f4). - * Fix: unicode disabled for pdfmoddate and pdfcreationdate. - * Fix for footnote support of fancyvrb (Manuel P\'egouri\'e-Gonnard). - * Fix for anchor name settings inside numbered lists. - * Russian update with comments (Olga Lapko). - -2008-04-05 6.77l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77l - * \CheckSum fixed. - * hyperref-tds.zip renamed to hyperref.tds.zip. - -2008-04-02 6.77k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77k - * Macro \SliTeX supported by \pdfstringdef. - -2008-02-06 6.77j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77j - * Bug (typo) in \PushButton fixed (inserted in 6.77a). - * Bug (typo) in hdviwindo.def fixed (Fran\c cois Charette). - -2008-01-09 6.77i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77i - * Russian names for \autoref added (Olga Lapko). - -2007-12-16 6.77h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77h - * \Hy@pstringdef(baseurl, ...) with \edef~{\string~} - -2007-11-20 6.77g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77g - * Forms: /MK suppressed if empty. - -2007-11-17 6.77f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77f - * Bug fix for dviwindo: misspelled \Hy@DisableOption (Philip Ratcliffe). - -2007-11-12 6.77e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77e - * LuaTeX: Package `pdftexcmds' for \pdfescapestring. - * Default producer setting recognices XeTeX and LuaTeX. - -2007-11-08 6.77d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77d - * If `pdfstartpage' or `pdfstartview' is empty, - the catalog key /OpenAction is omitted. - -2007-11-05 6.77c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77c - * Fix for memoir: \stockwith -> \stockwidth. - -2007-10-30 6.77b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77b - * Option `pdfnewwindow': setting to `true' or `false' sets the - entry /NewWindow in the action object. The entry is absent, - if the `pdfnewwindow' is not used or its value is empty - (then the user preference is used). - -2007-10-29 6.77a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.77a - * New PDF form field options for flag setting, see README. - * The ugly hooking in \@begindvi is removed in favor of - using package `atbegshi'. - * \@hyperfixhead don't exist anymore. - * Patch of fancybox is obsolete. - * \AtBeginDvi replaced by \AtBeginShipoutFirst - * Obscure \HYPERPAGEANCHOR is removed. - * If \paperwidth and \paperheight contain invalid values, then - \special{papersize=...} is suppressed and a warning is given. - * revtex4/driver pdftex: pdfpagelabels uses \clear@document as hook - instead of LaTeX's \AtEndDocument. This avoids \clearpage that - confuses revtex4's balancing of the last page. - * revtex4: Fix for setting label `LastPage'. - * Fix for package float's \restylefloat* by Axel Sommerfeldt. - * Bug fix (debian 351260) in 6.75a breaks `hypertexnames=false'. - Fixed (Axel Sommerfeldt). - * Bug fix: The scope of \HyperRaiseLinkLength is limited to - \HyperRaiseLinkHook. - * Bug fix: broken \autoref if option `draft' is given. - * Bug fix: longtable + hypertexnames=false (bug found by Axel Sommerfeldt). - * \pdfstringdef: \@mkboth disabled. - * Definition of \pagenumbering removed. - * Fix of problem with babel's shorthands in bibliography. - * Hungarian names for \autoref added (Miglinszki P\'eter). - * Fix for form field's multiline (old bug, introduced in v6.73h): - The default height for multiline entries was calculated before - the option was evaluated. The default height of multiline entries - can be configured by \DefaultHeightofTextMultiline. - Default is 4\baselineskip. - * \nolinkurl supports escaped characters the same way as \url - (Joseph Wright). - * backref 1.28: Avoids duplicate \newwrite calls. - -2007-06-14 6.76i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.76i - * `pdfencoding=auto' a little more efficient. - -2007-06-12 6.76h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.76h - * Fix for default of \theHequation (class `foils' - do not know counter `section'). - * New option `pdfencoding' added (uses package `stringenc'). - -2007-05-29 6.76g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.76g - * The color of launch annotations are set by options - `runcolor' and `runbordercolor'. (Previously `filecolor' - was used.) - * Support for package `showkeys' added for \autoref. - * Fix for line breaks right after \url or \href. - * nameref 2.31: Support for caption of package `listings'. - * nameref 2.31: Some fixes in \NR@@vpageref. - -2007-05-09 6.76f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.76f - * Use of package `etexcmds' for \unexpanded. - -2007-05-03 6.76e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.76e - * hyperref: ConTeXt's base/syst-gen.tex redefines e-TeX's \unexpanded. - * Some support for amsmath's environment `subequations'. - * nameref 2.30: \label is supported after longtable's \caption. - -2007-04-25 6.76d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.76d - * Option dvipdfmx-outline-open/\SpecialDvipdfmxOutlineOpen - adjusted to new CVS version of dvipdfmx. - -2007-04-18 6.76c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.76c - * Fix for star forms of \ref commands. - * Fixes for \autopageref. - -2007-04-11 6.76b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.76b - * Line end cleanup, removal of spaces. - * Minor fixes in form part. - -2007-04-09 6.76a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.76a - * Color options implemented by package `hycolor'. - * pdfborder: Patch for ghostscript added to remove resolution - dependency. Unclear is the behaviour of Acrobat Distiller, - dvipsone, and textures. - The values for pdfborder should be specified in the way - they should appear in the PDF file. Default: pdborder={0 0 1} - * \autopageref added. - * New field option `rotation' added. - * Field options bordercolor and backgroundcolor: - * An empty value is permitted. - * If the value does not start with a number ('0', '1', '.'), - then it is processed as xcolor specification. - * Fix for drivers dvipdfm/pdfmark: launch annotation now uses - `runbordercolor' instead of `filebordercolor'. - * PD1 encoding: Replacements for older AR versions removed: - \l, \L, \v z, \v Z, \i, \textfractionmark, \textfi, \textfl - * \pdfstringdef: a little faster. - * \href followed by `%' and line break works now. - * Option dvipdfmx-outline-open or \chardef\SpecialDvipdfmxOutlineOpen=1 - enables support for open outline entries - (dvipdfmx, since cvs version 2007-03-29). - Caution: this feature is experimental and can change. - * Italian translation of \autoref names added (Cristian Battaglia). - * Support for \greeknumeral and \Greeknumeral in Bookmarks - (with option unicode). - * Replacement for \greeknumeral and \Greeknumeral in anchor names. - * pdfmark: Destinations without rectangle (D.P.Story) - * Fixes for fancybox. - * Fixes for chapterbib (Donald Arsenau). - * Some support for Spanish shorthands in bookmarks added. - * varioref (hyperref + nameref): - * Support for \Ref and \Vref. - * \vref puts the whole reference text in a link. - * Fix for babel shorthand characters. - * Small fixes for undefined references. - * tex4ht: \hyperlinkfileprefix{} added (Eitan Gurari). - * Some support for hypcap added (idea of Axel Sommerfeldt). - * Unused form field option `fillcolor' removed. - * Unused option `pagecolor' removed. - * Practically unused option `pagebordercolor' removed. - * \PDFPage removed, because it's undocumented, is not - free from errors and is not supported by all drivers. - * nameref 2.29: beamer support added. - -2007-02-27 6.75t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75t - * Suppressing links with empty link area. - (Avoids invalid PDF files in case of pdfmark drivers, - bug found by Thorsten Schwander.) - -2007-02-16 6.75s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75s - * Fix for \autoref in bookmarks that was broken since the - star form support of 6.75g. (Bug found by Matthias Franz.) - -2007-02-07 6.75r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75r - * dvipdfm, option pdfview: Parameters of XYZ fixed (Jin-Hwan Cho). - * dvipdfm, option pdfview: The implementation was very poor. - Now XYZ, Fit{,B,H,BH,V,BV} are supported. FitR and parameters - remain unsupported. - -2007-01-25 6.75q Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75q - * If colorlinks is set to true, pdfborder is set to suppress - the border. Now also pdfborderstyle is cleared. - -2007-01-23 6.75p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75p - * Bug fix: disable pdfpagelabels if \thepage is undefined. - * Forms: color specifications can also be given by color names, - if package xcolor is loaded. - -2007-01-18 6.75o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75o - * XeTeX: new option added and default driver detection extended. - -2007-01-17 6.75n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75n - * ChoiceMenu fix: parameter value is now used if given. - -2007-01-14 6.75m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75m - * \autoref uses the name for appendix if it references sections - that follow \appendix in classes without \chapter. - * Support for beyond-BMP characters in unicode bookmarks - (Dohyun Kim ) - -2007-01-06 6.75l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75l - * Updated default value of option pdfproducer for pdfTeX 1.40.0. - -2006-12-30 6.75k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75k - * puarenc.def: Additions to PU encoding for Arabi by Youssef Jabri. - * New option arabic that loads puarenc.def. - -2006-12-27 Heiko Oberdiek - * nameref 2.28: \protected@edef isn't robust enough for removing - \label in name strings. Now \label is disabled during referencing. - -2006-12-21 6.75j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75j - * Fix for bug in \Hy@safe@actives..., introduced in 6.75g. - * nameref 2.27: now \label uses \protected@edef for the nameref - to remove \label commands while writing into the .aux file. - -2006-12-21 6.75i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75i - * Fix: \unichar in bookmarks with Unicode encoding. - -2006-11-30 6.75h Heiko Oberdiek - * New options for pdf viewer preferences: - pdfdirection, pdfviewarea, pdfviewclip, - pdfprintarea, pdfprintclip, pdfduplex, pdfpicktraybypdfsize, - pdfprintpagerange, pdfnumcopies. - New option for pdf catalog: - pdflang (except VTeX) - * Internal change: \pdf@pagelayout renamed to \@pdfpagelayout. - * Internal change: \@pdfpagemode without slash. - -2006-11-15 6.75g Heiko Oberdiek - * New option pdfprintscaling. - * Star version of \autoref* analogous to \ref*. - * Support of memoir: package memhfixc is automatically loaded. - -2006-10-06 Heiko Oberdiek - * backref 1.27: fix for \backrefspanish. - -2006-09-12 6.75f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75f - * Documentation fix: options pdfdisplaydoctitle and - pdfnonfullscreenpagemode - -2006-09-06 6.75e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75e - * dvipdfm: \leavevmode for links added. - * dvipdfm: option dvipdfmx added (alias for dvipdfm). - * pdfmark.def: Bug fix, clash with \Hy@temp. - -2006-08-29 6.75d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75d - * Fix: If option unicode option is given, page anchors - are wrong. Fixed by disabling unicode for page anchor names. - * Listing(s) support: \providecommand instead of \def. - -2006-08-16 6.75c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75c - * Supporting both options "vietnamese" and "vietnam". - -2006-08-15 6.75b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75b - * VnTeX support by Han The Thanh. New option: vietam. - * Fix for bug with varioref, introduced in 6.75a. - * Entry "algorithm" updated in README. - * nameref 2.26: required date added for package refcount. - -2006-08-01 6.75a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.75a - * hyperref-tds.zip provided with files sorted in a TDS tree. - * New option defaults: - * plainpages=false - * pdfpagelabels=true - * Package kvoptions defines \ProcessOptionsWithKV under - the name \ProcessKeyvalOptions. It replaces - hyperref's macro \ProcessOptionsWithKV. - * Some code for extracting reference information is put - into package refcount that is now loaded by nameref - and hyperref. - * Option bookmarksdepth: The depth of the outline entries - can now set separatly from counter "tocdepth", - see README. - * New option: pdfescapeform, see README. - * \hyper@normalise for action attribute in forms. - * \ProcessOptionsWithKV: \let\CurrentOption\@empty added. - * "bordercolor" options now support package xcolor (>=1.11). - * "color" options also support the optional argument (color - model) of \color. - * New option "pdfborderstyle" that allows the setting of the - border style dictionary. (Be aware that the support of this - feature by PDF viewers is limited.) - Example: underlined links can be obtained by - pdfborderstyle={/S/U} - * Direct low level bookmark support for \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} - and "uftf8x" of package "ucs". Byte sequences until three - bytes are supported and e-TeX is required. - (No support for surrogates). - * Fix in \addcontentsline, if option verbose is set. - * Better bookmark support for FrenchPro package - by use of \if@mid@expandable (Bernard Gaulle ). - * Options "pdfcreationdate" and "pdfmoddate" added. - * README: Section "Limitations" added with "Broken Link Support". - * Default driver setting: added missed code of corresponding - options (Thanks for Arnaud Giersch ). - * \penalty10000 added in \Hy@raisedlink to cancel the - effect of \smash in preventing hyphenation, e.g. a footnote - after a word. - * \@classoptionslist can be \relax (see psnfss/3773). - * \new@ifnextchar also disabled for bookmarks and - constructs such as \let\if...\if{true,false} are catched, - see latex/3662. - * Bug fix: The case "\part without number by counter secnumdepth" - was forgotten for the bookmarks (thanks to Rachel Elizabeth Dillon). - * Bug fix: \vpageref defines undefined references with - empty anchor name that breaks \autoref. - * Fix: Wrong message about setting of draft fixed, - if option final is used. - * Pdfmark driver: better removal of pdfmark stuff, - especially generated by forms, if the postscript - application does not define pdfmark, e.g. because the - output is not pdf (gs >= 8.0). - * New version numbering scheme of pdfTeX >= 1.30. - * Fix for \hyper@normalise, if & is used inside \href - in tabular environments. - * Fix: Setting pdfproducer in \usepackage's option part - did'nt have an effect, because it was overwritten by - the default setting. - * Fix: pageanchor=false disabled \@hyperfixhead and thus - many other features unrelated to pageanchor itself. - (Thanks to Hendri Adriaens for report and analysis.) - Now pageanchor can be changed during the document, too. - * Protection of strings that are written as PS/PDF strings. - * Hook \Hy@setouterhbox for package setouterhbox. - * Option plainpages: \thepage is run through \pdfstringdef. - Helps in the case of spanish roman numbers. - * Deprecate warning for option 'dvipdf'. - * \ding replaced by its code for dropping the dependency on - package pifont and a compatibility problem with package - pinyin (Werner Lemberg). - * \hyper@normalise: "\\" is escape for "\" (\href, ...). - * Bug fix (debian 351260) in float support by Braun Gabor. - * Fix: Write register for bookmarks is only allocated if needed. - * Empty Unicode strings without Unicode header bytes. - * Fix for pdfmark+unicode+pdfpagelabels. - * Bug fix for empty destination names of pdfmark based drivers. - * Documentation: option hyperfootnotes added. - * French texts (\HyLang@french) provided by Marc-Antoine Parent. - * README: compatibility entries for packages ellipsis, verse. - * \hyper@normalize: support of active dollar. - * puenc.def: some fixes, reported by Ralf Stubner. - * Makefile no longer provided. - * nameref 2.25, backref 1.26: Documenation fix: \HyperrefOverview - is undefined if bmhydoc.sty is not loaded. - * nameref 2.24: Patch for ifthen moved from hyperref to nameref. - * nameref 2.24: Definitions of \filedate and \fileversion removed. - * nameref 2.23: Support for captions added. - * nameref 2.22: - Fix: \@safe@activestrue limited to label name. - * backref 1.25: New feature \ifbackrefparscan/\backrefprint - * backref 1.25: Definitions of \filedate and \fileversion removed. - * backref 1.24: [#1] --> [{#1}] - * Documentation: README.pdf and ChangeLog.pdf added. - -2003-12-03 Heiko Oberdiek - * nameref 2.21 - * \ref and \pageref are defined at any case, if hyperref - is not loaded. - -2003-11-30 6.74m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74m - * \textcolor disabled in bookmarks. - -2003-11-15 6.74l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74l - * Typo fixed by Werner Lemberg: s/CJK@punktcharx/CJK@punctcharx/ - -2003-10-30 Heiko Oberdiek - * nameref 2.20: titlesec support added. - -2003-10-12 6.74k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74k - * Fix for more than one footnote in longtable's - columns of type "p". - -2003-10-06 6.74j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74j - * Bug fix: automatic link type detection failed for - url field in references (eg. imported labels by xr-hyper). - -2003-09-15 6.74i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74i - * Bug fix (\if-commands after \ifx of 6.74h's "fleqn" detection). - -2003-07-27 6.74h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74h - * The lost source for the manual is rewritten by Steve Peter - and updated by Karl Berry. - * Bug fix of 6.74f does not work for amsmath's option "fleqn", - the \label does not detect the equation number, therefore - the fix is disabled, if "fleqn" is detected. - -2003-07-22 6.74g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74g - * Bug fixed in pdfmark.def: definition of \strip@pt@and@otherjunk - moved before \endinput by implicit=false. - -2003-07-10 6.74f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74f - * Fix for wrong vertical spacing between amsmath's - equation environments (Dmitri Chubarov ). - -2003-06-01 6.74e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74e - * README: Hint for hypcap added. - * pdfmark.def: "cvn" added for named GoToR destination - (Reinhard Jahraus). - -2003-05-12 6.74d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74d - * An empty dictionary /ViewerPreferences is now suppressed. - -2003-05-12 6.74c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74c - * \@addtoreset: \edef replaced by \xdef. - -2003-04-28 6.74b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74b - * Patch for float.sty compatibility (Anselm Lingnau/Marco Kuhlmann). - * Tried better anchor setting for floats that are controlled - by float.sty. Several captions inside one float are not supported. - -2003-04-27 6.74a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.74a - * \newcounter{foo}[bar]: using \theHbar, if available. - -2003-04-14 6.73z Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73z - * New option "pdfdisplaydoctitle" (PDF 1.4). - * New option "pdfnonfullscreenpagemode". - -2003-03-31 6.73y Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73y - * Also the KOMA-Script classes redefine \LT@array, therefore - longtable fix extended. - -2003-03-25 6.73x Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73x - * Behaviour of warning "bookmark level for unknown ..." changed: - * The missing \toclevel@... command is globally defined - to avoid further warnings. - * If this entry is not used for the bookmarks, the - warning is changed into a \PackageInfo. - * Language support for Afrikaans added. - -2003-03-21 6.73w Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73w - * Errors corrected in documentation part. - -2003-03-21 6.73v Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73v - * \hyperpage now ignores spaces and empty arguments. - -2003-03-21 6.73u Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73u - * Option "encap", other encap character for use with hyperindex - can be given. - -2003-03-20 6.73t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73t - * hyperref now uses the same method for language support as - backref 1.23. - * Change from \captions to \extras. - * backref 1.23 - Babel support for language strings added - (suggestion of Danie Els). - -2003-03-20 6.73s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73s - * Default for \itemautorefname added. - * backref 1.22 - Bug fixes and additions of Danie Els : - * Typo fixed in \backreflastsep. - * Package natbib support, if hyperref is not loaded. - * Language Afrikaans added. - * hyperref.ins: - hyperref.drv and hycheck.tex are put outside the scope - of \usedir. - -2003-03-19 6.73r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73r - * \hyper@link@: \@safe@activestrue used for internal name - * backref 1.21: - * Continued with inserting of \@safe@activestrue. - * \backrefxxxdupe added for comparision and detection - of dupes. - * \backrefalt added with more powerful interface with macros - \backrefsep, \backreftwosep, and \backreflastsep. - * Language options added. - * More documentation. - -2003-03-18 6.73q Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73q - * Suppressing /URI entry if \@baseurl is empty (hpdftex, hdvipsone). - * /URI moved to Cataloge (hdvipsone). - * Some locations of "file:" replaced by \Hy@linkfileprefix. - -2003-03-18 6.73p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73p - * Patch for longtable added (problem reported by Thomas Beuthe). - -2003-02-11 6.73o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73o - * Support for babel's shorthands in \autoref fixed. - * Support for \autoref in bookmarks added. - * Option final added similar to graphics.sty, article.cls, ... - * \hyperref[#1] does now use babel's \@safe@activestrue. - -2003-01-22 6.73n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73n - * Unsafe key value pair: Action=<<...#2...#3...>> - replaced by: Action={<<...#2...#3...>>} - because it breaks, if #2 or #3 contain a comma. - -2003-01-22 6.73m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73m - * Support for \@makecaption of class IEEEtran with - three arguments removed, because version V1.6b uses - the standard LaTeX interface with two arguments. - -2003-01-20 6.73l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73l - * Footnote fix: Initialization of \Hy@footnote@currentHref - added (Thorsten Schwander ). - -2003-01-17 6.73k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73k - * Footnote fix: \label commands inside \footnote do - not need nameref support (\@currentlabelname). - -2003-01-17 6.73j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73j - * Fix for footnote code: a \label after \footnote - commands refers to the previous section or similar - and not to the footnote. - -2002-12-15 6.73i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73i - * \texteuro fixed for PU encoding, - Maksym Polyakov . - -2002-12-10 6.73h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73h - * Bugreport of Michael W Daniels : - height in \TextField is not respected, if multiline is set. - * Fixed by moving the height setting code in the default - section. - * Also "4\DefaultHeightofText" replaced by a more robust - construct. - -2002-12-05 6.73g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73g - * \edef instead of \def for comparison with value of option - bookmarkstype (in \@@writetorep), the following should - work: bookmarkstype=lof - -2002-12-03 6.73f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73f - * Option "setpagesize" added also for VTeX's \mediawidth/height. - * VTeX: \mediawidth/height is only set with positive dimen values. - -2002-11-29 6.73e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73e - * Option "setpagesize" added. - -2002-11-14 6.73d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73d - * Support for \@addtoreset added, similar to - \numberwithin (idea of Markus Kohm in - de.comp.text.tex). - -2002-11-07 6.73c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73c - * Added "hyperpage" also after "closing range" - (\index{...|)hyperpage}), because it is allowed - for makeindex and necessary for XIndy. - -2002-11-01 6.73b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73b - * \Hy@raisedlink for caption without option nesting. - * Support for \@makecaption of class IEEEtran that - uses three arguments. - -2002-10-24 6.73a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.73a - * vtexpdfmark: pdfborder={0 0 1} (Walter Schmidt). - -2002-10-22 6.72z Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72z - * A small remainder of option 4 removed. - * options.tex: option pdfpagelabels added, - option 4 removed. - -2002-09-12 6.72y Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72y - * Addition to \hyper@normalise: \_, \textunderscore, - \textasciitilde. - -2002-09-04 6.72x Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72x - * \ReadBookmarks is disabled if bookmarks=false is given. - * \Hy@raisedlink introduced into \hyper@natanchorstart - (Thanks to Macro Kuhlmann ). - -2002-08-24 6.72w Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72w - * "\let\pdfoutput\@undefined" removed. - * Bug fix: option bookmarksnumbered is now respected, - if package slidesec is used. - -2002-08-04 6.72v Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72v - * Koma classes: optional argument for \maketitle. - -2002-08-03 6.72u Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72u - * \appendix: \Hy@org@appendix moved to the end - and renamed to \HyOrg@appendix. - -2002-07-25 6.72t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72t - * Support for footnotes in p-columns of longtables. - -2002-06-06 6.72s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72s - * \Hy@defaultdriver used, so that "hypertex" can - be redefined in hyperref.cfg (eg. "dvips"). - -2002-06-05 Heiko Oberdiek - * backref 1.20 - * Babel's \@safe@activestrue inserted to bibitem commands. - But problems with \cite remains (frenchb.ldf). - -2002-05-27 6.72r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72r - * Problem with varioref's \vref@pagenum fixed - (Thanks to Felix Neubauer ). - -2002-05-10 6.72q Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72q - * Some spaces in PDF output of driver pdftex removed. - -2002-05-09 6.72p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72p - * Option `pdfusetitle' now correctly disabled. - -2002-04-20 6.72o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72o - * Bug fix of 6.72n is wrong: - Octal escape sequences (\000) are not detected by the method - with \meaning. Now another method, based on \dospecials, is - used to protect active characters while reading the .out file. - -2002-04-19 6.72n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72n - * Bug fixed in \ReadBookmarks of driver vtex: - the text arguments in the .out file are - now protected. - -2002-04-15 6.72m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72m - * Adaption to subfigure 2002/03/26 v2.1.2. It uses - \AtBeginDocument{...\newcommand{\toclevel@subfigure}...}. - -2002-04-12 6.72l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72l - * Fix from Werner Lemberg for - bookmarks with Big5 encoded strings, - preprocessed by package cjk. - -2002-04-09 6.72k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72k - * \protected@edef instead of \edef in \hyper@link@. - -2002-03-27 6.72j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72j - * Tried to fix the problem that links to - bibliography points to baseline if pdfTeX is - used by inserting \Hy@raisedlink. - * \Hy@raisedlink disabled for pdfmark drivers, - because they use a PostScript method. - -2002-03-15 6.72i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72i - * \toclevel@subfigure and \toclevel@subtable fixed. - -2002-03-15 6.72h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72h - * New structure on tug server. - * Makefile: target "distrib" removed. - * Textures update by Ross Moore . - -2002-03-14 6.72g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72g - * Added fix for subfigure 2002/02/14 v2.1. - Loading order: nameref, subfigure, hyperref. - -2002-03-08 6.72f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72f - * dvipdfm: pdfstartpage and pdfstartview fixed - (Akira Kakuto ). - -2002-02-16 6.72e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72e - * \pdfstringdef: \cyr disabled for russian.ldf - * \pdfstringdef: shorthands for macedonian.ldf - * VTeX 7.54: pdfnewwindow supported in \hyper@linkfile. - -2002-01-14 6.72d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72d - * Bug fix: \Hy@title, \Hy@author. - -2002-01-08 6.72c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72c - * pdfmark.def: /URI moved from /DOCVIEW to {Catalog}. - * pdfmark.def: Unused \@dobaseurl removed. - -2002-01-07 6.72b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72b - * Support of \stockwidth and \stockheight (memoir class). - -2002-01-06 6.72a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.72a - * Annotation's additinal-actions dictionary for form fields: - Supported: keystroke (/K), validate (/V), format (/F) - and now added: onfocus (/Fo), onblur (/Bl), - onmousedown (/D), onmouseup (/U), - onenter (/E), onexit(/X) - * Additional-actions dictionary added in \PDFForm@List and - \PDFForm@Radio. - * \PDFForm@Text: "/Ff 1" added, if only \ifFld@readonly is set. - -2001-12-23 6.71z Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71z - * Some \providecommand replaced by \providecommand*. - * Babel's \@number of file lrbabel.def inserts - unexpandable tokens into the expansion of \arabic. - At some places dummy for \@number inserted, where - anchor and link names are expanded. - -2001-12-21 6.71y Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71y - * Support for chapterbib added, provided by - Julian Gilbey . - -2001-12-06 6.71x Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71x - * Added fix by Denis Girou for pst-key.tex (1998, - derived from old keyval.dtx). Any initial brace group - in the value field is removed. - -2001-11-14 6.71w Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71w - * Added suggestion of Didier Verna : - The fix for multind is also applied for package index. - -2001-11-12 6.71v Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71v - * The feature of 6.71r with automatic detection of - title and author can be enabled by option - pdfusetitle. The default is disabled. - * If pdfusetitle is enabled, an optional argument - is detected for \title and \author (amsart class). - -2001-11-05 6.71u Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71u - * \literalps@out for dviwindo (D.P. Story). - -2001-11-04 6.71t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71t - * The patch for harvard is delayed by \AtBeginDocument - to solve a problem with the package load order, if - html.sty is present (Command \harvarditem already - defined). - * The fix for the Adobe bug introduced in 6.71n - is changed completely, because Adobe's suggestion - generates an extra empty page at the end. - (\literalps@out for dviwindo is currently only a dummy.) - -2001-10-30 6.71s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71s - * If "\\" or "\newline" are used in \title or - \author and reused for the pdf information - entries, then they are replaced by a space - or a comma and space, see hyperref.dtx. - -2001-10-11 6.71r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71r - * Detection of \author and \title added for - defaults of pdf information entries. - -2001-09-20 6.71q Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71q - * Fix for Adobe bug of 6.71n: - * VTeX in PS mode with GeX: \immediate\special{!=...} - -2001-09-18 6.71p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71p - * Fix for Adobe bug of 6.71n improved: - * Support for dviwindo added (D.P. Story). - * Check for product added (product is level 2). - -2001-09-18 6.71o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71o - * Warning, if \hypercalcbp is used without - package calc or e-TeX. - * Use of \hypercalcbp removed to avoid the above warning. - * \usepackage{calc} added in testams.tex. - -2001-09-18 6.71n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71n - * If package tex4ht is loaded, option tex4ht - is added to hyperref's option list - (Eitan Gurari ). - * Bug fix added for Adobe Distiller 5 - (Adobe bug number 466320, thanks to - D.P. Story and M. Vulis). - * testams.tex fixed. - -2001-08-19 6.71m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71m - * VTeX's \OpMode=3 is accepted the same way as 1 and 2. - -2001-08-19 6.71l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71l - * OS part in VTeX's /Producer default corrected. - -2001-08-19 6.71k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71k - * Default of /Producer string: - * updated for pdfTeX >= 1.00a, - * pdfeTeX detection added, - * \VTeXOS added for VTeX >= 7.45. - -2001-08-16 6.71j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71j - * Translation of \autoref names to brazil/portuges by - Willie Dresler Leiva . - * test/test0.dvi removed. - * test/test7.tex: \usepackage{times} to get smaller test7.pdf. - * Makefile: targets clean and distrib updated, $(RM) introduced. - -2001-08-10 6.71i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71i - * Compatibility problem with xypic, introduced by - version 6.71g, fixed. - -2001-07-03 Heiko Oberdiek - * Two small fixes of Makefile, provided by - Martin Maechler . - -2001-06-18 6.71h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71h - * Option pdfpagemode with empty argument sets - default behaviour (an alternative would be "UseNone") - in order to avoid the wrong name "/". - -2001-05-26 6.71g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71g - * Contributions by Ross Moore and - Daniel Steffen: - a. patch to htexture.def that adjusts the PDF@SetupDoc - so that it includes the setup information from pdfmark.def - as well as the tokens needed by Textures itself. - b. changes to the \AtBeginDocument usage to implement - compatibility with the ldump.sty package. - * Bug fix in multind support (forgotten backslash). - * Fix for driver pdftex: \pdfpagewidth and \pdfpageheight - are not set, if \paperwidth or \paperheight are zero, - because it is likely that the settings of pdftex.cfg - are better than the heuristics of pdfTeX, if the dimen - lengths are zero. - -2001-04-13 6.71f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71f - * Feature request of Jens-Uwe Morawski : - \thispdfpagelabel introduced. - -2001-04-05 6.71e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71e - * \@begindvi changed: - * \Hy@begindvi for hyperref stuff in \@begindvi introduced, - * small bug fix (first page with options - pdfpagelabels + pageanchor=false). - -2001-04-05 6.71d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71d - * Fix for \@@Radio in hdvipdfm.def for AR5, provided - by D. P. Story . - * Spell error corrected (\Hy@captionsspanish). - * The fix of 6.71b for VTeX paper size was introduced - to solve problem with prosper, but because of new problem - with pdfscreen, the fix is redone. - -2001-02-20 6.71c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71c - * Bug fix, introduced in 6.71b. - -2001-02-20 6.71b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71b - * Fixes by Markus Kohm: - * Applying the \@addchap hack for scrreprt. - * Disabling the \@addchap hack for komascript - versions since 2001/01/01, because these - versions contain hyperref support. - * The \@ssect, \@schapter, ... hacks are also applied - to driver hypertex. - * Fixes by Alex (VTeX): - * Correction of paper size setting. - * /Replace transition supported. - -2001-01-27 Heiko Oberdiek - * nameref 2.19: - option final of showkeys now detected. - -2000-11-05 6.71a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.71a - * Two errorneous garbage lines removed, they cause - an infinite loop with \autoref{}. - -2000-10-04 6.71 Sebastian Rahtz - * 6.71 CTAN release - -2000-09-29 6.70y Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70y - * Check of empty /Dest and /DestAnchor values - improved (\pdfmark). - -2000-09-22 6.70x Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70x - * Next typo fixed (option american). - -2000-09-22 6.70w Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70w - * \DeclareRobustCommand: \href, \url, \hyperimage, - \hyperref - * Typo fixed (option american). - -2000-09-07 6.70v Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70v - * Fix for option CJKbookmarks. - -2000-09-06 6.70u Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70u - * Fix of \pdf@rect and \@hyperfixhead for seminar - * Default for \special@paper with values for - packages typearea or geometry. - * Fix for seminar: true values for \pdf{h,v}origin - and \pdfpage{width,height} (Thanks to - Stephan Lehmke). - * File `test/seminar.con' replaced by environment - `filecontents' in file `testslide.tex'. - -2000-09-05 6.70t Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70t - * Fixes for packages listings and listing. - * Some \setbox...=\hbox replaced by color safer - constructs. - * Patch for bookmarks with package cjk, enabled - with option `CJKbookmarks'. - -2000-08-31 6.70s Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70s - * URLs, broken by bibTeX, work now: - \url{% - http://www.% - dante.de/% - } - ("%^^M" are detected and removed, thanks - Stefan Ulrich - for his suggestion.) - * Checks added to hycheck.tex - * \caption checks whether \@captype is defined. - -2000-08-30 6.70r Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70r - * Shorter PostScript names (/H.X) for drivers of dvips type. - * Bug fix (hvpdfmark.def): /pdf@voff - * New test file `hycheck.tex'. - * Bug fix: latex/2318 fix added to \@caption. - * Bug fix: \numberwithin - -2000-07-30 6.70q Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70q - * VTeX: further fixes. - -2000-07-17 6.70p Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70p - * \test@reftype fixed (used for \autoref). - * autorefnames: german fixed, spanish added. - * VTeX: additions and fixes from Alex Kostin. - -2000-07-04 6.70o Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70o - * Test files testbm{oe,sc,zc,yi,l}.tex merged to testbma.tex. - * Added correct \@hyper@launch for hvtex.def (Alex Kostin). - -2000-07-03 6.70n Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70n - * Default for \Hy@pageheight changed from A4 to - setting via \hypercalcbp and \paperheight. - -2000-07-02 6.70m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70m - * Feature added: \hypercalcbp (see hyperref.dtx). - -2000-07-02 6.70l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70l - * Bugfix in onopen of 6.70k undoned. It will - be fixed in VTeX itself. - -2000-07-01 6.70k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70k - * Own section for vtexpdfmark driver and - PostScript code fixed. - * Bug in hvtex.def fixed: missing space in onopen special. - -2000-07-01 6.70j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70j - * hyperref.ins for vtexpdfmark corrected. - -2000-07-01 6.70i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70i - * Start of new VTeX driver that support pdfmark specials. - Option `vtexpdfmark', file `vtexmrk.def' - (contributed by Michael Vulis). - * hyperref.ins: hvtexmrk.def added. - -2000-06-30 6.70h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70h - * nohyperref: \hyperpage disabled. - * Defaults for \autoref's names only define \...autorefname. - * Problem with \hyper@hash fixed. - * \nolinkurl added (variant of \url, that does not make - a link, eg. for use in the second argument of \href). - * Problem fixed, that warning ``Label(s) may have changed.'' - always appears with `babel' and `\bibcite'. - * Update of htextures.def by Ross Moore : - * the blue rectangles no longer appear with `colorlinks', - * pdfmark support, - * the built-in support for hypertex specials is - utilised. - * Update of hvtex.def by Michael Vulis - : - * Bug in \Acrobatmenu fixed. - * Transition effects added (written by Alex Kostin). - * pdfmark.def: Character slash `/' now works - in destination names (eg: "cite.OMG:formal/98-12-01"). - -2000-05-08 6.70g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70g - * \autoref names: To solve the uppercase problem, - first the names \...autorefname are used in \autoref. - Language options added for english and german languages. - -2000-05-08 6.70f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70f, nameref: 2.18 - * Anchor of foonotes raised. - * showkey support (nameref.dtx: \label, \ref, \pageref, \nameref, - not checked and tested is \cite). - * \@xfootnotetext calls \H@@mpfootnotetext, if called in minipage. - * Bug \href{foo.pdf#bar} fixed, introduced in 6.70c. - * Bug harvard/backref fixed ({\thepage}{\current@label}). - -2000-04-12 6.70e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70e - * Empty reference causes crash of distiller, therefore - empty references replaced by UNDEFINED - (pdftex, pdfmark, dvips, vtex, dvipdfm). - -2000-04-11 6.70d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70d - * hvtexhtm detected as default driver. - * Bug fix (undefined \pageref within \ifthenelse). - -2000-03-31 6.70c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70c - * \hyper@normalise: %, \%, #, \# expands to catcode `other' - characters, \url{http://foo.bar/%2e_~#hash} should work. - * \pdfBorderAttrs removed and replaced by - "/Border [\@pdfborder]". - If option colorlinks is set, the border is set to zero - immediately, not \AtBeginDocument (for people who - want to have both borders and colored links). - -2000-03-31 6.70b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70b - * Definition of \x remains unchanged (bug introduced in 6.67g). - * Packages titlesec and titletoc support by Javier Bezos - . - * \MP added (\pdfbookmarkstring, htex4ht.cfg). - * All files of hyperref.dtx now identify themselves - by \Provides{File,Package}. - * Start with nohyperref.sty (SR), toc-level addtions by HO. - * Updated: testbm{gl,u}.tex - -2000-03-23 6.70a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.70a - * New option: pdfpageduration for the /Dur key - in the pdf page object, the value is empty or - contains the length in seconds (real). - Supported drivers: pdftex, pdfmark. - * New option: pdfpagehidden for the /Hid key - in the pdf page object, the value is a boolean. - Supported drivers: pdftex, pdfmark. - -2000-03-22 6.70 Sebastian Rahtz - * 6.70 CTAN release (TeX Live 5) - -2000-03-22 6.69f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.69f - * \@ifundefined{thechapter} changed to \@ifundefined{chapter} - because of compatibility with french.sty. - * xr-hyper.sty: \xdef changed to \protected@xdef - (Stephan Lehmke ). - * hvtex.def: default for pdfview changed to xyz. - -2000-03-07 6.69e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.69e - * Fix for babel/3174 (\@save@activestrue in \hyper@normalise). - -2000-03-02 6.69d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.69d - * Fix for \texttilde with babel's spanish, estonian, galician - * Expandable versions without link of \ref and \pageref: - \hypergetref and \hypergetpageref. - * \ifthenelse: \ref and \pageref use the \hyperget... variants. - * \hyper@chars added in \hyper@anchor of drivers - hypertex, vtexhtml, and vtex. - * Forms: checkboxsymbol introduced (Michael Wiedmann - ). - * Redefinitions in \appendix are made globally - (Tim J Harding ). - * If \chapter is undefined, it remains now undefined. - -2000-01-22 6.69c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.69c - * D. P. Story has adapted forms - part of pdfTeX to dvipdfm. - -2000-01-21 6.69b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.69b - * \@writetorep: destination and level check added. - * \addcontentsline: \phantomsection added, if no destination. - -2000-01-19 6.69a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.69a - * Bug fixed: tabularx+\maketitle+\footnote. - * LPPL 1.2, manifest.txt updated. - -2000-01-18 6.69 Sebastian Rahtz - * 6.69 CTAN release - * Missing test files added. - -2000-01-17 6.68a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.68a - * pdfpagescrop works now with dvipdfm (D. P. Story - ). - -2000-01-13 6.68 Sebastian Rahtz - * 6.68 CTAN release - -2000-01-11 6.67h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.67h - * pdfpagemode: /None corrected to /UseNone. - * \pdfstringdef: \halign disabled (because of errors by #). - * Option draft: bookmarks are disabled (thanks to Michael Vulis). - * Outdated bookmark documentation removed. - * hvtex.def: \media{width,height} supported. - * Space after \@pdfhighlight inserted (hpdftex.def). - * Bug fixed in redefinition of \@chapter. - * Small bug fixed in \Hy@boolkey. - -1999-12-01 6.67g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.67g - * test/phys332-{1,2}.jpg renamed to test/phys{1,2}.jpg - * Improved \catcode check and settings at the beginning - of hyperref.sty. - * [#1]-Bug fixed by [{#1}] in the definition of \htmlref - and \@newctr and in many uses of \pdfmark. - -1999-11-24 6.67f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.67f - * Test files checked by Sebastian Rahtz. - * Unwanted spaces removed (dviwindo, outline). - * Redone: \def\texorpdfstring to \newcommand* - * Other implementation of \HyPSD@tocsection by Michael Downes. - * ps2pdf: Default for pdfborder: 0 0 1 - * \belowpdfbookmark added (setting bookmark below current - level without changing it). - * \@ChoiceMenu: coiled "{\if}\fi" cleared to "{\if\fi}". - * Fix for \citeN and \shortciteN of package chicago. - -1999-11-09 6.67e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.67e - * Detection of VTeX PS mode (OpMode=2). - * Added \tocsection fix for AMS classes - (thanks to Michael Downes/Tom Kacvinsky). - * Changed \newcommand*{\texorpdfstring} to \def\texorpdfstring - (a wish of Tom Kacvinsky). - * INSTALLDIRVAR added to makefile (default: TEXMFMAIN). - -1999-11-09 6.67d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.67d - * Unwanted space removed in \hyper@linkstart (hvtex.def). - * renamed to - * If no driver is given, VTeX in PDF mode is now detected. - -1999-11-08 6.67c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.67c - * hog.{eps,pdf} added for test0.tex - * Bug in \Acrobatmenu of hvtex.def fixed. - -1999-11-04 6.67b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.67b - * New feature: With option `pdfpagelabels' the - /PageLabels entry in the /Catalog object of PDF 1.3 - is supported. - With `pdftex' and `vtex' one TeX run suffices, - other pdf driver, that work via \special, need - two TeX runs. - * Option `4' removed, because it is not used. - -1999-10-23 6.67a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.67a - * \Hy@boolkey with optional argument for option name, if it - is different. - * hpdftex.def: \pdfrefform\OBJ@acroform, ... added. - -1999-10-18 6.67 Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.67 public release on CTAN - -1999-10-14 6.66m Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66m - * makefile fixes. - -1999-10-13 6.66l Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66l - * dvipdfm driver updated by Sebastian Rahtz. - * LPPL 1.1, manifest.txt added. - * \hyperlinkfileprefix for Ross Moore. - * Option baseurl disabled after first use. - * Option debug = verbose. - * Used global options are removed from the unused option list. - * \pdfstringdef: \leavevmode disabled, - \guill@spacing (frenchb.ldf) properly defined. - * Directory structure: test/ and doc/ - * Slides and paper of Heiko's talk at EuroTeX'99 added in doc/. - -1999-10-07 6.66k Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66k - * hyperref.ins: eight times faster by \generate (docstrip 2.4) - (Suggestion by Werner Lemberg ). - * backref.dtx 1.19: - * \backcite ignores entries that are already present. - * Some cosmetic clean up. - * nameref.dtx 2.17: Some cosmetic clean up. - * \Hy@boolkey with error checking. - * Code for options backref and pagebackref rewritten. - * Options are disabled after use. - -1999-10-05 6.66j Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66j - * foiltex: \ext@table, \ext@figure defined. - -1999-10-05 6.66i Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66i - * \pdfstringdef: support of shorthands of some babel - languages added. - * \ij, \IJ added in PD1 and PU encoding for Dutch. - -1999-10-05 6.66h Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66h - * Making destination for \addcontentsline in - \@chapter, if \c@secnumdepth<0, \frontmatter, or \backmatter. - * `(' and `)' added to \Hy@{Set,Restore}Catcodes. - -1999-10-01 6.66g Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66g - * \index{test|(} supported. - -1999-09-28 6.66f Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66f - * options.tex with bookmarkstype - * Bug in \autoref fixed: chapter/appendix detection - * \\ and \newline produces a warning in \pdfstringdef - * draft=false should work. - -1999-09-14 6.66e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66e - * Unwanted space in \HyPsd@LetUnexpandableSpace removed. - -1999-09-13 6.66d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66d - * \@footnotemark is also disabled, if package - tabularx is loaded. - -1999-09-10 6.66c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66c - * Bug fix: Definition of \Hy@SaveLastSkip is moved before \MaybeStopEarly. - -1999-09-10 6.66b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66b - * Starting with option warnings, if the option is - set at a wrong place. - * Support for package multind. - * \textnumero added to testbmu.tex. - -1999-09-08 6.66a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.66a - * Catcodes are set at begin of package and restored at the end. - (Bug fix: ltxdoc.cls makes '|' active...) - -1999-09-08 6.66 Sebastian Rahtz - * Release 6.66 - -1999-09-01 6.65e Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.65e - * Test for \XR@addURL instead of the package name, because - they exist different versions of xr and xr-hyper. - -1999-08-31 6.65d Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.65d - * Bug fixed (use of \renewcommand in \pdfstringdefDisableCommands) - * Weak support for \ref and \pageref in bookmarks added. - * Made bookmark code less slow (testbmu.tex compiles 20% faster): - \HyPsd@ConvertToUnicode rewritten, \HyPsd@string introduced, ... - * Bug detected by Ian Bruce: hyperref has a different spacing - with theorem environments. - Cause: The \lastskip value is destroyd by the specials that - set the anchor. - Fix: Saving the \lastskip value before the specials, and after - setting \nobreak\{h,v}skip-\lastskip\{h,v}skip\lastskip. - See \Hy@SaveLastskip - \Hy@RestoreLastskip. - (most drivers: \hyper@anchor, \hyper@anchorstart - \hyper@anchorend; - pdftex: \new@pdflink; dvipdfm: \@pdfm@dest) - * \CYRCHDSC and \cyrchdsc corrected to \CYRCHRDSC and \cyrchrdsc - (Thanks to Vladimir Volovich ) - * Bug fixed: \HAR@checkcitations redefined to add \hyper@@link. - Without this the "Changed labels" warning would always appear. - -1999-08-24 6.65c Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.65c - * Unicode bookmark support 0x0000..0x04FF. - * testbmu.tex: detailed test file for Unicode bookmarks. - * Default setting of \@pdfborder with \providecommand, - so package option `pdfborder' does work now. - * \hv@pdf@char: support of octal codes with VTeX - versions greater or equal 6.50. - * Typo in option 'vtex' corrected. - * Again backref 1.18. - * Various drivers (dviwindo, hypertex, ...): \leavevmode in - \hyper@linkurl, \hyper@linkfile, ... added where missing. - * testform2.tex renamed to testfor2.tex (8+3 file name). - -1999-08-17 6.65b Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.65b - * Unicode bookmark support, starting with Cyrillic. - -1999-08-14 6.65a Heiko Oberdiek - * 6.65a - * Module pdfstringdef: bug (\space) and typo fixed. - -1999-08-12 6.65 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.65 - -1999-08-10 6.64h Sebastian Rahtz - * 6.64h - * Moved some sections to before \MaybeStopEarly. Otherwise - implicit=false mode never saw some important stuff. - * hyperref.dtx: added \href to list of ignored commands in - bookmarks. cleaned up VTEX stuff as per diagnosis by Heiko - -1999-08-06 6.64g Sebastian Rahtz - * 6.64g - * hyperref.dtx: typos and little fixes from Heiko - * added another special thing for typexml - -1999-07-29 Sebastian Rahtz - * version 6.64c. hyperref.dtx: some typos corrected, and form - primitives of pdftex - -1999-07-28 Sebastian Rahtz - * cut out any footnote work if tabularx is - loaded. add some form stuff from D P Story - -1999-07-28 Sebastian Rahtz - * version 6.64b - * hyperref.dtx: - Changes from Heiko: - Module pdfstringdef: - * Small bug in \HyPsd@ProtectSpaces/HyPsd@RemoveMask fixed. - * \@ifnextchar because of \futurelet disabled. - * Disabling of \@ifstar removed, because it calls \@ifnextchar. - * \@protected@testopt disabled to show the problematic macro in - the warning message (commands with an optional argument). - * \pdfstringdefWarn#1 prints a warning message with token #1, - it can be used in code that disables macros by the user. - * \pdfstringdefDisableCommands#1 is a easier interface for - the hook \pdfstringdefPreHook. It appends its argument to the - meaning of \pdfstringdefPreHook. The character @ can be used - in command names. - * \penalty is removed silently. - * \kern and \hskip are detected with a warning: - * At the beginning or, if the value is less than 1ex, - they are removed. - * Else they are replaced by a space. - - Fix for \pdfpage(s)attr: - * Setting the /CropBox with \pdfpagesattr: - The old meaning of \pdfpagesattr is appended. - * Initial value of \@pdfpagestransition is \relax - to differentiate between a unused or empty option. - * \hyper@pagetransition (hpdftex): - * The old entry /Trans is removed from \pdfpageattr. - * The remaining old meaning retains and - * the new /Trans is appended. - * \hyper@pagetransition (pdfmark): - * \if-switch for \relax added to get the old behaviour. - ? (1) Need to delete an old entry? - ? If 1=yes, how to delete? - -1999-07-21 Sebastian Rahtz - * version 6.64a, corrected typos in VTEX stuff - -1999-07-19 6.64 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.64 - * hyperref.dtx: support pdftex > 0.14 with new primitive names - * hyperref.dtx: bookmark patches from Stephan Haller, to allow - local changes of open status - * hyperref.dtx: small patche for \seteqlabel. obscure problem in - amstex compatibility mode, found by Michael Downes. - * hyperref.dtx: patches to VTEX bookmark processing, from Taco - Hoekwater, following patches by Denis Girou. - -1999-07-08 6.63 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.63 - * hyperref.dtx: added "typexml" option for typexml package - * Some cleanups from Heiko - -1999-06-29 6.62 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.62 - * hyperref.dtx: (from Heiko), gobble \discretionary in bookmarks - -1999-06-27 6.61 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.61 - * hyperref.dtx: for Babel compatibility, use its \@safe@actives - switch in cross-refs (also in nameref.dtx), plus be nicer about - * in \pdfstringdef (from Heiko). Move \phantomsection to main package. - -1999-06-11 6.60 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.60 - * nameref.dtx: changed \Sectionformat to a \providecommand, as it - now comes \AtBeginDocument - -1999-06-10 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: * Increment of version letter to 6.58f - * hyperref.dtx: add \phantomsection, to make a section-like anchor - Missing {} after \@ifpackageloaded{subfigure} - * nameref.dtx define \section@level for pdfscreen - From Heiko: - * lastpage fix (added page anchor name, ...). - * documentation for lastpage support added. - * \pdfstringdef: \Generic{Error,Warn,Info} disabled while - expanding. - * \pdfstringdef: french fix changed to get rid of hard coded - numbers for the guillemets. - -1999-06-09 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: * Increment of version letter to 6.58b - Loads of cleanups by Heiko: - * \def\@pdfpagecrop{} removed, because it isn't used further - * Loading of \Hy@driver part replaced (see previous email) - * Old name \Hy@PDFDef found, replaced by \pdfstringdef - * Module \pdfstringdef: Use of prefix "\HyPsd@" (it's shorter - and easier to read than "\Hy@psd@". - * \let\add@accent\HyPsd@add@accent instead of the definition - in \pdfstringdef (saving run time). - * Corrected to \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@ITALCORR}. - * old ifbookmark replaced by texorpdfstring in description. - * Missing lines added in pd1enc.def (\",\r,\v,\.,\c) - * Bugs in \define@key{Field}{maxlen}{\Fld@maxlen=#1} - and \define@key{Field}{menulength}{% - * Changed \orig@appendix to \Hy@orig@appendix. - \orig@maketitle to \Hy@orig@maketitle. - * Replaced \global\def --> \gdef - * Replaced \global\edef --> \xdef - * Starting with identing (length 2) and checking the line length. - -1999-06-08 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx. make "subfigure" force hypertexnames=false; remove - exactdef option (obsolete), and set default of 0 for bookmark - level of unknown objects (\toclevel@...) - * a lot of cleaning up of code layout, requested by Heiko, and bug - fixing related to \addcontentsline - -1999-05-30 Sebastian Rahtz - * backref.dtx: added debugging/verbose output - * hyperref.dtx: considerable reworking of \addcontentsline, with - wide-reaching effects - * Some more PD1 fixes from Heiko. Stop using \@foo, too common a - choice by others - * Some fixes for TeX4ht, from Eitan Gurari - -1999-05-19 6.57 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.57 - * hyperref.dtx: a good many missing or extra spaces in and around - line endings were found by Heiko and corrected. - -1999-05-18 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: fixes to \textLF etc from Heiko - -1999-05-17 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: Raise equation anchors by \baselineskip; - dangerous, but its the only hope for XYZ views - * Some fixes for tex4ht from Eitan Gurari - * stop defaulting papersize \special - * make bookmarks use tocdepth not secnumdepth - * Some fixes for AMS equations, will probably break something! - * some characters changed, and some added, in PD1 - encoding, to allow for silly behaviour of Acrobat, and to help - Poles (via Wojciech A. Myszka ) - - * backref.dtx: added support for chicago.sty (requested by Alan Reese) - -1999-05-14 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: added new option hypertexnames. if it is *false*, - unique arbitrary names are given for anchors and links, to avoid - any conflict caused by counters being redefined etc. Long overdue. - * Guillemet fix from Heiko. - -1999-04-13 6.56 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.56 - * hyperref.dtx: missed a \if@filesw (Heiko spotted), and removed - the section - -1999-04-12 6.55 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.55 - * hyperref.dtx: when the run: type of URL is used, a \relax creeps - into the output with pdfmark drivers. corrected. - * Add some missing \if@filesw code (from Heiko) - * Proper dummy initialisation of \pdfbookmark - * Correct serious error over detecting whether seminar is being used - (added new test, and defined \ifhy@seminarslides) - * If implicit=false is used, ensure that \PDF@FinishDoc (to add - DOCINFO stuff) is still done, \AtBeginDocument (it was tied to the - redefinition of \@thehead) - -1999-03-31 6.54 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.54 - * hyperref.dtx: fixes from Heiko in pdf doc encoding stuff - -1999-03-30 6.53 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.53 - * hyperref.dtx: complete replacement of Heiko's part by nicely - documented dtx.... - - Name changes: - \newif\ifPDFbookmark ==> \newif\ifHy@pdfstring (internal name) - \ifbookmark ==> \texorpdfstring (user command) - \Hy@PDFDef ==> \pdfstringdef (user or package command) - - Heiko summarizes the features of this \Hy@PDFDef: - * PD1 encoding - * Unknown glyphs don't cause an infinite error loop now (see - bug report few weeks ago in pdftex@tug.org). - * Grouping characters can be used, they are removed silently, - so things like "\TeX{}" can be written. - * With this version of \Hy@PDFDef the option exactdef can be - removed now because of the warning messages. - * All non-expandible commands like unknown glyphs or stomach - commands are catched by this version: a comprehensive - warning message is produced and the tokens are removed. - * xspace support. - * Support for unbalanced parentheses, hyparen.sty is now obsolete. - -1999-03-26 6.52 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.52 - * hyperref.dtx: Wherever "naturalnames" is used, disable - \textlatin (from Babel 3.6k). Thanks to Felix Neubauer - - * Fixes for seminar (Denis Girou ) - -1999-03-12 6.51 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.51 (unreleased) - * hyperref.dtx: yet more bookmark magic from Heiko Oberdiek! - -1999-02-21 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: trap a URL type of "run:" and attempt to use it to - launch an application. In dvips, dvipdfm and pdftex drivers; it - seems to work in Windows. By default it translates to file: - -1999-02-17 Sebastian Rahtz - * Changed the copyright notice - * hyperref.dtx: some (more) corrections from Heiko - -1999-02-16 6.50 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.50 - * hyperref.dtx: some corrections from Heiko - -1999-02-14 6.49 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.49 - * hyperref.dtx: remove grouping around PDF@SetupDoc, allowing - \pdfpagesttr in pdftex to work properly (ie CropBox) - move PD@FinishDoc to happen at start of dvi (in page header); - this allows for documents ending in \clearpage in which case the - stuff never happened. sigh. - -1999-02-06 6.48 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.48 - * hyperref.dtx: add option "naturalnames", which makes hyperref use - eg \thesection instead of \theHsection. may help some people. - * Add option "verbose" to provide a debugging hook. - * Set some more commands to no-op in bookmarks. - * Remove all pdfinfo from PDF@SetupDoc, and transfer to new - PDF@FinishDoc, which happens \AtEndDocument. This allows - \maketitle to do \hypersetup{pdftitle=\@title} etc - * Rearranged some lines of code. - -1999-02-01 6.47 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.47 - * hyperref.dtx: removed code from dvipdfm by mistake. restored. - -1999-01-27 6.46 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.46 - * hyperref.dtx: add support for colorlinks to dvipdfm driver - (missed out by mistake before), and \AcrobatMenu - -1999-01-20 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: changed \texttilde to \textasciitilde; removed - \textbeta - -1998-12-17 6.45 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.45 - * hyperref.dtx: make \footnotemark and \footnotetext use original - non-hyper definitions. from pzezza@facec.cce.unifi.it. - -1998-12-07 6.44 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.44 - * hyperref.dtx: corrected bookmark writing errors. again... - removed some spurious \makeat s. removed a spurious { in tex4ht - -1998-12-01 6.43 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.43 - * hyperref.dtx: fixes for \addcontentsline from - kevin@rodin.wustl.edu (Kevin Ruland) - - make \EndOfPackage things happen \AtBeginDocument instead, for - consistency - - fixes to hy@temp from Heiko - - added optional first parameter to \BOOKMARK in order to provide - dvipdfm with what it wants - -1998-11-27 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: added dvipdfm driver from - Mark Wicks . - cleaned up more bookmark code (from Heiko) - -1998-11-11 6.42 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.42 - * hyperref.dtx: replaced bookmark and docinfo writing with new code - from Heiko Oberdiek which seems to do a better job - * Support for lastpage package. - -1998-11-03 6.41 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.41 - * hyperref.dtx: cleaned up test for existence of pdftex again, to - avoid trampling on other packages. Thomas Esser and David Carlisle - pointed out the mess. - -1998-11-01 6.40 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.40 - * hyperref.dtx: checked various drivers, and had to introduce mew - docstrip guards to add some pdfmark to dviwindo. dvipdf broken, so - removed from hyperref.ins. Thanks to Thomas Esser for testing so - quickly. - -1998-10-30 6.39 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.39 - * hyperref.dtx: serious error in where colorlinks and frenchlinks - were checked. now all at EndOfPackage, after driver load. - -1998-10-23 6.38 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.38 - * hyperref.dtx: rework handling of driver options so that driver - is only loaded at the end, with whatever is the latest name given - in config file, document etc. (Thanks to Thomas Esser for suggestion) - -1998-10-17 6.37 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.37 - * hyperref.dtx: back out change of link to use Action dictionary, - it seems to break some Distiller setups, and Ghostscript - -1998-10-06 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: make all eqnarray stop being an anchor, as it may - break over pages. - * Whoops. PDF@SetupDoc was after \MayBeStopEarly... - -1998-09-24 6.36 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.36 - * hyperref.dtx: even if bookmark writing disable, \pdfbookmark still - needs to make anchors - -1998-09-22 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: xdef not edef in \@writetorep (thanks to Christian - Kumpf ) - -1998-09-12 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: added option pdfnumberbookmarks to include section - numbers in PDF bookmarks - -1998-09-07 6.35 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.35 - * hyperref.dtx: added DOCVIEW stuff to dviwindo driver - better check for playing in head, means no more overfull hbox - messages - -1998-09-04 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: added DOCVIEW stuff to dvipsone driver (pointed - out by D P Story) - -1998-09-03 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: - a) added new option linktocpage to make TOC have links on page - numbers - b) rewrote or checked all uses of \colorlink, so that they - have a corresponding \hy@endcolorlink (was \hyper@resetcolor), - and so are in a \begingroup ... \endgroup group (requested by - Patrick Daly, for consistency if nothing else). Renamed - \colorlink to \hy@colorlink - -1998-09-02 6.34 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.34 - * hyperref.dtx: chivvied around pdfview so that it worked, and did - not override hyperref.cfg. concept of \@pdfviewparam for size - parameters - -1998-08-11 6.33 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.33 - * hyperref.dtx: fix up some forms problems for Laurent Guillope - -1998-08-08 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: add option `implicit' to allow (with value of - false) for no redefinition of LaTeX internals. Re-ordered some - code sections to allow for this. - -1998-08-02 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: corrected some typos and mistakes in form support - -1998-07-20 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: change check of empty head (from test by Denis - Roegel) - -1998-07-06 6.32 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.32 - * backref.dtx: better test for natbib-like styles - * hyperref.dtx: add natbib link break macro - * dvipsone: use same pdfsetup as dviwindo - -1998-06-27 6.31 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.31 - * hyperref.dtx: correct order of part and writetorep - * hyperref.dtx: more fixes from MicroPress for their driver. zero - width hidden fields -> width of 1sp. Piet van Oostrum's additions - to bookmark writing code. - * add support for "pdfstartview={}", to get `default' - magnification. hyper@linkfile for pdftex always does a user action - now - * Patrick Daly's addition of \ifvmode\nobreak\fi in pdftex start - anchor fixes his section problems, but is not entirely general. - -1998-06-25 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: fix NoHyper bug *properly* this time. - -1998-06-25 6.30 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.30 - * hyperref.dtx: zero width hidden fields. support pdfstartview of - {}. allow NewWindow false with pdfnewwindow option. correct bug in - default value of centerwindow and fitwindow. fix bug in NoHyper. - fix bug in \pageref*. - * Add \autoref macro to generate tagged references. - -1998-06-24 6.29 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.29 - * hyperref.dtx: add \ref* and \pageref* to produce unlinked - references, and fix bug in label@hyperref. - add page transitions for pdftex driver - -1998-06-23 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: add support for page transitions in pdfmark driver - * hyperref.dtx: add key pdfpagelayout - * hyperref.dtx: revise form lists, now support Display=Value syntax - * hyperref.dtx: change test for whether natbib-like code is - present (if NAT@parse is defined), since things like aguplus dont - load natbib per se, but use the same code. - -1998-06-21 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: if form list value starts with a [, its assumed to - be an array of two strings, display and use values. - * hyperref.dtx: add `readonly' key for pdf forms, and hidden for - HTML - * hyperref.dtx: restructure form drivers to isolate common code - for pdftex and pdfmark. - -1998-06-20 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: add `hidden' key for forms - -1998-06-19 6.28 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.28 - * hyperref.dtx: use pdftex version and revision numbers - * hyperref.dtx: corrected stupid error which meant that the - bookmark file was not being opened. - -1998-06-16 6.27 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.27 - * hyperref.dtx: finished pdftex forms, and reworked several - aspects of forms in general. - -1998-06-15 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: use \filename@parse to decide whether a file: URL - is a local open or a URL. makes ../../xxx work. - * VTEX drivers driven by single `vtex' option which checks - \OpMode - -1998-06-13 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: merge in material from MicroPress to provide support - for VTEX's two new modes of operation, PDF and HTML. Drivers hvtex - and hvtexhtml. - -1998-06-12 6.26 Sebastian Rahtz - * (private) RELEASE 6.26 - addition from DPC to provide better support for encoding in - .out files (must use inputenc) - * (private) RELEASE 6.25 - * hyperref.dtx: - removed quotes from names in dviwindo (DP Story) - comma after file destination in dviwindo (DP Story) - rejig parsing of file: to cope with ../foo/bar, at the - cost of files having to be at least two characters long. ../.. - doesn't work either :-} - -1998-06-05 6.24 Sebastian Rahtz - * (private) RELEASE 6.24 - * hyperref.dtx: unset \@tempa at start of ProcessKVOptions (David - Carlisle) - * hyperref.dtx: pdftex base url syntax wrong; and if baseurl - provided, need to strip file: from URL (corrections by - daly@linpwd.mpae.gwdg.de (P.W.Daly, MPAe, Lindau, Germany) - -1998-05-27 6.23 Sebastian Rahtz - * (private) RELEASE 6.23 - * hyperref.dtx: remove spurious space in pdfview in pdftex driver - -1998-05-16 6.22 Sebastian Rahtz - * (private) RELEASE 6.22 - * hyperref.dtx: in draft mode, need fifth and secondoffive to be - really secondoffive - -1998-05-08 6.21 Sebastian Rahtz - * (private) RELEASE 6.21 - * hyperref.dtx: added new key "pdfhighlight" to set Acrobat - behaviour when a link is pressed. Make destinations use the Action - dictionary. Added first cut at forms support. - -1998-03-25 6.20 Sebastian Rahtz - * (private) RELEASE 6.20 - * RELEASE 6.19 - * pdftex seems to have changed, added goto page for openaction - * hyperref.dtx: put / in front of pdfstartview - still changing textures driver - -1998-03-22 6.18 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.18 - -1998-03-21 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: add conditional code for fancyvrb, to stop - links being made to fancyvrb lines. - * experimental textures driver - * pdftex as 0.12 the default; use guard pdftexold to select 0.11 - behaviour - -1998-03-07 6.17 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.17 - * hyperref.dtx: patches from Piotr Krysiuk - to make it run under LaTeX 209 - compatibility mode - -1998-03-05 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: put braces around URL in pdfmark driver, to stop - keyval splitting at an = sign within the URL (bug report from Ahmed - Hindawi ) - -1998-03-03 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: add first cut at tex4ht driver - * hyperref.dtx: changes for pdftex 0.12 driver (syntax changes) - -1998-02-28 6.16 Sebastian Rahtz - * (private) RELEASE 6.16 - * hyperref.dtx: AMSLaTeX does everything twice; pdftex actually - *executes* the hyper code twice, so that destinations are defined - twice. Make use of \ifmeasuring@ to avoid this. - -1998-02-25 6.15 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.15 - * Sigh. Messed up counters again. Fixed. It had better be right - this time. - * RELEASE 6.14 - * hyperref.dtx: added key bookmarksopen to dictate whether or not - the bookmark tree is expanded (from Brian Ripley) - * cleaned up the *horrible* mess created by me over items, which - mean that I had turned off the incrementing.... - * typo in \pdfbookmark corrected - -1998-02-23 6.13 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.13 - * changes to \item had totally wrecked natbib :-} - * added keys for PDF creator and producer - * re-fix \@footnotemark in \maketitle - * reverse parameters of \htmladdnormallink - -1998-02-20 6.12 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.12 - * RELEASE 6.11 - * hyperref.dtx: play around with items again for Tanmoy. ugh, all - sorts of changes to stop bibitems getting 3 destinations defined. - -1998-01-26 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: define \@makefnmark instead of \@footnotemark, to - take advantage of white space and hyphenation fudges (from DPC) - * backref.dtx: remove white space in for loop of \backcite - -1998-01-22 6.10 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.10 - * more dealing with \url, allowing for _ - -1998-01-21 6.9 Sebastian Rahtz - * release 6.9 - * fixed some small bugs (though more remain) and added - \Acrobatmenu command. - -1997-12-11 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: altered algorithm of tocdepth for pdf bookmarks; - rewrote nesting again. still concerned about global allocation - of `current' tokens, and lack of nesting in PS file. - -1997-12-09 Sebastian Rahtz - * hyperref.dtx: rewrote handling of (non) nesting. the innards of - an anchor are now processing inside {\stop@hyper...} which - hopefully makes all hyper commands no-ops. ripley@stats.ox.ac.uk - (Prof Brian Ripley) found several things which forced me to do - *something* (ie a \cite inside a \caption gave the destination of - the cite to the caption) - * Daniel T. Cobra gave me a new - incompatibility with ps2pdf - -1997-11-24 6.7 Sebastian Rahtz - * RELEASE 6.7 - * started hyperref ChangeLog. cleanup of copyright for Debian inclusion - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 37c05e430e9..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6dc67f4996e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3038 @@ +2018-09-30 6.88a David Carlisle + * Reorganise README and ChangeLog moving most of README into the manual + and maintaining README.md as markdown and ChangeLog.txt as text + * Document NoHyper in the manual (copied from hyperref.dtx) for github issue 55 + * hyperref.dtx: Add \protected@file@percent for github issue 70 + * Adjust default pdfcreator and add addtopdfcreator key for githb issue 53 + * Use \scdefault not always sc as font shape for frenchlinks, github issue 64. + * Greek Autoref support, issue #52 + +2018-04-02 6.87a David Carlisle + * 6.87a + * Silence babel messages in pdfstringdef issue #59 + +2018-02-06 6.86b David Carlisle + * 6.86b + * Fix packaging of luatex.dtx (reported on tex.sx) + * Don't include test directory on ctan (still on github) + +2017-09-29 6.86a David Carlisle + * 6.86a + * bump version and fix documentation markup + * fixes to xsl and other minor build adjustments + * send driver message just to log, issue #9 + * add \and to the list of commands locally made safe in pdf title info, issue #44 + * for issue #50 add pdf source zip from texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref-docsrc + +2017-09-29 6.85a David Carlisle + * 6.85a + * Make driver auto detect info not message (so just log not terminal) issue #9 + * Make \and locally "; " while making pdf info string issue #44 + +2017-09-29 6.85a Ulrike Fischer + * 6.85a + * don't define \noboundary as text command / issue 37 (#45) + * changed default pdfversion from 2 to 5, along the default settings in the current tex systems + * change with pdfa version to 4 only if the current version is smaller, see issue #38 + * removed \noboundary from puarenc.def, see issue #37 + * Issue #38: change version to 1.4 with pdfa only if it is smaller (#43) + * changed default pdfversion from 2 to 5, along the default settings in the current tex systems + * change with pdfa version to 4 only if the current version is smaller, see issue #38 + * issue #25, added \HyPsd@EscapeTeX#1% to correctly escape non-ascii in heading (#42) + * code to amend issue #40 (missing pdfhighlight option for xetex/dvipdfmx) (#41) + * corrected typo in hpdftex.def + * exchanged code for pdfhighlight by \Hy@setpdfhighlight in hpdftex.def + * exchanged code for pdfhighlight by \Hy@setpdfhighlight in hluatex.def + * added \Hy@setpdfhighlight to hdvipdfm/hxetex.def + +2017-03-14 6.85a David Carlisle + * 6.85a + * Declare \newtie in PU encoding (composites with \newtie are + already declared). Declaring composites with an undeclared accent does + not work and will be flagged as an error in the next LaTeX release. + * Modify the regex in pdfremotestartview for github issue 28 + https://github.com/ho-tex/hyperref/issues/28 + +2017-01-26 6.84a David Carlisle + * 6.84a + * Fix driver check to allow luatex as well as pdftex in pdf mode. + * Documentation improvements + +2016-06-24 6.83q David Carlisle + * 6.83q + * cleveref support + +2016-05-21 6.83p David Carlisle + * 6.83p, nameref 2.44, backref 1.39 + * document github support + * escape Field values (issue #5, thanks to Ulrike Fischer for fix). + * fix to checkbox/Radio code (issue #6, thanks to Ulrike Fischer for fix). + * Fix for links in amsmath \text (issue #13) + * Fix white space at end of line before a theorem (issue #11) + +2016-05-18 6.83o David Carlisle + * 6.83o + * merge pull request from H. Yamashita pass driver options to color package. + * replace call to luatex85 package by new luatex back end option + * Catalan autoref translation contributed in issue #4 + +2016-05-05 6.83n David Carlisle + * 6.83n + * Load luatex85 package for luatex compatibility + +2012-11-06 6.83m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83m + * Option `pdflang': Default is `\relax' that suppresses + the entry in the PDF catalogue. An empty value (undetermined + language) is written to the PDF catalogue. + * Option `pdflang': Checks for well-formedness added + (if \pdfmatch is available). + * Option `hyperindex': The latest encapsulating command is repeated + for the close range entries, if it is not already given. That improves + compatibility to `xindy'. (Formatting commands remain unsupported.) + +2012-10-31 6.83l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83l + * Workaround for bug in `frenchb.ldf' 2010/08/21 v2.5a added that + destroys `\pdfstringdefDisableCommands' in `\AtBeginDocument'. + * nameref 2.43: + * Support for theorem names in class `beamer'. + * Some support for `description' labels in class `beamer', if + `\label' is inside the optional argument of `\item'. + +2012-10-15 6.83k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83k + * If `hyperref' is loaded in the document class and `htlatex' is used, + then `hyperref' passes options for `tex4ht' found in \@documentclasshook + to `tex4ht'. + * \hyper@link@ suppresses links with empty target. + +2012-10-13 6.83j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83j + * PDF forms/hpdftex.def: Field option `calculatesortkey' added + (pdfTeX/LuateX only) to specify the calculation order for + calculated fields. + * Option `pdflinkmargin' implemented for pdfmark drivers. + +2012-10-12 6.83i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83i + * PDF forms: /CO (calculation order) is set for fields with + calculations. Only document order is supported currently. + * pdfmark.def: /Fields is set like in the other PDF form drivers. + +2012-10-11 6.83h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83h + * If `hyperref' is loaded in the document class, then it misses + the detection of package `tex4ht' of `htlatex' because it is + loaded after the documentclass. Therefore another test for + `\HCode' is added that is defined by `htlatex'. + * The setting of additional information entries is done globally + like the other standard options (pdfauthor, pdftitle, ...) + for the information dictionary. (Bug report: + http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/75684/16967) + +2012-09-27 6.83g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83g + * Fix for \hyper@link@. + +2012-09-26 6.83f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83f + * Option `customdriver' added. + +2012-09-24 6.83e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83e + * Fix for \hyper@link@. + +2012-09-23 6.83d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83d + * Table of contents: If the page number is empty, then the + link is suppressed to avoid tiny link boxes. + * puenc.def/psdextra.def: Wrong names \(text)capricorn + renamed to \(text)capricornus (wasysym). + * hyperref.sty: \hyper@link@ recoded. + * hpdftex.def: Fix for option `ocgcolorlinks' to prevent removing + other page resources. + * LuaTeX: Workaround for LuaTeX bug 773 added that can be triggered + by \pdfstringdef. + +2012-08-21 6.83c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83c + * Package `parskip': The changes of \@starttoc of package `parskip' + 2001/04/09 are supported (setting \parskip to zero). + * Optional page object references added to field annotations. + (hpdftex.def: only if package `zref-abspage' is loaded.) + * Bug fix for bug in bug fix of 6.82w. The active `Q' was redefined + and not restored after usage (breaks package `flexisym'). + (Thanks Dominic J\"anichen and Ulrike Fischer.) + +2012-08-18 6.83b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83b + * pd1enc.def: \ij and \IJ fixed, now they expand to `ij' and `IJ' + (these glyphs are not available in PDFDocEncoding). + * Shorthands of babel deactivated in \hyper@makecurrent (destination names) + and the destination name of \contentsline. + * \XeTeXLinkBox with \XeTeXLinkMargin added for XeTeX if the link + does not contain character glyphs. + +2012-08-13 6.83a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.83a + * Syntax fixes in additions for puenc.def. + (Thanks Yury Donskoy for bug report.) + * Fix for option `psdextra'. + * puenc.def: further additions. + +2012-08-11 6.82z Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82z + * Fix in parent counter lookup, meaning of \@elt is restored + after usage. (Thanks Victor Ivrii for bug report.) + * puenc.def: fixes and additions. + +2012-08-03 6.82y Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82y + * Unique destination names: Lookup for parent counters added + for counters that are defined before hyperref is loaded and + \theH is not provided. + * Fixes: File `psdextra.def` was loaded always with option `unicode', + restriction of set option `psdextra' was missing. Also the + catcode was not explicitely set to `letter', when the file is loaded. + (Thanks Daniel Halperin for bug report.) + +2012-07-31 6.82x Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82x + * nameref 2.42: Definition for \strip@period provided. + It was removed in 2.41, but it is needed by package `subfig'. + +2012-07-30 6.82w Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82w + * Bug fix in \pdfstringdef: Active characters defined with + \protected are catched and converted to characters with + catcode 12 (other). + * hpdftex.def: Before setting the version number it is checked, + whether objects are already written. Also \pdfobjcompresslevel + is disabled for versions < 5. + * puenc.def: Hebrew letters added. + +2012-07-29 6.82v Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82v + * Bug fix (introduced in 6.82r): Information entries did not + get written in some drivers (xetex, dvipdfm, ...). + +2012-07-28 6.82u Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82u + * Option `destlabel' and \HyperDestRename added. + * nameref 2.41: + * The hook \label@hook is added to \label. + * \strip@period is fixed (unnecessary addition of \relax) + and renamed to \NR@strip@period. + +2012-07-26 6.82t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82t + * Some fixes in PU encoding, especially \textbackslash. + +2012-07-25 6.82s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82s + * \pdfstringdef: \ensuremath added to avoid warnings + about "removing `math shift'". + * backref 1.38: Explicit package dependency for `ltxcmds' added. + +2012-07-24 6.82r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82r + * Package pifont: \ding in Unicode bookmarks supported. + * puenc.def: lots of symbols added. + * New experimental option `psdextra' that loads file `psdextra.def' + with defines the original short character names (mostly math) + to the names with prefix `text' because of NFSS. + * puarenc.def: \noboundary fixed. + * Definitions of \theH made global (GL). + * Bug fix in hpdftex.def for links across the first and second page: + \Hy@FixNotFirstPage is disabled for package `atbegshi' >= 2011/10/05. + * backref 1.37: + * \backrefsetup added. + * Options `enable' and `disable' added. + +2012-05-13 6.82q Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82q + * \HyNew@float@makebox added for package `caption' + (feature request from Axel Sommerfeldt). + +2012-02-28 6.82p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82p + * pdfmark: Missing border color setting for \Acrobatmenu added. + * dvipdfmx/xetex: Fix for \Acrobatmenu if \@menubordercolor is \relax. + * Some warnings for entries of the information dictionary added, + if the driver does not support them. + * Test file testinfo.tex added that sets all entries of + the information dictionary. + +2012-02-06 6.82o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82o + * At the begin and end of an equation an \hbox might be + present that affects math spacing (for example, if the + equation starts with an unary minus). By putting \hbox + in \mathopen/\mathclose, now only a math punctuation at + the end of the equation will add some space afterwords. + Environment eqnarray is fixed in a similar way, also + its anchor position is fixed. + +2011-12-06 6.82n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82n + * Redefinition of \theHchapter/\theHsection in \appendix + uses \Hy@AlphNoErr instead of \Alph to provide values + for the cases unsupported in \Alph. + +2011-12-04 6.82m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82m + * \...footnotetext commands might contain unbalanced conditionals. + +2011-11-21 6.82l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82l + * Bug fix in page labels (bug introduced in 6.82a). + * Field/borderwidth: Also a dimen can be given + instead of a number with default unit bp. + (Feature request of GL.) + * Fix for \TextField and \TextCheckField: + \leavevmode is inserted before the formular field + to avoid the error that \pdfstartlink cannot be + used in vertical mode. (Bug reported by GL.) + +2011-11-19 6.82k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82k + * The macros \theH are defined using + \providecommmand to allow previous definitions + (feature request from Axel Sommerfeldt). + +2011-10-01 6.82j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82j + * Patch of \TX@endtabularx modified in order to support + biblatex's patching (reported by Marc Baudoin). + +2011-09-28 6.82i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82i + * Internal boolean switches renamed if the boolean switch differs from + its option. This simplifies the implementation of \Hy@boolkey, + \IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean. + * Package tabularx: Footnote linking is only disabled inside + environment tabularx. + +2011-08-19 6.82h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82h + * dvipdfm/xetex: pdfpagetransition, pdfpageduration, pdfpagehidden + implemented. + * \IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean added. + * The label form of \hyperref[...]{...} does not set + a broken link if the reference is not defined. + +2011-04-17 6.82g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82g + * Make use of package `hobsub-hyperref'. + * Patch for package `ltxcmds' removed by requiring the fixed version + (see v6.81t). + * Drivers dvipdfm/xetex: missing \leavevmode added for links. + +2011-04-09 6.82f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82f + * Definition of \Hy@xspace@end moved to an earlier place. + +2011-04-07 6.82e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82e + * \xspace without space at end of links and anchors. + +2011-03-09 6.82d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82d + * dvipdfm/xetex: missing launch actions added for \href. + +2011-02-28 6.82c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82c + * Fix for references with dvips/breaklinks=true in math mode. + (Bug found by Gady Kozma). + +2011-02-07 6.82b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82b + * Fix for class `slides' with option `pageanchors' + and anchor name shortened if page is not used. + +2011-02-05 6.82a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.82a + * Options `hidelinks', `allcolors' and `allbordercolors' added. + * \pdfstringdef: \begin, \end, \foreignlanguage catched. + * Options `pdfpagelabels' and `pageanchor': some support + for class with its page counters (slide/overlay/note/page) added. + * Option `pageanchor': Double string escaping removed + for default setting hypertexnames=true, plainpages=false. + +2010-12-16 6.81z Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81z + * Fix for bug #135 `amsclass: wrong formatting of theorems' + (thanks to Dan Luecking for his analysis). + +2010-12-15 6.81y Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81y + * Allowing driver tex4ht if XeTeX is running (htxelatex). + +2010-12-14 6.81x Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81x + * Destination names (\hyper@makecurrent) now use + the original definition of \@arabic to avoid + trouble with redefined \@arabic (polyglossia/arabic). + +2010-12-03 6.81w Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81w + * Fix for draftmode, because .out file wasn't written. + +2010-11-26 6.81v Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81v + * Fix for driver hpdftex.def (undefined \pdf@draftmode). + +2010-11-22 6.81u Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81u + * Driver hpdftex.def: Use of \pdfdraftmode. + * Driver pdfmark.def: Math mode respected in links. + * Some unnecessary code removed in \LT@p@ftntext (GL). + +2010-10-30 6.81t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81t + * Radio buttons: small fix, escaping values and adding /DV. + * Temporary fix for \ltx@LocalAppendToMacro until next bundle update. + +2010-10-19 6.81s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81s + * Version check added for driver files. + * Field options `altname' and `mappingname' added. + +2010-09-25 6.81r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81r + * \SpecialDvipdfmxOutlineOpen is set in case of XeTeX. + +2010-09-17 6.81q Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81q + * Broken error messages because of broken \Hy@Error fixed. + +2010-09-17 6.81p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81p + * Sanitizing (babel shorthands) of anchor names in + \hyper@anchor and \hyper@anchorstart. + +2010-09-16 6.81o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81o + * Broken option `pdfborder' fixed (since 6.81n). + +2010-09-13 6.81n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81n + * New option `driverfallback'. It takes a driver option for + the case that a driver is not given and cannot be autodetected. + (Feature request by Markus Kohm.) + * Unused option `hyperref' removed. + * Driver options are now `void' options that do not accept any values. + +2010-09-11 6.81m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81m + * New option `pdfremotestartview'. + * \href with new optional argument with + keys `page' and `pdfremotestartview', `pdfnewwindow', `ismap', + `nextactionraw'. + * Fix for urls in \href: Prefix 'file:' is not added. + +2010-09-11 6.81l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81l + * Fix spacefactor corrections of 6.81i for math mode. + * Fixing GoToR actions if \href contains `file:///' or + `file://localhost/'. + +2010-09-10 6.81k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81k + * PDF forms: Missing JavaScript actions added for check boxes, + push, submit and reset buttons. + * PDF forms: Warnings are given, if HTML field options are used. + +2010-09-04 6.81j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81j + * \Hy@EveryPageAnchor fixed to avoid Overfull \hbox warnings + with some drivers. + +2010-09-04 6.81i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81i + * Various drivers: Destinations made transparent for \spacefactor. + * Various drivers: Links made transparent for \spacefactor. + * Various drivers: Fixes for option `raiselinks' without color. + +2010-09-01 6.81h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81h + * Fix for clash with package `varioref', that redefines + \refstepcounter with loss of hyperref's additions. + * Additions for README. + +2010-08-30 Heiko Oberdiek + * backref 1.36: Typo in warning fixed. + +2010-06-18 6.81g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81g + * pdfmark: Disabling of \escapechar is removed during reading + the .out file. With package xkeyval the \pdfmark causes + lots of character `2' in the output. + * kvsetkeys: \setkeys is replaced by \kvsetkeys. + +2010-06-04 6.81f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81f + * Beautifying error text of utf8x.def of \utf@viii@undeferr. + * pdfmark.def: Avoid \leavevmode and \hbox of \pdf@rect + for destinations with empty target area. It fixes spacing + in situations like "\section{A}\hypertarget{foobar}{}\section{B}". + (Bug detected by Thomas Beuthe.) + +2010-05-13 6.81e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81e + * Real epsilon for \eTeX and \LaTeXe in Unicode bookmarks. + +2010-05-12 6.81d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81d + * Fix for russian. (Bug found by Victor Kozyakin.) + +2010-05-11 6.81c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81c + * Fix for funny \@alph and \@Alph definitions for use + in anchor names. + * \@fnsymbol uses replacement in anchor names. + +2010-05-10 6.81b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81b + * Bookmarks: memoir's \booknumberline supported. + +2010-05-04 6.81a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.81a + * Patch for longtable takes package arydshln into account. + +2010-05-01 6.80z Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80z + * Language definitions for \autoref are provided automatically + without global or package language options if babel is loaded + before. + +2010-04-30 6.80y Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80y + * pdfencoding=auto: Escape TeX characters in .out file after + successful conversion to PDFDocEncoding (or subset). + * nameref 2.40: Support of environment `description'. + +2010-04-17 6.80x Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80x + * Define \@currentHref as "Doc-Start" right at the beginning + for a better support of \label lost in the preamble. + * nameref 2.39: \@currentHref and \@currentlabelname are not overwritten. + +2010-04-16 6.80w Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80w + * nameref fix for memoir disabled. + * nameref 2.38: Support for theorems. + +2010-04-15 6.80v Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80v + * Support for star form of \nameref added in hyperref. + * nameref 2.37 + * Support for forgotten star form \part* added. + * Support for memoir fixed: non-star forms of \section, \chapter. + +2010-03-30 6.80u Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80u + * \pdfstringdef: Fix for unexpandable shorthand `"-' + of `russianb.ldf'. (Bug found by Uladzimir Pylinski.) + +2010-03-29 6.80t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80t + * Support for package `amsthm' fixed. + (Bug found by Dana Lahat.) + +2010-03-28 6.80s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80s + * \@currentHlabel is no longer used. + * \HyperGlobalCurrentHref and \HyperLocalCurrentHref added. + (Not yet supported in footnotes.) + * Fix in bookmarks/.out file: some special characters protected. + * \href: detection of file links fixed if the file base name + contains dots (bug found by Uladzimir Pylinski). + * Some changes to allow `hyperref' to be loaded via + \AtBeginDocument (experimental). + +2010-03-19 6.80r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80r + * Experimental boolean option `localanchorname' added. + * Warning text corrected for empty anchor. + * Some \@ifundefined replaced by \ltx@IfUndefined + (avoids definition of macros like \thechapter as \relax). + +2010-03-18 6.80q Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80q + * hpdftex.def, option `verbose': end of links are + recorded in the .log file at shipout time. + This helps to find the link in case of the pdfTeX error + `\pdfendlink ended up in different nesting level ...' + +2010-03-16 6.80p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80p + * Bookmark output for \CJKnumber fixed. + * Bookmark implementation of \CJKnumber changed. + \CJK@one is suppressed before \CJK@ten, if the + number starts with this. + +2010-03-13 6.80o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80o + * Typo fixed in CJK bookmark code (Jinsong Zhao). + +2010-03-11 6.80n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80n: \undefined relaced by \@undefined. + * backref 1.35: \undefined replaced by \@undefined. + +2010-03-10 6.80m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80m + * If package `ucs' is loaded \PrerenderUnicode is called + for information entries. + +2010-03-09 6.80l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80l + * Support of CJKnumb.sty's \CJKnumber and \CJKdigits in bookmarks, + if encoding is Unicode. + +2010-03-04 6.80k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80k + * \pdfstringdef: generic font commands (\selectfont, + \usefont, \fontencoding, ...) disabled. + +2010-03-03 6.80j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80j + * pdfmark.def: better support of hyphenation if breaklinks=false. + +2010-03-01 6.80i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80i + * hpdftex.def: form fields array collects field references + via .aux file to avoid recording field references of field + inside canceled boxes. + * README updated. + +2010-02-25 6.80h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80h + * Compatibility for KOMA-Script's \footref. + +2010-02-24 6.80g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80g + * Option `verbose': anchors and internal links are recorded in + the .log file for all drivers. + +2010-02-21 6.80f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80f + * Unicode support is loaded only if unicode is set to true. + Previously the option regardless of setting triggered + the loading of unicode support (or an error, if after + \begin{document}). + +2010-02-08 6.80e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80e + * \ref and \pageref robust again before \begin{document}. + (Bug report by Gerrit Schmitz.) + * Project/repository moved to Puszcza + (https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/projects/hyperref). + +2010-01-25 6.80d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80d + * License update to LPPL 1.3+ + * nameref 2.36, backref 1.34: LPPL 1.3+ + +2010-01-16 6.80c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80c + * Problem with package `titlesec' fixed (reported by GL in comp.text.tex). + * backref 1.33: + * \backrefentrycount added. + * Internal calculations for \backrefalt and \backrefentrycount + are disabled, if these features are not used. + +2010-01-11 6.80b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80b + * Options `pdfinfo' and `pdftrapped' added. + +2010-01-09 Heiko Oberdiek + * backref 1.32: + * Brazilian Portuguese added (Rog\'erio Brito). + * Some language aliases added. + +2010-01-08 6.80a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.80a + * Missing \expandafter added for fix in 6.79z. + `\.' now works again for other languages than Spanish + in bookmarks. + +2009-12-28 6.79z Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79z + * \pdfstringdef/spanish.ldf: \. breaks \pdfstringdef, + therefore it is restored as dot accent (\es@save@dot). + \... is not supported. Use \texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots} instead. + +2009-12-23 6.79y Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79y + * Global papersize options (a4paper, ...) ignored. + +2009-12-22 6.79x Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79x + * Checking \@outlinefile before writing (workaround for + beamer bug in beamerbasecompatibility 1.63). + +2009-12-18 6.79w Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79w + * Again anchor setting in unnumbered sections fixed. + \@currentHref gets overwritten by float objects right + after inline section commands like \paragraph, \subparagraph. + Reported by Lev Bishop. + Now the reference name (\@currentHref) is passed by value + (expanded) to the anchor setting code. + * nameref 2.35: Required date for package `gettitlestring' updated. + +2009-12-17 6.79v Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79v + * Fix for `pdfencoding=auto', the code accidently got + deleted for the other drivers than XeTeX. + * `pdfencoding=auto' for XeTeX now adds a method to suppress the + warning "Failed to convert input string to UTF16...", see README. + +2009-12-16 6.79u Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79u + * Babel patch of 6.77o rewritten that babel can be loaded + after hyperref. + +2009-12-15 6.79t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79t + * hxetex: Using encoding `ascii-print' for + `pdfencoding=auto'. + +2009-12-15 6.79s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79s + * Removed paper options of 6.79o now generate a warning + instead of an error. + +2009-12-15 6.79r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79r + * hxetex: default is now `pdfencoding=auto' because of + bug of AR7/Linux regarding page labels. + +2009-12-15 6.79p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79p + * hxetex: PDFDocEncoding is not supported, only + option `unicode', `pdfencoding=unicode' or `pdfencoding=auto'. + In the latter case, PDFDocEncoding is only used, if the + string is an ascii string (7-bit characters). + No idea, how to get rid of the warning + "Failed to convert input string to UTF16...". + The strings are already in UTF16, thus an additional conversion + have to fail. + * Missing package dependency added: intcalc (Vladimir Volovich). + +2009-12-14 6.79o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79o + * Paper options `a4paper', `a5paper' are ignored. + Setting the page size is done by using \paperwidth + and \paperheight. Or in case of memoir \stockwidth and + \stockheight are used. Evaluation time for setting the page size + is at begin of document or first page (driver dependant). + * XeTeX has its own driver file `hxetex.def' (based on hdvipdfm.def). + * hxetex.def uses pdfTeX's \pdfpagewidth and \pagepageheight + for setting the media size. + +2009-12-10 6.79n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79n + * Use of package `rerunfilecheck'. + * backref 1.31: Use of package `rerunfilecheck'. + +2009-12-09 6.79m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79m + * \clear@document (REVTeX} is not used in favor of \AtVeryEndDocument + (Arthur Ogawa). + * backref 1.30: Use of package `atveryend'. + +2009-12-08 6.79l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79l + * \Hy@SectionAnchor disabled in bookmarks. + * \clearpage is not added in \AtEndDocument any more by using + package `atveryend' instead to prevent problems with column + balancing in revtex (reported by Arthur Ogawa). + * \@caption uses \NR@gettitle from package `nameref' if available. + * nameref 2.34: + * Redefinition of \@caption is restricted to + the case if hyperref 6.79l or later is not loaded. + * Use of package `gettitlestring' for postprocessing + the title strings. + +2009-11-27 Heiko Oberdiek + * nameref 2.33: \phantomsection and \addcontentsline are disabled during + title string expansion. + +2009-11-27 6.79k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79k + * Fix of anchor setting: The anchor setting is filtered out + for title extracting classes and packages (memoir, titleref, + zref-titleref, nameref 2.32. + * nameref 2.32: the title string is expanded to filter out + unwanted stuff (same way as memoir, titleref, zref-titleref). + +2009-11-27 6.79j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79j + * Fix of anchor setting for section titles in 6.79h is made + a little more robust. + +2009-11-26 6.79i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79i + * Support for empty category parameter fixed for \hyperref and \hyperdef. + * \hyperdef fixed (.aux file entry). + +2009-11-25 6.79h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79h + * Fix of anchor setting for section titles. + * chapters, parts (Markus Kohm), + * unnumbered sections. + Now the workarounds with \phantomsection like + \cleardoublepage\phantomsection\printindex + should not be necessary any longer. + * nohyperref: star from \ref and \pageref ignored (Henrik Tidefelt). + +2009-11-20 6.79g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79g + * \pdfstringdef: Support for unicode characters added + for XeTeX and LuaTeX. + +2009-11-15 6.79f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79f + * Forms: Bug in \HyField@PDFChoices fixed, wrong order of + export and display value (Donald P. Story). + +2009-11-14 6.79e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79e + * Rerun warning added for bookmarks, based on MD5 sum and file size. + (This feature requires pdfTeX or LuaTeX.) + * backref 1.29: + * Rerun warning added, based on MD5 sum and file size. + (This feature requires pdfTeX or LuaTeX.) + +2009-10-31 6.79d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79d + * Full support of makeindex's encap feature (e.g. \index{alpha|textbf}). + \hyperpage and the formatting command are cascaded via + \hyperindexformat. Internally \index{alpha|textbf} is transferred + to \index{alpha|hyperindexformat{\textbf}}. \hyperindexformat calls + the formatting command in its first argument with the page range + as argument that is put into \hyperpage. The formatting command + may call \hyperpage itself, it will be disabled automatically + to prevent nested \hyperpage commands. + +2009-10-28 6.79c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79c + * Fix for a wrong byte "0xA0", accidently introduced in 6.79b. + * Adding bookmark sequence numbers in comments to the bookmark + auxiliary file (Vladimier Volovich). + * Manual fix: pdfpicktrackbypdfsize -> pdfpicktraybypdfsize + (Gregor Zimmermann). + +2009-10-19 6.79b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79b + * Respect \stockwidth and \stockheight for drivers `dvips' + and `dvipdfm'. + +2009-10-09 6.79a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.79a + * Field option `radiosymbol' added. + * Both `checkboxsymbol' and `radiosymbol' support \ding + (see package `pifont' from bundle `psnfss2e'). + +2009-10-02 6.78w Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78w + * Recognize `amsmidx' as multiple index package (David M. Jones). + * Manual fixes (Herbert Voss). + +2009-09-22 6.78v Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78v + * PDF objects needed for formulars are only allocated if + environment `Form' is used (hpdftex, hdvipdfm). + +2009-09-10 6.78u Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78u + * Support for open outlines is turned on for XeTeX >= 0.9995. + Thus option `dvipdfmx-outline-open' is not necessary in this case. + I don't know about older versions of XeTeX. + * Additions to the manual (aliascnt, bookmarks). + +2009-08-04 6.78t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78t + * Fix: Option `bookmarksdepth' with name value now also works + as package option. + +2009-05-23 6.78s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78s + * Fix: "\let\textlatin\@firstofone from \addcontentsline. + +2009-05-01 6.78r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78r + * \pdfstringdef: + * Typo in definition of \new@ifnextchar fixed (Ulrike Fischer), + * and \kernel@ifnextchar disabled (Dan Luecking). + * dvipdfm(x)/xetex: This driver family does not support nested + annotations. Therefore annotations inside annotations are + disabled automatically. + +2009-04-04 6.78q Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78q + * Better error message for \MakeUppercase and \MakeLowercase + in \pdfstringdef (bookmarks). + * Expandable simulation of \ignorespaces in bookmarks. + * The values of boolean options are now expanded (\Hy@boolkey). + * Warnings added for links with empty destination name. + +2009-02-22 6.78p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78p + * hpdftex.def: Problem fixed, if a link is broken across the + first and the next page. + +2009-02-02 6.78o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78o + * Workaround for package `linguex' added (it redefines the + accent macros \b, \c, \d). + +2008-12-26 6.78n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78n + * Support of active `&' and \& in \href (\hyper@normalise). + +2008-11-18 6.78m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78m + * The fix for fancyvrb in hyperef 1998-03-21 is not compatible with + and necessary for fancyvrb 1998-05-20 or later. Therefore the + fix is disabled for these versions. + * Option `ocgcolorlinks': Fix for driver `dvipdfm'. + * Improved anchor setting for package `amsthm' (Daniel M\"ullner). + +2008-09-29 6.78l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78l + * Bookmarks: `--' and `---' are automatically replaced by \textendash + and \textemdash in bookmark strings. However older AR versions + (until AR5/Linux) might miss these glyphs. + * Encoding name in warnings `Token not allowed' fixed. + +2008-09-27 6.78k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78k + * Fix for `slovak' and other babel languages that make `^' and other + characters active. This disturbs loading of package `color' and + perhaps `nameref' that are loaded later at begin document. + +2008-09-13 6.78j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78j + * Forms/hpdftex.def: Missing /Fields entry is set in the same way + as it is done by the other drivers. + +2008-09-12 6.78i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78i + * \pdfstringdef: accent support of encoding PU reimplemented + in a cleaner way. + +2008-09-11 6.78h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78h + * \pdfstringdef: + * Warning in case of unsupported composite characters fixed. + * Unknown composite characters use Unicode combining accents + if possible. + * Supported range in PU encoding improved, especially + extended latin sets, cyrillic, and standard LICRs. + * Various fixes in encodig files (pd1enc.def, puenc.def). + +2008-08-20 6.78g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78g + * Patch for \pdfstringdef of Manuel P\'egouri\'e-Gonnard + for package `xargs'. + * Option pdfversion accepts versions until 1.9. + +2008-08-14 6.78f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78f + * \nohyperref added to support custom entries in style files + of MakeIndex (delim_r, suffix_*), see README. + +2008-07-23 6.78e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78e + * Driver hdvipdfm.def: Missing code for option `setpagesize' added. + * README: Entry for package geometry/dvipdfm added. + +2008-07-17 6.78d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78d + * Bug fix in disabled onclick field for PDF/A (Radhakrishnan CV). + +2008-07-16 6.78c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78c + * \HyperDestNameFilter added. + (Feature request by Matthias Franz.) + * htex4ht.cfg: \MP corrected. + +2008-07-15 6.78b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78b + * Option `colorlinks': border properties are not cleared immediately, + but at evaluation time in \AtBeginDocument. This allows a setting + of colorlinks in hyperref.cfg and using colorlinks=false in the + document without getting lost of the link borders. + (Problem reported by Axel Berger.) + +2008-07-12 6.78a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.78a + * Driver options: Algorithm for finding the driver is changed: + * Code for detecting the driver is more robust + (not confused by \newcount\pdfoutput, solves a problem with beamer). + * Driver hpdftex.def is used/forced if and only if pdfTeX is running + in PDF mode. Thus hyperref now behaves like the other packages that + do not change PDF mode. + * Also some other driver options are checked. + * Driver hpdftex.def: + * Setting of \pdfcompresslevel is removed. + * \PassOptionsToPackage{pdftex}{color} is removed. + * Option dvipdf with driver hdvipdf.def is removed. + (Nobody missed it since 2006-08-01 v6.75a.) + +2008-07-05 6.77v Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77v + * Fix: Use normal meaning of babel's shorthand characters in + markup text of links. (Bug found by Ign\'acio Fernandez Galv\'an.) + +2008-04-24 6.77u Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77u + * Fix in action code for PDF/A, introduced in 6.77p (e.g. \PushButton). + +2008-04-22 6.77t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77t + * Fix: \nameref in bookmarks. + * Fix for dvipsone: unknown `?pdfmark'. + +2008-04-20 6.77s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77s + * Additions to PU encoding: \textzerosuperior, ..., \textninesuperior, + \textzeroinferior, ..., \textnineinferior + +2008-04-19 6.77r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77r + * Option pdfa: pdf version is set to 1.4. + * Experimental option `ocgcolorlinks': Same as `colorlinks', + but prints without color. Optional Color Groups of PDF 1.5 + are used. Main disadvantage: the links cannot be wrapped + across lines, because they are put in an \hbox. Currently + only drivers `pdftex' and `dvipdfm' are supported. + +2008-04-17 6.77q Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77q + * Fix for small problem with XeLaTeX (\string^^f4). + +2008-04-16 6.77p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77p + * Patch for missing anchor settings with amsmath (multline) by + Ross Moore. + * New option `pdfa' to improve compatibility with PDF/A, + see README. + +2008-04-15 6.77o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77o + * Babel 2008/03/16 v3.8j disables shorthands for bookmarks. + This reduces the probability of warnings, but at the cost + of ugly bookmarks. Therefore hyperref tries to undo this. + See LaTeX bug-report `babel/4017'. + * Fix for bulgarian.ldf's \@Alph and \@alph for \hyper@makecurrent. + * Patch for missing anchor settings with amsmath (multline) by + Ross Moore. + +2008-04-13 6.77n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77n + * New option `linktoc' added, see README. + +2008-04-12 6.77m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77m + * Surrogate support for bookmarks (utf8.def, including utf8 + sequences starting with ^^f4). + * Fix: unicode disabled for pdfmoddate and pdfcreationdate. + * Fix for footnote support of fancyvrb (Manuel P\'egouri\'e-Gonnard). + * Fix for anchor name settings inside numbered lists. + * Russian update with comments (Olga Lapko). + +2008-04-05 6.77l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77l + * \CheckSum fixed. + * hyperref-tds.zip renamed to hyperref.tds.zip. + +2008-04-02 6.77k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77k + * Macro \SliTeX supported by \pdfstringdef. + +2008-02-06 6.77j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77j + * Bug (typo) in \PushButton fixed (inserted in 6.77a). + * Bug (typo) in hdviwindo.def fixed (Fran\c cois Charette). + +2008-01-09 6.77i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77i + * Russian names for \autoref added (Olga Lapko). + +2007-12-16 6.77h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77h + * \Hy@pstringdef(baseurl, ...) with \edef~{\string~} + +2007-11-20 6.77g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77g + * Forms: /MK suppressed if empty. + +2007-11-17 6.77f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77f + * Bug fix for dviwindo: misspelled \Hy@DisableOption (Philip Ratcliffe). + +2007-11-12 6.77e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77e + * LuaTeX: Package `pdftexcmds' for \pdfescapestring. + * Default producer setting recognices XeTeX and LuaTeX. + +2007-11-08 6.77d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77d + * If `pdfstartpage' or `pdfstartview' is empty, + the catalog key /OpenAction is omitted. + +2007-11-05 6.77c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77c + * Fix for memoir: \stockwith -> \stockwidth. + +2007-10-30 6.77b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77b + * Option `pdfnewwindow': setting to `true' or `false' sets the + entry /NewWindow in the action object. The entry is absent, + if the `pdfnewwindow' is not used or its value is empty + (then the user preference is used). + +2007-10-29 6.77a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.77a + * New PDF form field options for flag setting, see README. + * The ugly hooking in \@begindvi is removed in favor of + using package `atbegshi'. + * \@hyperfixhead don't exist anymore. + * Patch of fancybox is obsolete. + * \AtBeginDvi replaced by \AtBeginShipoutFirst + * Obscure \HYPERPAGEANCHOR is removed. + * If \paperwidth and \paperheight contain invalid values, then + \special{papersize=...} is suppressed and a warning is given. + * revtex4/driver pdftex: pdfpagelabels uses \clear@document as hook + instead of LaTeX's \AtEndDocument. This avoids \clearpage that + confuses revtex4's balancing of the last page. + * revtex4: Fix for setting label `LastPage'. + * Fix for package float's \restylefloat* by Axel Sommerfeldt. + * Bug fix (debian 351260) in 6.75a breaks `hypertexnames=false'. + Fixed (Axel Sommerfeldt). + * Bug fix: The scope of \HyperRaiseLinkLength is limited to + \HyperRaiseLinkHook. + * Bug fix: broken \autoref if option `draft' is given. + * Bug fix: longtable + hypertexnames=false (bug found by Axel Sommerfeldt). + * \pdfstringdef: \@mkboth disabled. + * Definition of \pagenumbering removed. + * Fix of problem with babel's shorthands in bibliography. + * Hungarian names for \autoref added (Miglinszki P\'eter). + * Fix for form field's multiline (old bug, introduced in v6.73h): + The default height for multiline entries was calculated before + the option was evaluated. The default height of multiline entries + can be configured by \DefaultHeightofTextMultiline. + Default is 4\baselineskip. + * \nolinkurl supports escaped characters the same way as \url + (Joseph Wright). + * backref 1.28: Avoids duplicate \newwrite calls. + +2007-06-14 6.76i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.76i + * `pdfencoding=auto' a little more efficient. + +2007-06-12 6.76h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.76h + * Fix for default of \theHequation (class `foils' + do not know counter `section'). + * New option `pdfencoding' added (uses package `stringenc'). + +2007-05-29 6.76g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.76g + * The color of launch annotations are set by options + `runcolor' and `runbordercolor'. (Previously `filecolor' + was used.) + * Support for package `showkeys' added for \autoref. + * Fix for line breaks right after \url or \href. + * nameref 2.31: Support for caption of package `listings'. + * nameref 2.31: Some fixes in \NR@@vpageref. + +2007-05-09 6.76f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.76f + * Use of package `etexcmds' for \unexpanded. + +2007-05-03 6.76e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.76e + * hyperref: ConTeXt's base/syst-gen.tex redefines e-TeX's \unexpanded. + * Some support for amsmath's environment `subequations'. + * nameref 2.30: \label is supported after longtable's \caption. + +2007-04-25 6.76d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.76d + * Option dvipdfmx-outline-open/\SpecialDvipdfmxOutlineOpen + adjusted to new CVS version of dvipdfmx. + +2007-04-18 6.76c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.76c + * Fix for star forms of \ref commands. + * Fixes for \autopageref. + +2007-04-11 6.76b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.76b + * Line end cleanup, removal of spaces. + * Minor fixes in form part. + +2007-04-09 6.76a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.76a + * Color options implemented by package `hycolor'. + * pdfborder: Patch for ghostscript added to remove resolution + dependency. Unclear is the behaviour of Acrobat Distiller, + dvipsone, and textures. + The values for pdfborder should be specified in the way + they should appear in the PDF file. Default: pdborder={0 0 1} + * \autopageref added. + * New field option `rotation' added. + * Field options bordercolor and backgroundcolor: + * An empty value is permitted. + * If the value does not start with a number ('0', '1', '.'), + then it is processed as xcolor specification. + * Fix for drivers dvipdfm/pdfmark: launch annotation now uses + `runbordercolor' instead of `filebordercolor'. + * PD1 encoding: Replacements for older AR versions removed: + \l, \L, \v z, \v Z, \i, \textfractionmark, \textfi, \textfl + * \pdfstringdef: a little faster. + * \href followed by `%' and line break works now. + * Option dvipdfmx-outline-open or \chardef\SpecialDvipdfmxOutlineOpen=1 + enables support for open outline entries + (dvipdfmx, since cvs version 2007-03-29). + Caution: this feature is experimental and can change. + * Italian translation of \autoref names added (Cristian Battaglia). + * Support for \greeknumeral and \Greeknumeral in Bookmarks + (with option unicode). + * Replacement for \greeknumeral and \Greeknumeral in anchor names. + * pdfmark: Destinations without rectangle (D.P.Story) + * Fixes for fancybox. + * Fixes for chapterbib (Donald Arsenau). + * Some support for Spanish shorthands in bookmarks added. + * varioref (hyperref + nameref): + * Support for \Ref and \Vref. + * \vref puts the whole reference text in a link. + * Fix for babel shorthand characters. + * Small fixes for undefined references. + * tex4ht: \hyperlinkfileprefix{} added (Eitan Gurari). + * Some support for hypcap added (idea of Axel Sommerfeldt). + * Unused form field option `fillcolor' removed. + * Unused option `pagecolor' removed. + * Practically unused option `pagebordercolor' removed. + * \PDFPage removed, because it's undocumented, is not + free from errors and is not supported by all drivers. + * nameref 2.29: beamer support added. + +2007-02-27 6.75t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75t + * Suppressing links with empty link area. + (Avoids invalid PDF files in case of pdfmark drivers, + bug found by Thorsten Schwander.) + +2007-02-16 6.75s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75s + * Fix for \autoref in bookmarks that was broken since the + star form support of 6.75g. (Bug found by Matthias Franz.) + +2007-02-07 6.75r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75r + * dvipdfm, option pdfview: Parameters of XYZ fixed (Jin-Hwan Cho). + * dvipdfm, option pdfview: The implementation was very poor. + Now XYZ, Fit{,B,H,BH,V,BV} are supported. FitR and parameters + remain unsupported. + +2007-01-25 6.75q Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75q + * If colorlinks is set to true, pdfborder is set to suppress + the border. Now also pdfborderstyle is cleared. + +2007-01-23 6.75p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75p + * Bug fix: disable pdfpagelabels if \thepage is undefined. + * Forms: color specifications can also be given by color names, + if package xcolor is loaded. + +2007-01-18 6.75o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75o + * XeTeX: new option added and default driver detection extended. + +2007-01-17 6.75n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75n + * ChoiceMenu fix: parameter value is now used if given. + +2007-01-14 6.75m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75m + * \autoref uses the name for appendix if it references sections + that follow \appendix in classes without \chapter. + * Support for beyond-BMP characters in unicode bookmarks + (Dohyun Kim ) + +2007-01-06 6.75l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75l + * Updated default value of option pdfproducer for pdfTeX 1.40.0. + +2006-12-30 6.75k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75k + * puarenc.def: Additions to PU encoding for Arabi by Youssef Jabri. + * New option arabic that loads puarenc.def. + +2006-12-27 Heiko Oberdiek + * nameref 2.28: \protected@edef isn't robust enough for removing + \label in name strings. Now \label is disabled during referencing. + +2006-12-21 6.75j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75j + * Fix for bug in \Hy@safe@actives..., introduced in 6.75g. + * nameref 2.27: now \label uses \protected@edef for the nameref + to remove \label commands while writing into the .aux file. + +2006-12-21 6.75i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75i + * Fix: \unichar in bookmarks with Unicode encoding. + +2006-11-30 6.75h Heiko Oberdiek + * New options for pdf viewer preferences: + pdfdirection, pdfviewarea, pdfviewclip, + pdfprintarea, pdfprintclip, pdfduplex, pdfpicktraybypdfsize, + pdfprintpagerange, pdfnumcopies. + New option for pdf catalog: + pdflang (except VTeX) + * Internal change: \pdf@pagelayout renamed to \@pdfpagelayout. + * Internal change: \@pdfpagemode without slash. + +2006-11-15 6.75g Heiko Oberdiek + * New option pdfprintscaling. + * Star version of \autoref* analogous to \ref*. + * Support of memoir: package memhfixc is automatically loaded. + +2006-10-06 Heiko Oberdiek + * backref 1.27: fix for \backrefspanish. + +2006-09-12 6.75f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75f + * Documentation fix: options pdfdisplaydoctitle and + pdfnonfullscreenpagemode + +2006-09-06 6.75e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75e + * dvipdfm: \leavevmode for links added. + * dvipdfm: option dvipdfmx added (alias for dvipdfm). + * pdfmark.def: Bug fix, clash with \Hy@temp. + +2006-08-29 6.75d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75d + * Fix: If option unicode option is given, page anchors + are wrong. Fixed by disabling unicode for page anchor names. + * Listing(s) support: \providecommand instead of \def. + +2006-08-16 6.75c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75c + * Supporting both options "vietnamese" and "vietnam". + +2006-08-15 6.75b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75b + * VnTeX support by Han The Thanh. New option: vietam. + * Fix for bug with varioref, introduced in 6.75a. + * Entry "algorithm" updated in README. + * nameref 2.26: required date added for package refcount. + +2006-08-01 6.75a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.75a + * hyperref-tds.zip provided with files sorted in a TDS tree. + * New option defaults: + * plainpages=false + * pdfpagelabels=true + * Package kvoptions defines \ProcessOptionsWithKV under + the name \ProcessKeyvalOptions. It replaces + hyperref's macro \ProcessOptionsWithKV. + * Some code for extracting reference information is put + into package refcount that is now loaded by nameref + and hyperref. + * Option bookmarksdepth: The depth of the outline entries + can now set separatly from counter "tocdepth", + see README. + * New option: pdfescapeform, see README. + * \hyper@normalise for action attribute in forms. + * \ProcessOptionsWithKV: \let\CurrentOption\@empty added. + * "bordercolor" options now support package xcolor (>=1.11). + * "color" options also support the optional argument (color + model) of \color. + * New option "pdfborderstyle" that allows the setting of the + border style dictionary. (Be aware that the support of this + feature by PDF viewers is limited.) + Example: underlined links can be obtained by + pdfborderstyle={/S/U} + * Direct low level bookmark support for \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} + and "uftf8x" of package "ucs". Byte sequences until three + bytes are supported and e-TeX is required. + (No support for surrogates). + * Fix in \addcontentsline, if option verbose is set. + * Better bookmark support for FrenchPro package + by use of \if@mid@expandable (Bernard Gaulle ). + * Options "pdfcreationdate" and "pdfmoddate" added. + * README: Section "Limitations" added with "Broken Link Support". + * Default driver setting: added missed code of corresponding + options (Thanks for Arnaud Giersch ). + * \penalty10000 added in \Hy@raisedlink to cancel the + effect of \smash in preventing hyphenation, e.g. a footnote + after a word. + * \@classoptionslist can be \relax (see psnfss/3773). + * \new@ifnextchar also disabled for bookmarks and + constructs such as \let\if...\if{true,false} are catched, + see latex/3662. + * Bug fix: The case "\part without number by counter secnumdepth" + was forgotten for the bookmarks (thanks to Rachel Elizabeth Dillon). + * Bug fix: \vpageref defines undefined references with + empty anchor name that breaks \autoref. + * Fix: Wrong message about setting of draft fixed, + if option final is used. + * Pdfmark driver: better removal of pdfmark stuff, + especially generated by forms, if the postscript + application does not define pdfmark, e.g. because the + output is not pdf (gs >= 8.0). + * New version numbering scheme of pdfTeX >= 1.30. + * Fix for \hyper@normalise, if & is used inside \href + in tabular environments. + * Fix: Setting pdfproducer in \usepackage's option part + did'nt have an effect, because it was overwritten by + the default setting. + * Fix: pageanchor=false disabled \@hyperfixhead and thus + many other features unrelated to pageanchor itself. + (Thanks to Hendri Adriaens for report and analysis.) + Now pageanchor can be changed during the document, too. + * Protection of strings that are written as PS/PDF strings. + * Hook \Hy@setouterhbox for package setouterhbox. + * Option plainpages: \thepage is run through \pdfstringdef. + Helps in the case of spanish roman numbers. + * Deprecate warning for option 'dvipdf'. + * \ding replaced by its code for dropping the dependency on + package pifont and a compatibility problem with package + pinyin (Werner Lemberg). + * \hyper@normalise: "\\" is escape for "\" (\href, ...). + * Bug fix (debian 351260) in float support by Braun Gabor. + * Fix: Write register for bookmarks is only allocated if needed. + * Empty Unicode strings without Unicode header bytes. + * Fix for pdfmark+unicode+pdfpagelabels. + * Bug fix for empty destination names of pdfmark based drivers. + * Documentation: option hyperfootnotes added. + * French texts (\HyLang@french) provided by Marc-Antoine Parent. + * README: compatibility entries for packages ellipsis, verse. + * \hyper@normalize: support of active dollar. + * puenc.def: some fixes, reported by Ralf Stubner. + * Makefile no longer provided. + * nameref 2.25, backref 1.26: Documenation fix: \HyperrefOverview + is undefined if bmhydoc.sty is not loaded. + * nameref 2.24: Patch for ifthen moved from hyperref to nameref. + * nameref 2.24: Definitions of \filedate and \fileversion removed. + * nameref 2.23: Support for captions added. + * nameref 2.22: + Fix: \@safe@activestrue limited to label name. + * backref 1.25: New feature \ifbackrefparscan/\backrefprint + * backref 1.25: Definitions of \filedate and \fileversion removed. + * backref 1.24: [#1] --> [{#1}] + * Documentation: README.pdf and ChangeLog.pdf added. + +2003-12-03 Heiko Oberdiek + * nameref 2.21 + * \ref and \pageref are defined at any case, if hyperref + is not loaded. + +2003-11-30 6.74m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74m + * \textcolor disabled in bookmarks. + +2003-11-15 6.74l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74l + * Typo fixed by Werner Lemberg: s/CJK@punktcharx/CJK@punctcharx/ + +2003-10-30 Heiko Oberdiek + * nameref 2.20: titlesec support added. + +2003-10-12 6.74k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74k + * Fix for more than one footnote in longtable's + columns of type "p". + +2003-10-06 6.74j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74j + * Bug fix: automatic link type detection failed for + url field in references (eg. imported labels by xr-hyper). + +2003-09-15 6.74i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74i + * Bug fix (\if-commands after \ifx of 6.74h's "fleqn" detection). + +2003-07-27 6.74h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74h + * The lost source for the manual is rewritten by Steve Peter + and updated by Karl Berry. + * Bug fix of 6.74f does not work for amsmath's option "fleqn", + the \label does not detect the equation number, therefore + the fix is disabled, if "fleqn" is detected. + +2003-07-22 6.74g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74g + * Bug fixed in pdfmark.def: definition of \strip@pt@and@otherjunk + moved before \endinput by implicit=false. + +2003-07-10 6.74f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74f + * Fix for wrong vertical spacing between amsmath's + equation environments (Dmitri Chubarov ). + +2003-06-01 6.74e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74e + * README: Hint for hypcap added. + * pdfmark.def: "cvn" added for named GoToR destination + (Reinhard Jahraus). + +2003-05-12 6.74d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74d + * An empty dictionary /ViewerPreferences is now suppressed. + +2003-05-12 6.74c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74c + * \@addtoreset: \edef replaced by \xdef. + +2003-04-28 6.74b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74b + * Patch for float.sty compatibility (Anselm Lingnau/Marco Kuhlmann). + * Tried better anchor setting for floats that are controlled + by float.sty. Several captions inside one float are not supported. + +2003-04-27 6.74a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.74a + * \newcounter{foo}[bar]: using \theHbar, if available. + +2003-04-14 6.73z Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73z + * New option "pdfdisplaydoctitle" (PDF 1.4). + * New option "pdfnonfullscreenpagemode". + +2003-03-31 6.73y Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73y + * Also the KOMA-Script classes redefine \LT@array, therefore + longtable fix extended. + +2003-03-25 6.73x Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73x + * Behaviour of warning "bookmark level for unknown ..." changed: + * The missing \toclevel@... command is globally defined + to avoid further warnings. + * If this entry is not used for the bookmarks, the + warning is changed into a \PackageInfo. + * Language support for Afrikaans added. + +2003-03-21 6.73w Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73w + * Errors corrected in documentation part. + +2003-03-21 6.73v Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73v + * \hyperpage now ignores spaces and empty arguments. + +2003-03-21 6.73u Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73u + * Option "encap", other encap character for use with hyperindex + can be given. + +2003-03-20 6.73t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73t + * hyperref now uses the same method for language support as + backref 1.23. + * Change from \captions to \extras. + * backref 1.23 + Babel support for language strings added + (suggestion of Danie Els). + +2003-03-20 6.73s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73s + * Default for \itemautorefname added. + * backref 1.22 + Bug fixes and additions of Danie Els : + * Typo fixed in \backreflastsep. + * Package natbib support, if hyperref is not loaded. + * Language Afrikaans added. + * hyperref.ins: + hyperref.drv and hycheck.tex are put outside the scope + of \usedir. + +2003-03-19 6.73r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73r + * \hyper@link@: \@safe@activestrue used for internal name + * backref 1.21: + * Continued with inserting of \@safe@activestrue. + * \backrefxxxdupe added for comparision and detection + of dupes. + * \backrefalt added with more powerful interface with macros + \backrefsep, \backreftwosep, and \backreflastsep. + * Language options added. + * More documentation. + +2003-03-18 6.73q Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73q + * Suppressing /URI entry if \@baseurl is empty (hpdftex, hdvipsone). + * /URI moved to Cataloge (hdvipsone). + * Some locations of "file:" replaced by \Hy@linkfileprefix. + +2003-03-18 6.73p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73p + * Patch for longtable added (problem reported by Thomas Beuthe). + +2003-02-11 6.73o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73o + * Support for babel's shorthands in \autoref fixed. + * Support for \autoref in bookmarks added. + * Option final added similar to graphics.sty, article.cls, ... + * \hyperref[#1] does now use babel's \@safe@activestrue. + +2003-01-22 6.73n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73n + * Unsafe key value pair: Action=<<...#2...#3...>> + replaced by: Action={<<...#2...#3...>>} + because it breaks, if #2 or #3 contain a comma. + +2003-01-22 6.73m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73m + * Support for \@makecaption of class IEEEtran with + three arguments removed, because version V1.6b uses + the standard LaTeX interface with two arguments. + +2003-01-20 6.73l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73l + * Footnote fix: Initialization of \Hy@footnote@currentHref + added (Thorsten Schwander ). + +2003-01-17 6.73k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73k + * Footnote fix: \label commands inside \footnote do + not need nameref support (\@currentlabelname). + +2003-01-17 6.73j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73j + * Fix for footnote code: a \label after \footnote + commands refers to the previous section or similar + and not to the footnote. + +2002-12-15 6.73i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73i + * \texteuro fixed for PU encoding, + Maksym Polyakov . + +2002-12-10 6.73h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73h + * Bugreport of Michael W Daniels : + height in \TextField is not respected, if multiline is set. + * Fixed by moving the height setting code in the default + section. + * Also "4\DefaultHeightofText" replaced by a more robust + construct. + +2002-12-05 6.73g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73g + * \edef instead of \def for comparison with value of option + bookmarkstype (in \@@writetorep), the following should + work: bookmarkstype=lof + +2002-12-03 6.73f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73f + * Option "setpagesize" added also for VTeX's \mediawidth/height. + * VTeX: \mediawidth/height is only set with positive dimen values. + +2002-11-29 6.73e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73e + * Option "setpagesize" added. + +2002-11-14 6.73d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73d + * Support for \@addtoreset added, similar to + \numberwithin (idea of Markus Kohm in + de.comp.text.tex). + +2002-11-07 6.73c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73c + * Added "hyperpage" also after "closing range" + (\index{...|)hyperpage}), because it is allowed + for makeindex and necessary for XIndy. + +2002-11-01 6.73b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73b + * \Hy@raisedlink for caption without option nesting. + * Support for \@makecaption of class IEEEtran that + uses three arguments. + +2002-10-24 6.73a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.73a + * vtexpdfmark: pdfborder={0 0 1} (Walter Schmidt). + +2002-10-22 6.72z Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72z + * A small remainder of option 4 removed. + * options.tex: option pdfpagelabels added, + option 4 removed. + +2002-09-12 6.72y Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72y + * Addition to \hyper@normalise: \_, \textunderscore, + \textasciitilde. + +2002-09-04 6.72x Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72x + * \ReadBookmarks is disabled if bookmarks=false is given. + * \Hy@raisedlink introduced into \hyper@natanchorstart + (Thanks to Macro Kuhlmann ). + +2002-08-24 6.72w Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72w + * "\let\pdfoutput\@undefined" removed. + * Bug fix: option bookmarksnumbered is now respected, + if package slidesec is used. + +2002-08-04 6.72v Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72v + * Koma classes: optional argument for \maketitle. + +2002-08-03 6.72u Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72u + * \appendix: \Hy@org@appendix moved to the end + and renamed to \HyOrg@appendix. + +2002-07-25 6.72t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72t + * Support for footnotes in p-columns of longtables. + +2002-06-06 6.72s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72s + * \Hy@defaultdriver used, so that "hypertex" can + be redefined in hyperref.cfg (eg. "dvips"). + +2002-06-05 Heiko Oberdiek + * backref 1.20 + * Babel's \@safe@activestrue inserted to bibitem commands. + But problems with \cite remains (frenchb.ldf). + +2002-05-27 6.72r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72r + * Problem with varioref's \vref@pagenum fixed + (Thanks to Felix Neubauer ). + +2002-05-10 6.72q Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72q + * Some spaces in PDF output of driver pdftex removed. + +2002-05-09 6.72p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72p + * Option `pdfusetitle' now correctly disabled. + +2002-04-20 6.72o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72o + * Bug fix of 6.72n is wrong: + Octal escape sequences (\000) are not detected by the method + with \meaning. Now another method, based on \dospecials, is + used to protect active characters while reading the .out file. + +2002-04-19 6.72n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72n + * Bug fixed in \ReadBookmarks of driver vtex: + the text arguments in the .out file are + now protected. + +2002-04-15 6.72m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72m + * Adaption to subfigure 2002/03/26 v2.1.2. It uses + \AtBeginDocument{...\newcommand{\toclevel@subfigure}...}. + +2002-04-12 6.72l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72l + * Fix from Werner Lemberg for + bookmarks with Big5 encoded strings, + preprocessed by package cjk. + +2002-04-09 6.72k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72k + * \protected@edef instead of \edef in \hyper@link@. + +2002-03-27 6.72j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72j + * Tried to fix the problem that links to + bibliography points to baseline if pdfTeX is + used by inserting \Hy@raisedlink. + * \Hy@raisedlink disabled for pdfmark drivers, + because they use a PostScript method. + +2002-03-15 6.72i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72i + * \toclevel@subfigure and \toclevel@subtable fixed. + +2002-03-15 6.72h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72h + * New structure on tug server. + * Makefile: target "distrib" removed. + * Textures update by Ross Moore . + +2002-03-14 6.72g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72g + * Added fix for subfigure 2002/02/14 v2.1. + Loading order: nameref, subfigure, hyperref. + +2002-03-08 6.72f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72f + * dvipdfm: pdfstartpage and pdfstartview fixed + (Akira Kakuto ). + +2002-02-16 6.72e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72e + * \pdfstringdef: \cyr disabled for russian.ldf + * \pdfstringdef: shorthands for macedonian.ldf + * VTeX 7.54: pdfnewwindow supported in \hyper@linkfile. + +2002-01-14 6.72d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72d + * Bug fix: \Hy@title, \Hy@author. + +2002-01-08 6.72c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72c + * pdfmark.def: /URI moved from /DOCVIEW to {Catalog}. + * pdfmark.def: Unused \@dobaseurl removed. + +2002-01-07 6.72b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72b + * Support of \stockwidth and \stockheight (memoir class). + +2002-01-06 6.72a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.72a + * Annotation's additinal-actions dictionary for form fields: + Supported: keystroke (/K), validate (/V), format (/F) + and now added: onfocus (/Fo), onblur (/Bl), + onmousedown (/D), onmouseup (/U), + onenter (/E), onexit(/X) + * Additional-actions dictionary added in \PDFForm@List and + \PDFForm@Radio. + * \PDFForm@Text: "/Ff 1" added, if only \ifFld@readonly is set. + +2001-12-23 6.71z Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71z + * Some \providecommand replaced by \providecommand*. + * Babel's \@number of file lrbabel.def inserts + unexpandable tokens into the expansion of \arabic. + At some places dummy for \@number inserted, where + anchor and link names are expanded. + +2001-12-21 6.71y Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71y + * Support for chapterbib added, provided by + Julian Gilbey . + +2001-12-06 6.71x Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71x + * Added fix by Denis Girou for pst-key.tex (1998, + derived from old keyval.dtx). Any initial brace group + in the value field is removed. + +2001-11-14 6.71w Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71w + * Added suggestion of Didier Verna : + The fix for multind is also applied for package index. + +2001-11-12 6.71v Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71v + * The feature of 6.71r with automatic detection of + title and author can be enabled by option + pdfusetitle. The default is disabled. + * If pdfusetitle is enabled, an optional argument + is detected for \title and \author (amsart class). + +2001-11-05 6.71u Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71u + * \literalps@out for dviwindo (D.P. Story). + +2001-11-04 6.71t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71t + * The patch for harvard is delayed by \AtBeginDocument + to solve a problem with the package load order, if + html.sty is present (Command \harvarditem already + defined). + * The fix for the Adobe bug introduced in 6.71n + is changed completely, because Adobe's suggestion + generates an extra empty page at the end. + (\literalps@out for dviwindo is currently only a dummy.) + +2001-10-30 6.71s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71s + * If "\\" or "\newline" are used in \title or + \author and reused for the pdf information + entries, then they are replaced by a space + or a comma and space, see hyperref.dtx. + +2001-10-11 6.71r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71r + * Detection of \author and \title added for + defaults of pdf information entries. + +2001-09-20 6.71q Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71q + * Fix for Adobe bug of 6.71n: + * VTeX in PS mode with GeX: \immediate\special{!=...} + +2001-09-18 6.71p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71p + * Fix for Adobe bug of 6.71n improved: + * Support for dviwindo added (D.P. Story). + * Check for product added (product is level 2). + +2001-09-18 6.71o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71o + * Warning, if \hypercalcbp is used without + package calc or e-TeX. + * Use of \hypercalcbp removed to avoid the above warning. + * \usepackage{calc} added in testams.tex. + +2001-09-18 6.71n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71n + * If package tex4ht is loaded, option tex4ht + is added to hyperref's option list + (Eitan Gurari ). + * Bug fix added for Adobe Distiller 5 + (Adobe bug number 466320, thanks to + D.P. Story and M. Vulis). + * testams.tex fixed. + +2001-08-19 6.71m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71m + * VTeX's \OpMode=3 is accepted the same way as 1 and 2. + +2001-08-19 6.71l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71l + * OS part in VTeX's /Producer default corrected. + +2001-08-19 6.71k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71k + * Default of /Producer string: + * updated for pdfTeX >= 1.00a, + * pdfeTeX detection added, + * \VTeXOS added for VTeX >= 7.45. + +2001-08-16 6.71j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71j + * Translation of \autoref names to brazil/portuges by + Willie Dresler Leiva . + * test/test0.dvi removed. + * test/test7.tex: \usepackage{times} to get smaller test7.pdf. + * Makefile: targets clean and distrib updated, $(RM) introduced. + +2001-08-10 6.71i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71i + * Compatibility problem with xypic, introduced by + version 6.71g, fixed. + +2001-07-03 Heiko Oberdiek + * Two small fixes of Makefile, provided by + Martin Maechler . + +2001-06-18 6.71h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71h + * Option pdfpagemode with empty argument sets + default behaviour (an alternative would be "UseNone") + in order to avoid the wrong name "/". + +2001-05-26 6.71g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71g + * Contributions by Ross Moore and + Daniel Steffen: + a. patch to htexture.def that adjusts the PDF@SetupDoc + so that it includes the setup information from pdfmark.def + as well as the tokens needed by Textures itself. + b. changes to the \AtBeginDocument usage to implement + compatibility with the ldump.sty package. + * Bug fix in multind support (forgotten backslash). + * Fix for driver pdftex: \pdfpagewidth and \pdfpageheight + are not set, if \paperwidth or \paperheight are zero, + because it is likely that the settings of pdftex.cfg + are better than the heuristics of pdfTeX, if the dimen + lengths are zero. + +2001-04-13 6.71f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71f + * Feature request of Jens-Uwe Morawski : + \thispdfpagelabel introduced. + +2001-04-05 6.71e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71e + * \@begindvi changed: + * \Hy@begindvi for hyperref stuff in \@begindvi introduced, + * small bug fix (first page with options + pdfpagelabels + pageanchor=false). + +2001-04-05 6.71d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71d + * Fix for \@@Radio in hdvipdfm.def for AR5, provided + by D. P. Story . + * Spell error corrected (\Hy@captionsspanish). + * The fix of 6.71b for VTeX paper size was introduced + to solve problem with prosper, but because of new problem + with pdfscreen, the fix is redone. + +2001-02-20 6.71c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71c + * Bug fix, introduced in 6.71b. + +2001-02-20 6.71b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71b + * Fixes by Markus Kohm: + * Applying the \@addchap hack for scrreprt. + * Disabling the \@addchap hack for komascript + versions since 2001/01/01, because these + versions contain hyperref support. + * The \@ssect, \@schapter, ... hacks are also applied + to driver hypertex. + * Fixes by Alex (VTeX): + * Correction of paper size setting. + * /Replace transition supported. + +2001-01-27 Heiko Oberdiek + * nameref 2.19: + option final of showkeys now detected. + +2000-11-05 6.71a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.71a + * Two errorneous garbage lines removed, they cause + an infinite loop with \autoref{}. + +2000-10-04 6.71 Sebastian Rahtz + * 6.71 CTAN release + +2000-09-29 6.70y Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70y + * Check of empty /Dest and /DestAnchor values + improved (\pdfmark). + +2000-09-22 6.70x Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70x + * Next typo fixed (option american). + +2000-09-22 6.70w Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70w + * \DeclareRobustCommand: \href, \url, \hyperimage, + \hyperref + * Typo fixed (option american). + +2000-09-07 6.70v Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70v + * Fix for option CJKbookmarks. + +2000-09-06 6.70u Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70u + * Fix of \pdf@rect and \@hyperfixhead for seminar + * Default for \special@paper with values for + packages typearea or geometry. + * Fix for seminar: true values for \pdf{h,v}origin + and \pdfpage{width,height} (Thanks to + Stephan Lehmke). + * File `test/seminar.con' replaced by environment + `filecontents' in file `testslide.tex'. + +2000-09-05 6.70t Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70t + * Fixes for packages listings and listing. + * Some \setbox...=\hbox replaced by color safer + constructs. + * Patch for bookmarks with package cjk, enabled + with option `CJKbookmarks'. + +2000-08-31 6.70s Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70s + * URLs, broken by bibTeX, work now: + \url{% + http://www.% + dante.de/% + } + ("%^^M" are detected and removed, thanks + Stefan Ulrich + for his suggestion.) + * Checks added to hycheck.tex + * \caption checks whether \@captype is defined. + +2000-08-30 6.70r Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70r + * Shorter PostScript names (/H.X) for drivers of dvips type. + * Bug fix (hvpdfmark.def): /pdf@voff + * New test file `hycheck.tex'. + * Bug fix: latex/2318 fix added to \@caption. + * Bug fix: \numberwithin + +2000-07-30 6.70q Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70q + * VTeX: further fixes. + +2000-07-17 6.70p Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70p + * \test@reftype fixed (used for \autoref). + * autorefnames: german fixed, spanish added. + * VTeX: additions and fixes from Alex Kostin. + +2000-07-04 6.70o Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70o + * Test files testbm{oe,sc,zc,yi,l}.tex merged to testbma.tex. + * Added correct \@hyper@launch for hvtex.def (Alex Kostin). + +2000-07-03 6.70n Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70n + * Default for \Hy@pageheight changed from A4 to + setting via \hypercalcbp and \paperheight. + +2000-07-02 6.70m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70m + * Feature added: \hypercalcbp (see hyperref.dtx). + +2000-07-02 6.70l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70l + * Bugfix in onopen of 6.70k undoned. It will + be fixed in VTeX itself. + +2000-07-01 6.70k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70k + * Own section for vtexpdfmark driver and + PostScript code fixed. + * Bug in hvtex.def fixed: missing space in onopen special. + +2000-07-01 6.70j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70j + * hyperref.ins for vtexpdfmark corrected. + +2000-07-01 6.70i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70i + * Start of new VTeX driver that support pdfmark specials. + Option `vtexpdfmark', file `vtexmrk.def' + (contributed by Michael Vulis). + * hyperref.ins: hvtexmrk.def added. + +2000-06-30 6.70h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70h + * nohyperref: \hyperpage disabled. + * Defaults for \autoref's names only define \...autorefname. + * Problem with \hyper@hash fixed. + * \nolinkurl added (variant of \url, that does not make + a link, eg. for use in the second argument of \href). + * Problem fixed, that warning ``Label(s) may have changed.'' + always appears with `babel' and `\bibcite'. + * Update of htextures.def by Ross Moore : + * the blue rectangles no longer appear with `colorlinks', + * pdfmark support, + * the built-in support for hypertex specials is + utilised. + * Update of hvtex.def by Michael Vulis + : + * Bug in \Acrobatmenu fixed. + * Transition effects added (written by Alex Kostin). + * pdfmark.def: Character slash `/' now works + in destination names (eg: "cite.OMG:formal/98-12-01"). + +2000-05-08 6.70g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70g + * \autoref names: To solve the uppercase problem, + first the names \...autorefname are used in \autoref. + Language options added for english and german languages. + +2000-05-08 6.70f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70f, nameref: 2.18 + * Anchor of foonotes raised. + * showkey support (nameref.dtx: \label, \ref, \pageref, \nameref, + not checked and tested is \cite). + * \@xfootnotetext calls \H@@mpfootnotetext, if called in minipage. + * Bug \href{foo.pdf#bar} fixed, introduced in 6.70c. + * Bug harvard/backref fixed ({\thepage}{\current@label}). + +2000-04-12 6.70e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70e + * Empty reference causes crash of distiller, therefore + empty references replaced by UNDEFINED + (pdftex, pdfmark, dvips, vtex, dvipdfm). + +2000-04-11 6.70d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70d + * hvtexhtm detected as default driver. + * Bug fix (undefined \pageref within \ifthenelse). + +2000-03-31 6.70c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70c + * \hyper@normalise: %, \%, #, \# expands to catcode `other' + characters, \url{http://foo.bar/%2e_~#hash} should work. + * \pdfBorderAttrs removed and replaced by + "/Border [\@pdfborder]". + If option colorlinks is set, the border is set to zero + immediately, not \AtBeginDocument (for people who + want to have both borders and colored links). + +2000-03-31 6.70b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70b + * Definition of \x remains unchanged (bug introduced in 6.67g). + * Packages titlesec and titletoc support by Javier Bezos + . + * \MP added (\pdfbookmarkstring, htex4ht.cfg). + * All files of hyperref.dtx now identify themselves + by \Provides{File,Package}. + * Start with nohyperref.sty (SR), toc-level addtions by HO. + * Updated: testbm{gl,u}.tex + +2000-03-23 6.70a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.70a + * New option: pdfpageduration for the /Dur key + in the pdf page object, the value is empty or + contains the length in seconds (real). + Supported drivers: pdftex, pdfmark. + * New option: pdfpagehidden for the /Hid key + in the pdf page object, the value is a boolean. + Supported drivers: pdftex, pdfmark. + +2000-03-22 6.70 Sebastian Rahtz + * 6.70 CTAN release (TeX Live 5) + +2000-03-22 6.69f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.69f + * \@ifundefined{thechapter} changed to \@ifundefined{chapter} + because of compatibility with french.sty. + * xr-hyper.sty: \xdef changed to \protected@xdef + (Stephan Lehmke ). + * hvtex.def: default for pdfview changed to xyz. + +2000-03-07 6.69e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.69e + * Fix for babel/3174 (\@save@activestrue in \hyper@normalise). + +2000-03-02 6.69d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.69d + * Fix for \texttilde with babel's spanish, estonian, galician + * Expandable versions without link of \ref and \pageref: + \hypergetref and \hypergetpageref. + * \ifthenelse: \ref and \pageref use the \hyperget... variants. + * \hyper@chars added in \hyper@anchor of drivers + hypertex, vtexhtml, and vtex. + * Forms: checkboxsymbol introduced (Michael Wiedmann + ). + * Redefinitions in \appendix are made globally + (Tim J Harding ). + * If \chapter is undefined, it remains now undefined. + +2000-01-22 6.69c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.69c + * D. P. Story has adapted forms + part of pdfTeX to dvipdfm. + +2000-01-21 6.69b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.69b + * \@writetorep: destination and level check added. + * \addcontentsline: \phantomsection added, if no destination. + +2000-01-19 6.69a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.69a + * Bug fixed: tabularx+\maketitle+\footnote. + * LPPL 1.2, manifest.txt updated. + +2000-01-18 6.69 Sebastian Rahtz + * 6.69 CTAN release + * Missing test files added. + +2000-01-17 6.68a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.68a + * pdfpagescrop works now with dvipdfm (D. P. Story + ). + +2000-01-13 6.68 Sebastian Rahtz + * 6.68 CTAN release + +2000-01-11 6.67h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.67h + * pdfpagemode: /None corrected to /UseNone. + * \pdfstringdef: \halign disabled (because of errors by #). + * Option draft: bookmarks are disabled (thanks to Michael Vulis). + * Outdated bookmark documentation removed. + * hvtex.def: \media{width,height} supported. + * Space after \@pdfhighlight inserted (hpdftex.def). + * Bug fixed in redefinition of \@chapter. + * Small bug fixed in \Hy@boolkey. + +1999-12-01 6.67g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.67g + * test/phys332-{1,2}.jpg renamed to test/phys{1,2}.jpg + * Improved \catcode check and settings at the beginning + of hyperref.sty. + * [#1]-Bug fixed by [{#1}] in the definition of \htmlref + and \@newctr and in many uses of \pdfmark. + +1999-11-24 6.67f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.67f + * Test files checked by Sebastian Rahtz. + * Unwanted spaces removed (dviwindo, outline). + * Redone: \def\texorpdfstring to \newcommand* + * Other implementation of \HyPSD@tocsection by Michael Downes. + * ps2pdf: Default for pdfborder: 0 0 1 + * \belowpdfbookmark added (setting bookmark below current + level without changing it). + * \@ChoiceMenu: coiled "{\if}\fi" cleared to "{\if\fi}". + * Fix for \citeN and \shortciteN of package chicago. + +1999-11-09 6.67e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.67e + * Detection of VTeX PS mode (OpMode=2). + * Added \tocsection fix for AMS classes + (thanks to Michael Downes/Tom Kacvinsky). + * Changed \newcommand*{\texorpdfstring} to \def\texorpdfstring + (a wish of Tom Kacvinsky). + * INSTALLDIRVAR added to makefile (default: TEXMFMAIN). + +1999-11-09 6.67d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.67d + * Unwanted space removed in \hyper@linkstart (hvtex.def). + * renamed to + * If no driver is given, VTeX in PDF mode is now detected. + +1999-11-08 6.67c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.67c + * hog.{eps,pdf} added for test0.tex + * Bug in \Acrobatmenu of hvtex.def fixed. + +1999-11-04 6.67b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.67b + * New feature: With option `pdfpagelabels' the + /PageLabels entry in the /Catalog object of PDF 1.3 + is supported. + With `pdftex' and `vtex' one TeX run suffices, + other pdf driver, that work via \special, need + two TeX runs. + * Option `4' removed, because it is not used. + +1999-10-23 6.67a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.67a + * \Hy@boolkey with optional argument for option name, if it + is different. + * hpdftex.def: \pdfrefform\OBJ@acroform, ... added. + +1999-10-18 6.67 Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.67 public release on CTAN + +1999-10-14 6.66m Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66m + * makefile fixes. + +1999-10-13 6.66l Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66l + * dvipdfm driver updated by Sebastian Rahtz. + * LPPL 1.1, manifest.txt added. + * \hyperlinkfileprefix for Ross Moore. + * Option baseurl disabled after first use. + * Option debug = verbose. + * Used global options are removed from the unused option list. + * \pdfstringdef: \leavevmode disabled, + \guill@spacing (frenchb.ldf) properly defined. + * Directory structure: test/ and doc/ + * Slides and paper of Heiko's talk at EuroTeX'99 added in doc/. + +1999-10-07 6.66k Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66k + * hyperref.ins: eight times faster by \generate (docstrip 2.4) + (Suggestion by Werner Lemberg ). + * backref.dtx 1.19: + * \backcite ignores entries that are already present. + * Some cosmetic clean up. + * nameref.dtx 2.17: Some cosmetic clean up. + * \Hy@boolkey with error checking. + * Code for options backref and pagebackref rewritten. + * Options are disabled after use. + +1999-10-05 6.66j Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66j + * foiltex: \ext@table, \ext@figure defined. + +1999-10-05 6.66i Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66i + * \pdfstringdef: support of shorthands of some babel + languages added. + * \ij, \IJ added in PD1 and PU encoding for Dutch. + +1999-10-05 6.66h Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66h + * Making destination for \addcontentsline in + \@chapter, if \c@secnumdepth<0, \frontmatter, or \backmatter. + * `(' and `)' added to \Hy@{Set,Restore}Catcodes. + +1999-10-01 6.66g Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66g + * \index{test|(} supported. + +1999-09-28 6.66f Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66f + * options.tex with bookmarkstype + * Bug in \autoref fixed: chapter/appendix detection + * \\ and \newline produces a warning in \pdfstringdef + * draft=false should work. + +1999-09-14 6.66e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66e + * Unwanted space in \HyPsd@LetUnexpandableSpace removed. + +1999-09-13 6.66d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66d + * \@footnotemark is also disabled, if package + tabularx is loaded. + +1999-09-10 6.66c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66c + * Bug fix: Definition of \Hy@SaveLastSkip is moved before \MaybeStopEarly. + +1999-09-10 6.66b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66b + * Starting with option warnings, if the option is + set at a wrong place. + * Support for package multind. + * \textnumero added to testbmu.tex. + +1999-09-08 6.66a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.66a + * Catcodes are set at begin of package and restored at the end. + (Bug fix: ltxdoc.cls makes '|' active...) + +1999-09-08 6.66 Sebastian Rahtz + * Release 6.66 + +1999-09-01 6.65e Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.65e + * Test for \XR@addURL instead of the package name, because + they exist different versions of xr and xr-hyper. + +1999-08-31 6.65d Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.65d + * Bug fixed (use of \renewcommand in \pdfstringdefDisableCommands) + * Weak support for \ref and \pageref in bookmarks added. + * Made bookmark code less slow (testbmu.tex compiles 20% faster): + \HyPsd@ConvertToUnicode rewritten, \HyPsd@string introduced, ... + * Bug detected by Ian Bruce: hyperref has a different spacing + with theorem environments. + Cause: The \lastskip value is destroyd by the specials that + set the anchor. + Fix: Saving the \lastskip value before the specials, and after + setting \nobreak\{h,v}skip-\lastskip\{h,v}skip\lastskip. + See \Hy@SaveLastskip - \Hy@RestoreLastskip. + (most drivers: \hyper@anchor, \hyper@anchorstart - \hyper@anchorend; + pdftex: \new@pdflink; dvipdfm: \@pdfm@dest) + * \CYRCHDSC and \cyrchdsc corrected to \CYRCHRDSC and \cyrchrdsc + (Thanks to Vladimir Volovich ) + * Bug fixed: \HAR@checkcitations redefined to add \hyper@@link. + Without this the "Changed labels" warning would always appear. + +1999-08-24 6.65c Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.65c + * Unicode bookmark support 0x0000..0x04FF. + * testbmu.tex: detailed test file for Unicode bookmarks. + * Default setting of \@pdfborder with \providecommand, + so package option `pdfborder' does work now. + * \hv@pdf@char: support of octal codes with VTeX + versions greater or equal 6.50. + * Typo in option 'vtex' corrected. + * Again backref 1.18. + * Various drivers (dviwindo, hypertex, ...): \leavevmode in + \hyper@linkurl, \hyper@linkfile, ... added where missing. + * testform2.tex renamed to testfor2.tex (8+3 file name). + +1999-08-17 6.65b Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.65b + * Unicode bookmark support, starting with Cyrillic. + +1999-08-14 6.65a Heiko Oberdiek + * 6.65a + * Module pdfstringdef: bug (\space) and typo fixed. + +1999-08-12 6.65 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.65 + +1999-08-10 6.64h Sebastian Rahtz + * 6.64h + * Moved some sections to before \MaybeStopEarly. Otherwise + implicit=false mode never saw some important stuff. + * hyperref.dtx: added \href to list of ignored commands in + bookmarks. cleaned up VTEX stuff as per diagnosis by Heiko + +1999-08-06 6.64g Sebastian Rahtz + * 6.64g + * hyperref.dtx: typos and little fixes from Heiko + * added another special thing for typexml + +1999-07-29 Sebastian Rahtz + * version 6.64c. hyperref.dtx: some typos corrected, and form + primitives of pdftex + +1999-07-28 Sebastian Rahtz + * cut out any footnote work if tabularx is + loaded. add some form stuff from D P Story + +1999-07-28 Sebastian Rahtz + * version 6.64b + * hyperref.dtx: + Changes from Heiko: + Module pdfstringdef: + * Small bug in \HyPsd@ProtectSpaces/HyPsd@RemoveMask fixed. + * \@ifnextchar because of \futurelet disabled. + * Disabling of \@ifstar removed, because it calls \@ifnextchar. + * \@protected@testopt disabled to show the problematic macro in + the warning message (commands with an optional argument). + * \pdfstringdefWarn#1 prints a warning message with token #1, + it can be used in code that disables macros by the user. + * \pdfstringdefDisableCommands#1 is a easier interface for + the hook \pdfstringdefPreHook. It appends its argument to the + meaning of \pdfstringdefPreHook. The character @ can be used + in command names. + * \penalty is removed silently. + * \kern and \hskip are detected with a warning: + * At the beginning or, if the value is less than 1ex, + they are removed. + * Else they are replaced by a space. + + Fix for \pdfpage(s)attr: + * Setting the /CropBox with \pdfpagesattr: + The old meaning of \pdfpagesattr is appended. + * Initial value of \@pdfpagestransition is \relax + to differentiate between a unused or empty option. + * \hyper@pagetransition (hpdftex): + * The old entry /Trans is removed from \pdfpageattr. + * The remaining old meaning retains and + * the new /Trans is appended. + * \hyper@pagetransition (pdfmark): + * \if-switch for \relax added to get the old behaviour. + ? (1) Need to delete an old entry? + ? If 1=yes, how to delete? + +1999-07-21 Sebastian Rahtz + * version 6.64a, corrected typos in VTEX stuff + +1999-07-19 6.64 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.64 + * hyperref.dtx: support pdftex > 0.14 with new primitive names + * hyperref.dtx: bookmark patches from Stephan Haller, to allow + local changes of open status + * hyperref.dtx: small patche for \seteqlabel. obscure problem in + amstex compatibility mode, found by Michael Downes. + * hyperref.dtx: patches to VTEX bookmark processing, from Taco + Hoekwater, following patches by Denis Girou. + +1999-07-08 6.63 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.63 + * hyperref.dtx: added "typexml" option for typexml package + * Some cleanups from Heiko + +1999-06-29 6.62 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.62 + * hyperref.dtx: (from Heiko), gobble \discretionary in bookmarks + +1999-06-27 6.61 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.61 + * hyperref.dtx: for Babel compatibility, use its \@safe@actives + switch in cross-refs (also in nameref.dtx), plus be nicer about + * in \pdfstringdef (from Heiko). Move \phantomsection to main package. + +1999-06-11 6.60 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.60 + * nameref.dtx: changed \Sectionformat to a \providecommand, as it + now comes \AtBeginDocument + +1999-06-10 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: * Increment of version letter to 6.58f + * hyperref.dtx: add \phantomsection, to make a section-like anchor + Missing {} after \@ifpackageloaded{subfigure} + * nameref.dtx define \section@level for pdfscreen + From Heiko: + * lastpage fix (added page anchor name, ...). + * documentation for lastpage support added. + * \pdfstringdef: \Generic{Error,Warn,Info} disabled while + expanding. + * \pdfstringdef: french fix changed to get rid of hard coded + numbers for the guillemets. + +1999-06-09 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: * Increment of version letter to 6.58b + Loads of cleanups by Heiko: + * \def\@pdfpagecrop{} removed, because it isn't used further + * Loading of \Hy@driver part replaced (see previous email) + * Old name \Hy@PDFDef found, replaced by \pdfstringdef + * Module \pdfstringdef: Use of prefix "\HyPsd@" (it's shorter + and easier to read than "\Hy@psd@". + * \let\add@accent\HyPsd@add@accent instead of the definition + in \pdfstringdef (saving run time). + * Corrected to \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@ITALCORR}. + * old ifbookmark replaced by texorpdfstring in description. + * Missing lines added in pd1enc.def (\",\r,\v,\.,\c) + * Bugs in \define@key{Field}{maxlen}{\Fld@maxlen=#1} + and \define@key{Field}{menulength}{% + * Changed \orig@appendix to \Hy@orig@appendix. + \orig@maketitle to \Hy@orig@maketitle. + * Replaced \global\def --> \gdef + * Replaced \global\edef --> \xdef + * Starting with identing (length 2) and checking the line length. + +1999-06-08 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx. make "subfigure" force hypertexnames=false; remove + exactdef option (obsolete), and set default of 0 for bookmark + level of unknown objects (\toclevel@...) + * a lot of cleaning up of code layout, requested by Heiko, and bug + fixing related to \addcontentsline + +1999-05-30 Sebastian Rahtz + * backref.dtx: added debugging/verbose output + * hyperref.dtx: considerable reworking of \addcontentsline, with + wide-reaching effects + * Some more PD1 fixes from Heiko. Stop using \@foo, too common a + choice by others + * Some fixes for TeX4ht, from Eitan Gurari + +1999-05-19 6.57 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.57 + * hyperref.dtx: a good many missing or extra spaces in and around + line endings were found by Heiko and corrected. + +1999-05-18 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: fixes to \textLF etc from Heiko + +1999-05-17 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: Raise equation anchors by \baselineskip; + dangerous, but its the only hope for XYZ views + * Some fixes for tex4ht from Eitan Gurari + * stop defaulting papersize \special + * make bookmarks use tocdepth not secnumdepth + * Some fixes for AMS equations, will probably break something! + * some characters changed, and some added, in PD1 + encoding, to allow for silly behaviour of Acrobat, and to help + Poles (via Wojciech A. Myszka ) + + * backref.dtx: added support for chicago.sty (requested by Alan Reese) + +1999-05-14 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: added new option hypertexnames. if it is *false*, + unique arbitrary names are given for anchors and links, to avoid + any conflict caused by counters being redefined etc. Long overdue. + * Guillemet fix from Heiko. + +1999-04-13 6.56 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.56 + * hyperref.dtx: missed a \if@filesw (Heiko spotted), and removed + the section + +1999-04-12 6.55 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.55 + * hyperref.dtx: when the run: type of URL is used, a \relax creeps + into the output with pdfmark drivers. corrected. + * Add some missing \if@filesw code (from Heiko) + * Proper dummy initialisation of \pdfbookmark + * Correct serious error over detecting whether seminar is being used + (added new test, and defined \ifhy@seminarslides) + * If implicit=false is used, ensure that \PDF@FinishDoc (to add + DOCINFO stuff) is still done, \AtBeginDocument (it was tied to the + redefinition of \@thehead) + +1999-03-31 6.54 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.54 + * hyperref.dtx: fixes from Heiko in pdf doc encoding stuff + +1999-03-30 6.53 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.53 + * hyperref.dtx: complete replacement of Heiko's part by nicely + documented dtx.... + + Name changes: + \newif\ifPDFbookmark ==> \newif\ifHy@pdfstring (internal name) + \ifbookmark ==> \texorpdfstring (user command) + \Hy@PDFDef ==> \pdfstringdef (user or package command) + + Heiko summarizes the features of this \Hy@PDFDef: + * PD1 encoding + * Unknown glyphs don't cause an infinite error loop now (see + bug report few weeks ago in pdftex@tug.org). + * Grouping characters can be used, they are removed silently, + so things like "\TeX{}" can be written. + * With this version of \Hy@PDFDef the option exactdef can be + removed now because of the warning messages. + * All non-expandible commands like unknown glyphs or stomach + commands are catched by this version: a comprehensive + warning message is produced and the tokens are removed. + * xspace support. + * Support for unbalanced parentheses, hyparen.sty is now obsolete. + +1999-03-26 6.52 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.52 + * hyperref.dtx: Wherever "naturalnames" is used, disable + \textlatin (from Babel 3.6k). Thanks to Felix Neubauer + + * Fixes for seminar (Denis Girou ) + +1999-03-12 6.51 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.51 (unreleased) + * hyperref.dtx: yet more bookmark magic from Heiko Oberdiek! + +1999-02-21 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: trap a URL type of "run:" and attempt to use it to + launch an application. In dvips, dvipdfm and pdftex drivers; it + seems to work in Windows. By default it translates to file: + +1999-02-17 Sebastian Rahtz + * Changed the copyright notice + * hyperref.dtx: some (more) corrections from Heiko + +1999-02-16 6.50 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.50 + * hyperref.dtx: some corrections from Heiko + +1999-02-14 6.49 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.49 + * hyperref.dtx: remove grouping around PDF@SetupDoc, allowing + \pdfpagesttr in pdftex to work properly (ie CropBox) + move PD@FinishDoc to happen at start of dvi (in page header); + this allows for documents ending in \clearpage in which case the + stuff never happened. sigh. + +1999-02-06 6.48 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.48 + * hyperref.dtx: add option "naturalnames", which makes hyperref use + eg \thesection instead of \theHsection. may help some people. + * Add option "verbose" to provide a debugging hook. + * Set some more commands to no-op in bookmarks. + * Remove all pdfinfo from PDF@SetupDoc, and transfer to new + PDF@FinishDoc, which happens \AtEndDocument. This allows + \maketitle to do \hypersetup{pdftitle=\@title} etc + * Rearranged some lines of code. + +1999-02-01 6.47 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.47 + * hyperref.dtx: removed code from dvipdfm by mistake. restored. + +1999-01-27 6.46 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.46 + * hyperref.dtx: add support for colorlinks to dvipdfm driver + (missed out by mistake before), and \AcrobatMenu + +1999-01-20 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: changed \texttilde to \textasciitilde; removed + \textbeta + +1998-12-17 6.45 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.45 + * hyperref.dtx: make \footnotemark and \footnotetext use original + non-hyper definitions. from pzezza@facec.cce.unifi.it. + +1998-12-07 6.44 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.44 + * hyperref.dtx: corrected bookmark writing errors. again... + removed some spurious \makeat s. removed a spurious { in tex4ht + +1998-12-01 6.43 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.43 + * hyperref.dtx: fixes for \addcontentsline from + kevin@rodin.wustl.edu (Kevin Ruland) + - make \EndOfPackage things happen \AtBeginDocument instead, for + consistency + - fixes to hy@temp from Heiko + - added optional first parameter to \BOOKMARK in order to provide + dvipdfm with what it wants + +1998-11-27 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: added dvipdfm driver from + Mark Wicks . + cleaned up more bookmark code (from Heiko) + +1998-11-11 6.42 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.42 + * hyperref.dtx: replaced bookmark and docinfo writing with new code + from Heiko Oberdiek which seems to do a better job + * Support for lastpage package. + +1998-11-03 6.41 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.41 + * hyperref.dtx: cleaned up test for existence of pdftex again, to + avoid trampling on other packages. Thomas Esser and David Carlisle + pointed out the mess. + +1998-11-01 6.40 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.40 + * hyperref.dtx: checked various drivers, and had to introduce mew + docstrip guards to add some pdfmark to dviwindo. dvipdf broken, so + removed from hyperref.ins. Thanks to Thomas Esser for testing so + quickly. + +1998-10-30 6.39 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.39 + * hyperref.dtx: serious error in where colorlinks and frenchlinks + were checked. now all at EndOfPackage, after driver load. + +1998-10-23 6.38 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.38 + * hyperref.dtx: rework handling of driver options so that driver + is only loaded at the end, with whatever is the latest name given + in config file, document etc. (Thanks to Thomas Esser for suggestion) + +1998-10-17 6.37 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.37 + * hyperref.dtx: back out change of link to use Action dictionary, + it seems to break some Distiller setups, and Ghostscript + +1998-10-06 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: make all eqnarray stop being an anchor, as it may + break over pages. + * Whoops. PDF@SetupDoc was after \MayBeStopEarly... + +1998-09-24 6.36 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.36 + * hyperref.dtx: even if bookmark writing disable, \pdfbookmark still + needs to make anchors + +1998-09-22 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: xdef not edef in \@writetorep (thanks to Christian + Kumpf ) + +1998-09-12 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: added option pdfnumberbookmarks to include section + numbers in PDF bookmarks + +1998-09-07 6.35 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.35 + * hyperref.dtx: added DOCVIEW stuff to dviwindo driver + better check for playing in head, means no more overfull hbox + messages + +1998-09-04 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: added DOCVIEW stuff to dvipsone driver (pointed + out by D P Story) + +1998-09-03 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: + a) added new option linktocpage to make TOC have links on page + numbers + b) rewrote or checked all uses of \colorlink, so that they + have a corresponding \hy@endcolorlink (was \hyper@resetcolor), + and so are in a \begingroup ... \endgroup group (requested by + Patrick Daly, for consistency if nothing else). Renamed + \colorlink to \hy@colorlink + +1998-09-02 6.34 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.34 + * hyperref.dtx: chivvied around pdfview so that it worked, and did + not override hyperref.cfg. concept of \@pdfviewparam for size + parameters + +1998-08-11 6.33 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.33 + * hyperref.dtx: fix up some forms problems for Laurent Guillope + +1998-08-08 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: add option `implicit' to allow (with value of + false) for no redefinition of LaTeX internals. Re-ordered some + code sections to allow for this. + +1998-08-02 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: corrected some typos and mistakes in form support + +1998-07-20 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: change check of empty head (from test by Denis + Roegel) + +1998-07-06 6.32 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.32 + * backref.dtx: better test for natbib-like styles + * hyperref.dtx: add natbib link break macro + * dvipsone: use same pdfsetup as dviwindo + +1998-06-27 6.31 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.31 + * hyperref.dtx: correct order of part and writetorep + * hyperref.dtx: more fixes from MicroPress for their driver. zero + width hidden fields -> width of 1sp. Piet van Oostrum's additions + to bookmark writing code. + * add support for "pdfstartview={}", to get `default' + magnification. hyper@linkfile for pdftex always does a user action + now + * Patrick Daly's addition of \ifvmode\nobreak\fi in pdftex start + anchor fixes his section problems, but is not entirely general. + +1998-06-25 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: fix NoHyper bug *properly* this time. + +1998-06-25 6.30 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.30 + * hyperref.dtx: zero width hidden fields. support pdfstartview of + {}. allow NewWindow false with pdfnewwindow option. correct bug in + default value of centerwindow and fitwindow. fix bug in NoHyper. + fix bug in \pageref*. + * Add \autoref macro to generate tagged references. + +1998-06-24 6.29 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.29 + * hyperref.dtx: add \ref* and \pageref* to produce unlinked + references, and fix bug in label@hyperref. + add page transitions for pdftex driver + +1998-06-23 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: add support for page transitions in pdfmark driver + * hyperref.dtx: add key pdfpagelayout + * hyperref.dtx: revise form lists, now support Display=Value syntax + * hyperref.dtx: change test for whether natbib-like code is + present (if NAT@parse is defined), since things like aguplus dont + load natbib per se, but use the same code. + +1998-06-21 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: if form list value starts with a [, its assumed to + be an array of two strings, display and use values. + * hyperref.dtx: add `readonly' key for pdf forms, and hidden for + HTML + * hyperref.dtx: restructure form drivers to isolate common code + for pdftex and pdfmark. + +1998-06-20 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: add `hidden' key for forms + +1998-06-19 6.28 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.28 + * hyperref.dtx: use pdftex version and revision numbers + * hyperref.dtx: corrected stupid error which meant that the + bookmark file was not being opened. + +1998-06-16 6.27 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.27 + * hyperref.dtx: finished pdftex forms, and reworked several + aspects of forms in general. + +1998-06-15 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: use \filename@parse to decide whether a file: URL + is a local open or a URL. makes ../../xxx work. + * VTEX drivers driven by single `vtex' option which checks + \OpMode + +1998-06-13 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: merge in material from MicroPress to provide support + for VTEX's two new modes of operation, PDF and HTML. Drivers hvtex + and hvtexhtml. + +1998-06-12 6.26 Sebastian Rahtz + * (private) RELEASE 6.26 + addition from DPC to provide better support for encoding in + .out files (must use inputenc) + * (private) RELEASE 6.25 + * hyperref.dtx: + removed quotes from names in dviwindo (DP Story) + comma after file destination in dviwindo (DP Story) + rejig parsing of file: to cope with ../foo/bar, at the + cost of files having to be at least two characters long. ../.. + doesn't work either :-} + +1998-06-05 6.24 Sebastian Rahtz + * (private) RELEASE 6.24 + * hyperref.dtx: unset \@tempa at start of ProcessKVOptions (David + Carlisle) + * hyperref.dtx: pdftex base url syntax wrong; and if baseurl + provided, need to strip file: from URL (corrections by + daly@linpwd.mpae.gwdg.de (P.W.Daly, MPAe, Lindau, Germany) + +1998-05-27 6.23 Sebastian Rahtz + * (private) RELEASE 6.23 + * hyperref.dtx: remove spurious space in pdfview in pdftex driver + +1998-05-16 6.22 Sebastian Rahtz + * (private) RELEASE 6.22 + * hyperref.dtx: in draft mode, need fifth and secondoffive to be + really secondoffive + +1998-05-08 6.21 Sebastian Rahtz + * (private) RELEASE 6.21 + * hyperref.dtx: added new key "pdfhighlight" to set Acrobat + behaviour when a link is pressed. Make destinations use the Action + dictionary. Added first cut at forms support. + +1998-03-25 6.20 Sebastian Rahtz + * (private) RELEASE 6.20 + * RELEASE 6.19 + * pdftex seems to have changed, added goto page for openaction + * hyperref.dtx: put / in front of pdfstartview + still changing textures driver + +1998-03-22 6.18 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.18 + +1998-03-21 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: add conditional code for fancyvrb, to stop + links being made to fancyvrb lines. + * experimental textures driver + * pdftex as 0.12 the default; use guard pdftexold to select 0.11 + behaviour + +1998-03-07 6.17 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.17 + * hyperref.dtx: patches from Piotr Krysiuk + to make it run under LaTeX 209 + compatibility mode + +1998-03-05 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: put braces around URL in pdfmark driver, to stop + keyval splitting at an = sign within the URL (bug report from Ahmed + Hindawi ) + +1998-03-03 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: add first cut at tex4ht driver + * hyperref.dtx: changes for pdftex 0.12 driver (syntax changes) + +1998-02-28 6.16 Sebastian Rahtz + * (private) RELEASE 6.16 + * hyperref.dtx: AMSLaTeX does everything twice; pdftex actually + *executes* the hyper code twice, so that destinations are defined + twice. Make use of \ifmeasuring@ to avoid this. + +1998-02-25 6.15 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.15 + * Sigh. Messed up counters again. Fixed. It had better be right + this time. + * RELEASE 6.14 + * hyperref.dtx: added key bookmarksopen to dictate whether or not + the bookmark tree is expanded (from Brian Ripley) + * cleaned up the *horrible* mess created by me over items, which + mean that I had turned off the incrementing.... + * typo in \pdfbookmark corrected + +1998-02-23 6.13 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.13 + * changes to \item had totally wrecked natbib :-} + * added keys for PDF creator and producer + * re-fix \@footnotemark in \maketitle + * reverse parameters of \htmladdnormallink + +1998-02-20 6.12 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.12 + * RELEASE 6.11 + * hyperref.dtx: play around with items again for Tanmoy. ugh, all + sorts of changes to stop bibitems getting 3 destinations defined. + +1998-01-26 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: define \@makefnmark instead of \@footnotemark, to + take advantage of white space and hyphenation fudges (from DPC) + * backref.dtx: remove white space in for loop of \backcite + +1998-01-22 6.10 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.10 + * more dealing with \url, allowing for _ + +1998-01-21 6.9 Sebastian Rahtz + * release 6.9 + * fixed some small bugs (though more remain) and added + \Acrobatmenu command. + +1997-12-11 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: altered algorithm of tocdepth for pdf bookmarks; + rewrote nesting again. still concerned about global allocation + of `current' tokens, and lack of nesting in PS file. + +1997-12-09 Sebastian Rahtz + * hyperref.dtx: rewrote handling of (non) nesting. the innards of + an anchor are now processing inside {\stop@hyper...} which + hopefully makes all hyper commands no-ops. ripley@stats.ox.ac.uk + (Prof Brian Ripley) found several things which forced me to do + *something* (ie a \cite inside a \caption gave the destination of + the cite to the caption) + * Daniel T. Cobra gave me a new + incompatibility with ps2pdf + +1997-11-24 6.7 Sebastian Rahtz + * RELEASE 6.7 + * started hyperref ChangeLog. cleanup of copyright for Debian inclusion + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README deleted file mode 100644 index d9be178ed93..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1645 +0,0 @@ -README for hyperref bundle, 2018/02/06 - - -TABLE OF CONTENTS -================= - -1 Introduction -2 Download -3 Installation -4 Additional Packages -5 New Features -6 Package Compatibility -7 Limitations -8 Hints -9 Authors/Maintainers -10 Bug Reports -11 Known Problems -12 ToDo -13 Versions in TeX distributions - - -1 INTRODUCTION -============== - -This package is used to emend cross-referencing commands in LaTeX to -produce some sort of \special commands; there are backends for the -\special set defined for HyperTeX dvi processors, for embedded pdfmark -commands for processing by Acrobat Distiller (dvips and dvipsone), for -dviwindo, for pdfTeX, for dvipdfm, for TeX4ht, and for VTEX's pdf and HTML -backends. - -Included are: -a) `backref' a package by David Carlisle to provide links back from - bibliography to the main text; these are hypertext links after using - hyperref. -b) nameref' a package to allow reference to the *names* of sections rather - than their numbers. - -2 DOWNLOAD -========== - -`hyperref' is available on CTAN: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ - -Also a ZIP file is provided that contains the files, already sorted -in a TDS tree: - CTAN:install/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref.tds.zip - -`CTAN:' means one of the `Comprehensive TeX Archive Network' -nodes or one of its mirrors. This is explained in - http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=archives - -The main repository of hyperref is located at github - https://github.com/ho-tex/hyperref - - -3 INSTALLATION -============== - -Installation with ZIP file in TDS format ----------------------------------------- -The ZIP file `hyperref.tds.zip' contains the files sorted -in a TDS tree. Thus you can directly unpack the ZIP file -inside a TDS tree. (See CTAN:tds.zip for an explanation of TDS.) -Example: - cd /...somewhere.../texmf - unzip /...downloadpath.../hyperref.tds.zip -Do not forget to refresh the file name database of this TDS tree, -Example: - texhash /...somewhere.../texmf - -Manual installation -------------------- -a) Download the hyperref files from CTAN or the TUG server. - If necessary, unpack them. -b) If directory `beta' exists, replace the files by the counterparts - in this directory, if you want to use the latest versions. -c) Generate the package and driver files: - tex hyperref.ins -d) Install the files `*.sty', `*.def', and `*.cfg' in your TDS tree: - cp *.sty *.def *.cfg TDS:tex/latex/hyperref/ - Replace `TDS:' by the prefix of your TDS tree (texmf directory). - The exception is bmhydoc.sty, it belongs to the source files - (TDS:source/latex/hyperref/). -e) Copy the documentation files to "TDS:doc/latex/hyperref/": - manual.pdf, README, README.pdf, ChangeLog, ChangeLog.pdf, - slides.pdf, paper.pdf, options.pdf, hyperref.pdf, backref.pdf, - nameref.pdf (Also the HTML version of the manual can be put there.) -f) Update the databases if necessary, eg. for teTeX: - mktexlsr .../texmf - - -4 ADDITIONAL PACKAGES -===================== - -Depending on the driver and option settings, hyperref loads -other packages: -* atbegshi.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atbegshi.pdf -* atveryend.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atveryend.pdf -* backref.sty (loaded by option `backref' or `pagebackref'): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/backref.dtx -* bigintcalc.sty (loaded by package `bitset'): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bigintcalc.pdf -* bitset.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bitset.pdf -* color.sty (loaded by option `colorlinks'): - CTAN:macros/latex/required/graphics/ -* etexcmds.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/etexcmds.pdf -* gettitlestring.sty (loaded by package `nameref'): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/gettitlestring.pdf -* hycolor.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hycolor.pdf -* infwarerr.sty (loaded by packages `etexcmds', `stringenc', - `atbegshi', `bitset'): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/infwarerr.pdf -* intcalc.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/intcalc.pdf -* ifpdf.sty (loaded by package `atbegshi'): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/atbegshi.pdf -* ifluatex.sty (loaded by package `pdftexcmds'): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifluatex.pdf -* ifvtex.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifvtex.pdf -* ifxetex.sty: - CTAN:macros/generic/ifxetex/ifxetex.sty -* intcalc.sty (loaded by package `bitset'): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/intcalc.pdf -* keyval.sty - CTAN:macros/latex/required/graphics/ -* kvdefinekeys.sty - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.pdf -* kvoptions.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvoptions.pdf -* kvsetkeys.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.pdf -* letltxmacro.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/letltxmacro.pdf -* ltxcmds.sty (loaded by package `pdftexcmds'): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ltxcmds.pdf -* memhfixc.sty (loaded if class `memoir' is loaded): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memhfixc.sty -* nameref.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.dtx -* pdfescape.sty (loaded by package `stringenc'): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdfescape.pdf -* pdftexcmds.sty - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdftexcmds.pdf -* refcount.sty (loaded by package `nameref') - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/refcount.pdf -* rerunfilecheck.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/rerunfilecheck.pdf -* stringenc.sty: - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stringenc.pdf -* tex4ht.sty (loaded by option `tex4ht'): - CTAN:support/TeX4ht/ -* uniquecounter.sty (loaded by package `rerunfilecheck'): - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/uniquecounter.pdf -* url.sty - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/url.sty -* vtexhtml.sty (loaded if VTeX is used in HTML mode) -* xcolor-patch.sty (loaded by package `hycolor') - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/hycolor.pdf - - -5 NEW FEATURES -============== - -Option `pdflinkmargin' ----------------------- - Option `pdflinkmargin' is an experimental option for specifying - a link margin, if the driver supports this. Default is 1 pt for - supporting drivers. - - pdfTeX: - * The link area also depends on the surrounding box. - * Settings have local effect. - * When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting - of the link margin for all links on the page. - - pdfmark: - * Settings have global effect. - - Other drivers: Unsupported. - -Field option `calculatesortkey' -------------------------------- - Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order - by default. If calculated field values depend on other calculated - fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation - order can be specified with option `calculatesortkey'. Its value is - used as key to lexicographically sort the calculated fields. - The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same - key are sorted in document order. - - Currently the field option `calculatesortkey' is only supported by - the driver for pdfTeX. - -Option `localanchorname' ------------------------- - When an anchor is set (e.g. via \refstepcounter), then the - anchor name is globally set to the current anchor name. - - For example: - \section{Foobar} - \begin{equation}\end{equation} - \label{sec:foobar} - With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) - a reference to `sec:foobar' jumps to the equation before. - With option `localanchorname' the anchor of the equation - is forgotten after the environment and the reference - `sec:foobar' jumps to the section title. - - Option `localanchorname' is an experimental option, there - might be situations, where the anchor name is not available - as expected. - -Option `customdriver' ---------------------- - The value of option `customdriver' is the name of an external - driver file without extension `.def'. The file must have - \ProvidesFile with a version date and number that match the - date and number of `hyperref', otherwise a warning is given. - - Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, - is not well defined and quite messy, the option is mainly intended - to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver part. - -Option `psdextra' ------------------ - LaTeX's NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary - TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF information entries). - Many math command names (\geq, \notin, ...) are not in control - of NFSS, therefore they are defined with prefix `text' - (\textgeq, \textnotin, ...). They can be mapped to short names - during the processing to PDF strings. The disadvantage is that - they are many hundreds macros that need to be redefined for - each PDF string conversion. Therefore this can be enabled or - disabled as option `psdextra'. On default the option is turned - off (set to `false'). Turning the option on means - that the short names are available. Then \geq can directly - be used instead of \textgeq. - -\XeTeXLinkBox -------------- - When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look - at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only at the character - glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then - it does not generate a link annotation. Macro \XeTeXLinkBox - puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left - and upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified - by setting it to the dimen register \XeTeXLinkMargin. The default - is 2pt. - - Example: - % xelatex - \documentclass{article} - \usepackage{hyperref} - \setlength{\XeTeXLinkMargin}{1pt} - \begin{document} - \section{Hello World} - \newpage - \label{sec:hello} - \hyperref[sec:hello]{% - \XeTeXLinkBox{\rule{10mm}{10mm}}% - } - \end{document} - -\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean ------------------------------------------ - \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO} - If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values - `true' or `false', then \IfHyperBooleanExists calls YES, otherwise NO. - - \IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO} - Macro \IfHyperBoolean calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is - enabled. Otherwise NO is executed. - - Both macros are expandable. Additionally option `stoppedearly' is - available. It is enabled if \MaybeStopEarly or \MaybeStopNow - end hyperref prematurely. - -\unichar --------- - If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can - be given by using \unichar. It's name and syntax is inherited - from package `ucs'. However it is defined independently for - use in hyperref's \pdfstringdef (that converts arbitrary - TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do this). - - Macro \unichar takes a TeX number as argument, - examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING FACE): - \unichar{"263A}% hexadecimal notation - \unichar{9786}% decimal notation - `"' must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise - active. Otherwise prefix it with \string: - \unichar{\string"263A}% converts `"' to `"' with catcode 12 (other) - Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use \dq instead: - \unichar{\dq 263A}% \dq is double quote with catcode 12 (other) - -\ifpdfstringunicode -------------------- - Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. - Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the information dictionary. - The PDF specification allows two encodings `PDFDocEncoding' - (8-bit encoding) and `Unicode' (UTF-16). The user can help - using \texorpdfstring to replace complicate TeX constructs - by a representation for the PDF string. However \texorpdfstring - does not distinguish the two encodings. This gap closes - \ifpdfstringunicode. It is only allowed in the second argument - of \texorpdfstring and takes two arguments, the first allows - the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the - characters available in PDFDocEncoding. - - As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese - name of Han The Thanh. Correctly written it needs some - accented characters, one character even with a double accent. - Class `tugboat.cls' defines a macro for the typesetted name: - \def\Thanh{% - H\`an~% - Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}% - ~Th\`anh% - } - It's not entirely correct, the second accent over the `e' is not - an acute, but a hook. However standard LaTeX does not provide - such an accent. - Now we can extend the defintion to support hyperref. - The first and the last word are already supported automatically. - Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in - LaTeX, because the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support - more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def misses support for - them. But we can provide it using \unichar. The character - in question is: - % U+1EC3 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX AND HOOK ABOVE - Thus we can put this together: - \def\Thanh{% - H\`an~% - \texorpdfstring{Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}}% - {\ifpdfstringunicode{Th\unichar{"1EC3}}{Th\^e}}% - ~Th\`anh% - } - For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the - second accent. Alternatively we could provide a representation - without accents instead of wrong accents: - \def\Thanh{% - \texorpdfstring{% - H\`an~% - Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}}% - ~Th\`anh% - }{% - \ifpdfstringunicode{% - H\`an Th\unichar{"1EC3} Th\`anh% - }{% - Han The Thanh% - }% - }% - } - -Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage ----------------------------------------------- - Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. - - For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts \hyperpage - into the index macros. After processing with Makeindex, \hyperpage - analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma lists. - However, only the standard settings are supported directly: - delim_r "--" - delim_n ", " - (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains - the keys that can be used in style files for Makeindex.) - Customized versions of - delim_r, delim_n, suffix_2p, suffix_3p, suffix_mp - needs markup that \hyperpage can detect and knows that - this stuff does not belong to a page number. Makro - \nohyperpage serves as this markup. Put the customized - code for these keys inside \nohyperpage, e.g.: - suffix_2p "\\nohyperpage{f.}" - suffix_3p "\\nohyperpage{ff.}" - (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space "\\," or "~" - should be put before the first f inside \nohyperpage.) - -Experimental option `ocgcolorlinks' ------------------------------------ - The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. - This new experimental option `ocgcolorlinks' uses Optional Content - Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5. - * The option must be given for package loading: - \usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref} - * Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. - PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 "Making Graphical Content Optional": - Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ..., - are still applied. - Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and - without color. - * The feature can be switched of by \hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false} - inside the document. - * Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm - * The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically - set for pdfTeX. Users of dvipdfmx set the version on the command - line: dvipdfmx -V 5 - -Option `pdfa' -------------- - The new option `pdfa' tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code - generated by hyperref. However, the result is usually not in PDF/A, - because many features aren't controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata, - fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...). - - Currently, option `pdfa' sets and disables the following items: - * Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. - * Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. - * Disabled: Launch action (\href{run:...} [PDF/A 6.6.1]. - * Restricted: Named actions (\Acrobatmenu: NextPage, PrevPage, - FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. - * Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: - * JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] - * Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] - * Push button (because of JavaScript) - * Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default `false' - (Because of this, hyperref's implementation of Forms looks ugly). - [PDF/A 6.9] - - The default value of the new option `pdfa' is `false'. It influences - the loading of the package and cannot be changed after hyperref is - loaded (\usepackage{hyperref}). - - ToDo: - * XMP support - * ... - But perhaps Adobe Acrobat is now happy and can now convert - the PDF file to PDF/A. - -Option `linktoc' added ----------------------- - The new option `linktoc' allows more control which part - of an entry in the table of contents is made into a link: - * `linktoc=none' (no links) - * `linktoc=section' (default behaviour, same as `linktocpage=false') - * `linktoc=page' (same as `linktocpage=true') - * `linktoc=all' (both the section and page part are links) - -Option `pdfnewwindow' changed ------------------------------ - Before 6.77b: - * pdfnewwindow=true --> /NewWindow true - * pdfnewwindow=false --> (absent) - * unused pdfnewwindow --> (absent) - Since 6.77b: - * pdfnewwindow=true --> /NewWindow true - * pdfnewwindow=false --> /NewWindow false - * pdfnewwindow={} --> (absent) - * unused pdfnewwindow --> (absent) - - Rationale: There is a difference between setting to `false' - and an absent entry. In the former case the new document - replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer - application should respect the user preference. - -Flag options for PDF forms --------------------------- - PDF form field macros (\TextField, \CheckBox, ...) support - boolean flag options. The option name is the lowercase - version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7): - http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html - http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf - Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: - * Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): - 1 Invisible - 2 Hidden (PDF 1.2) - 3 Print (PDF 1.2) - 4 NoZoom (PDF 1.3) - 5 NoRotate (PDF 1.3) - 6 NoView (PDF 1.3) - [7 ReadOnly (PDF 1.3)] ignored for widget annotations, see table 8.70 - 8 Locked (PDF 1.4) - 9 ToggleNoView (PDF 1.5) - 10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7) - * Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): - 1 ReadOnly - 2 Required - 3 NoExport - * Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): - 15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only) - 16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear) - 17 Pushbutton - 26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5) - * Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): - 13 Multiline - 14 Password - 21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4) - 23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4) - 24 DoNotScroll (PDF 1.4) - 25 Comb (PDF 1.5) - 26 RichText (PDF 1.5) - * Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): - 18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box) - 19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set) - 20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers - 22 MultiSelect (PDF 1.4) - 23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4) (only useful if Combo and Edit are set) - 27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5) - * Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): - [1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use `noexport' (table 8.70) instead - 2 IncludeNoValueFields - [3 ExportFormat] handled by option `export' - 4 GetMethod - 5 SubmitCoordinates - [6 XFDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option `export' - 7 IncludeAppendSaves (PDF 1.4) - 8 IncludeAnnotations (PDF 1.4) - [9 SubmitPDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option `export' - 10 CanonicalFormat (PDF 1.4) - 11 ExclNonUserAnnots (PDF 1.4) - 12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4) - 14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5) - - New option `export' sets the export format of a submit action. - Valid values are (upper- or lowercase): - * FDF - * HTML - * XFDF - * PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader) - -Option `pdfversion' -------------------- - This is an experimental option. It notifies `hyperref' about - the intended PDF version. Currently this is used in code for - PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7). - - Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not - supported, because most drivers expect higher PDF versions. - - The option must be used early, not after \usepackage{hyperref}. - - In theory this option should also set the PDF version, - but this is not generally supported. - * pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. - pdfTeX >= 1.10a and < 1.30: \pdfoptionpdfminorversion - pdfTeX >= 1.30: \pdfminorversion - * dvipdfm: configuration file, example: - TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry `V 2'. - * dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: - TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry `V 4'. - * Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in - `ps2pdf12', `ps2pdf13', `ps2pdf14'). - - The current PDF version is used as default if this version - can be detected (only pdfTeX >= 1.10a). Otherwise the lowest - version 1.2 is assumed. Thus `hyperref' tries to avoid PDF code - that breaks this version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF - features. - -Field option `name' -------------------- - Many form objects uses the label argument - for several purposes: - * Layouted label. - * As name in HTML structures. - Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can - break in the structures of the output format. - If option `name' is given, then its value is used - as name in the different output structures. Thus - the value should consist of letters only. - -Option `pdfencoding' --------------------- - The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries - in the information dictionary: PDFDocEncoding and Unicode - as UTF-16BE. Option "pdfencoding" selects between these encodings: - * "pdfdoc" uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character, - but the supported characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7). - * "unicode" sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes - are used for most characters, surrogates need four bytes. - * "auto" PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters - outside the encoding and Unicode otherwise. - -Color options/package hycolor ------------------------------ - See documentation of package `hycolor'. - -Option pdfusetitle ------------------- - If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to - derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor from - \title and \author. An optional argument for \title and - \author is supported (class amsart). - -Starred form of \autoref ------------------------- - \autoref* generates a reference without link as \ref* or \pageref*. - -Link border style ------------------ - Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or - options "colorlinks", "frenchlinks". This is done by option - pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W 1} - - Some remarks: - - * AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don't use the default - value "1" for the width, but zero, thus that the underline - is not visible without "/W 1". The same applies for - dashed boxes, eg.: - pdfborderstyle={/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1} - - * The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for - "border style", eg. - Table 8.13 "Entries in a border style dictionary" - (specification for version 1.6) - - * The border style is removed by - pdfborderstyle={} - This is automatically done if option colorlinks is enabled. - - * Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not - even Acrobat Reader itself: - - Some support: - * AR7/Linux: "underline" and "dashed", but the border width - must be given. - * xpdf 3.00: "underline" and "dashed" - - Unsupported: - * AR5/Linux - * ghostscript 8.50 - -Option "bookmarksdepth" ------------------------ - The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new - option "bookmarksdepth". The option acts globally and - distinguishes three cases: - * "bookmarksdepth" without value - Then hyperref uses the current value of counter "tocdepth". - This is the compatible behaviour and the default. - * "bookmarksdepth=", the value is number (also negative): - The depth for the bookmarks are set to this number. - * "bookmarksdepth=" - The is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). - It must not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up - with the number case. Internally hyperref uses the value - of macro "\toclevel@". - Examples: - \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=paragraph} - \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4} % same as before - \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth} % counter "tocdepth" is used - -Option "pdfescapeform" ----------------------- - There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as - PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in parentheses form - require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched - left or right parentheses need escaping or the escape - character itself (backslash). - Since 2006/02/12 v6.75a the PS/PDF driver should do - this automatically. However I assume a problem with - compatibility, especially regarding the form part where - larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present. - It would be a pain to remove all the escaping, because - an additional escaping layer can falsify the code. - - Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: - * pdfescapeform=false - Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is - the compatibility behaviour, therefore this is the default. - * pdfescapeform=true - Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. - This is the logical choice and the recommended setting. - For example, the user writes JavaScript as JavaScript - and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF - output. - -Default driver setting ----------------------- - (hyperref >= 6.72s) - If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the - most suitable driver. Thus it loads "hpdftex", if pdfTeX is - detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the corresponding - VTeX driver for VTeX's working modes. - Unhappily many driver programs run after the TeX compiler, - so hyperref does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...). - In this case driver "hypertex" is loaded that supports the - HyperTeX features that are recognized by xdvi for example. - This behaviour, however, can easily be changed in the configuration - file "hyperref.cfg": - \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hdvips} - for dvips, or - \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hypertex} - for the default behaviour of hyperref. - - See also the new option `driverfallback'. - -Backref entries ---------------- - Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: - -\documentclass[12pt,UKenglish]{article} - -\usepackage{babel} -\usepackage[pagebackref]{hyperref} - -% Some language options are detected by package backref. -% This affects the following macros: -% \backrefpagesname -% \backrefsectionsname -% \backrefsep -% \backreftwosep -% \backreflastsep - -\renewcommand*{\backref}[1]{ - % default interface - % #1: backref list - % - % We want to use the alternative interface, - % therefore the definition is empty here. -} -\renewcommand*{\backrefalt}[4]{% - % alternative interface - % #1: number of distinct back references - % #2: backref list with distinct entries - % #3: number of back references including duplicates - % #4: backref list including duplicates - \par - #3 citation(s) on #1 page(s): #2,\par - \ifnum#1=1 % - \ifnum#3=1 % - 1 citation on page % - \else - #3 citations on page % - \fi - \else - #3 citations on #1 pages % - \fi - #2,\par - \ifnum#3=1 % - 1 citation located at page % - \else - #3 citations located at pages % - \fi - #4.\par -} - -% The list of distinct entries can be further refined: -\renewcommand*{\backrefentrycount}[2]{% - % #1: the original backref entry - % #2: the count of citations of this entry, - % in case of duplicates greater than one - #1% - \ifnum#2>1 % - ~(#2)% - \fi -} - -\begin{document} - - \section{Hello} - \cite{ref1, ref2, ref3, ref4} - \section{World} - \cite{ref1, ref3} - \newpage - - \section{Next section} - \cite{ref1} - \newpage - - \section{Last section} - \cite{ref1, ref2} - \newpage - - \pdfbookmark[1]{Bibliography}{bib} - \begin{thebibliography}{99} - \bibitem{ref1} Dummy entry one. - - \bibitem{ref2} Dummy entry two. - - \bibitem{ref3} Dummy entry three. - - \bibitem{ref4} Dummy entry four. - - \end{thebibliography} - -\end{document} - -\phantomsection ---------------- -Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction -with \addcontentsline for sectionlike things (index, bibliography, -preface). \addcontentsline refers to the latest previous location -where an anchor is set. - - \cleardoublepage - \phantomsection - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname} - \printindex - -Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the -index points to the start of the index page, not to a location -before this page. - -\hypercalcbp ------------- -See manual. - - -6 PACKAGE COMPATIBILITY -======================= - -Currently only package loading orders are available: - -Note: hyperref loads package "nameref" at \begin{document}. -Sometimes this is too late, thus this package must be loaded -earlier. - -algorithm ---------- - \usepackage{float} - \usepackage{hyperref} - \usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}% eg. - -amsmath -------- - The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. - For example, there might be spacing problems (eqnarray isn't recommended - anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for equation is unclear, - because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the - environments that package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. - The environment equation can even redefined to use gather: - - \usepackage{amsmath} - \let\equation\gather - \let\endequation\endgather - -amsrefs -------- - Package loading order: - - \usepackage{hyperref} - \usepackage{amsrefs} - -arydshln, longtable ---------,---------- - Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, - hyperref after arydshln generates an error, thus the - resulting package order is then: - - \usepackage{longtable} - \usepacakge{hyperref} - \usepackage{arydshln} - -babel/magyar.ldf ----------------- - The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. - You need at least version 1.5, maintained by P\'eter Szab\'o, - see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/. - -babel/spanish.ldf ------------------ - Babel's spanish.ldf redefines `\.' to support `\...'. - In bookmarks (\pdfstringdef) only `\.' is supported. - If `\...' is needed, - \texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots} - can be used instead. - -bibentry --------- - Workaround: - - \makeatletter - \let\saved@bibitem\@bibitem - \makeatother - - \usepackage{bibentry} - \usepackage{hyperref} - - \begin{document} - - \begingroup - \makeatletter - \let\@bibitem\saved@bibitem - \nobibliography{database} - \endgroup - -bigfoot -------- - Hyperref does not support package `bigfoot'. And package - `bigfoot' does not support hyperref's footnotes and disables - them (hyperfootnotes=false). - -chappg ------- - Package `chappg' uses \@addtoreset that is redefined by `hyperref'. - The package order is therefore: - - \usepackage{hyperref} - \usepackage{chappg} - -cite ----- - This is from Mike Shell: -> cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. -> However, I can do a workaround via: -> -> \makeatletter -> \def\NAT@parse{\typeout{This is a fake Natbib command to fool Hyperref.}} -> \makeatother -> -> \usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref} -> -> so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty -> will work as normal - although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of -> course (But this may not be an issue for many people). - -count1to --------- - Package `count1to' adds several \@addtoreset commands that confuse - `hyperref'. Therefore \theH<...> has to be fixed: - - \usepackage{count1to} - \AtBeginDocument{% *after* \usepackage{count1to} - \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\theHchapter.\arabic{section}}% - \renewcommand*{\theHsubsection}{\theHsection.\arabic{subsection}}% - \renewcommand*{\theHsubsubsection}{\theHsubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}% - \renewcommand*{\theHparagraph}{\theHsubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}% - \renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}% - } - -dblaccnt --------- - pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: - \usepackage{hyperref} - \usepackage{dblaccnt} - or see entry for "vietnam". - -easyeqn -------- - Not compatible, breaks. - -ellipsis --------- - This packages redefines \textellipsis, thus it has to be loaded - after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded before): - \usepackage{hyperref} - \usepackage{ellipsis} - -float ------ - \usepackage{float} - \usepackage{hyperref} - - * Several \caption commands are not supported inside one float object. - * Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled - by float.sty. - -endnotes --------- - Unsupported. - -foiltex -------- - Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: - Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into \@begindvi, - it uses package `atbegshi' instead, that hooks into \shipout. - Thus the patch of `foils.cls' regarding hyperref is now obsolete - and causes an undefined error message about \@hyperfixhead. - This is fixed in FoilTeX 2.1.4b. - -footnote --------- - This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref's footnote - support by using option "hyperfootnotes=false". - -geometry --------- - Driver `dvipdfm' and program `dvipdfm' might generate a warning: - Sorry. Too late to change page size - Then prefer the program `dvipdfmx' or use one of the following - workarounds to move the \special of geometry to an earlier - location: - - \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes - \usepackage{atbegshi} - \AtBeginDocument{% - \let\OrgAtBeginDvi\AtBeginDvi - \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst - } - \usepackage[ - paperwidth=170mm, - paperheight=240mm - ]{geometry} - \AtBeginDocument{% - \let\AtBeginDvi\OrgAtBeginDvi - } - \usepackage{hyperref} - - or - - \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes - \usepackage{atbegshi} - \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst - \usepackage[ - paperwidth=170mm, - paperheight=240mm - ]{geometry} - \usepackage{hyperref} - -IEEEtran.cls ------------- - version >= V1.6b (because of \@makecaption, see ChangeLog) - -index ------ - version >= 1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of \addcontentsline redefinition) - -lastpage --------- - Compatible. - -linguex -------- - \usepackage{hyperref} - \usepackage{linguex} - -ltabptch --------- - \usepackage{longtable} - \usepackage{ltabptch} - \usepackage{hyperref} - -mathenv -------- - Unsupported. - - Both `mathenv' and `hyperref' messes around with - environment `eqnarray'. You can load `mathenv' after - `hyperref' to avoid an error message. But \label - will not work inside environment `eqnarray' properly, - for example. - -minitoc-hyper -------------- - This package is obsolete, use the uptodate original - package minitoc instead. - -multind -------- - \usepackage{multind} - \usepackage{hyperref} - -natbib ------- - \usepackage{natbib} - \usepackage{hyperref} - -nomencl -------- - * Example for introducing links for the page numbers: - \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}} - - * For equations the following might work: - \renewcommand*{\eqdeclaration}[1]{% - \hyperlink{equation.#1}{(Equation~#1)}% - } - But the mapping from the equation number to the anchor name - is not available in general. - -parskip -------- - \usepackage{parskip} - \usepackage{hyperref}[2012/08/20] - - Both packages want to redefine \@starttoc. - -prettyref ---------- -%%% example for prettyref %%% -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{prettyref} -\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} - -%\newrefformat{FIG}{Figure~\ref{#1}}% without hyperref -\newrefformat{FIG}{\hyperref[{#1}]{Figure~\ref*{#1}}} - -\begin{document} - This is a reference to \prettyref{FIG:ONE}. - \newpage - \begin{figure} - \caption{This is my figure} - \label{FIG:ONE} - \end{figure} -\end{document} -%%% example for prettyref %%% - -ntheorem --------- - ntheorem-hyper.sty is an old patched version of ntheorem.sty. - Newer versions of ntheorem know the option hyperref: - \usepackage{hyperref} - \usepackage[hyperref]{ntheorem} - But there are still unsolved problems (options thref, ...). - -setspace --------- - \usepackage{setspace} - \usepackage{hyperref} - -sidecap -------- - Before 2002/05/24 v1.5h: - \usepackage{nameref} - \usepackage{hyperref} - \usepackage{sidecap} - -subfigure ---------- - 1995/03/06 v2.0: - \usepackage{subfigure} - \usepackage{hyperref} - % hypertexnames is set to false. - v2.1: - \usepackage{nameref} - \usepackage{subfigure} - \usepackage{hyperref} - or - \usepackage{hyperref} - \usepackage{subfigure} - v2.1.2: - please update - v2.1.3: - \usepackage{hyperref} - \usepackage{subfigure} - or vice versa? - -titleref --------- - \usepackage{nameref} - \usepackage{titleref}% without usetoc - \usepackage{hyperref} - -tabularx --------- - Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment `tabularx', - because they uses the optional argument of \footnotetext, see - section `Limitations'. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i - hyperref had disabled footnotes entirely by `hyperfootnotes=false'. - -titlesec --------- - "nameref" supports titlesec, but hyperref does not - (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with unnumbered - section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones). - -ucs/utf8x.def -------------- - The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it - does some calculations and stores the result in a macro - for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. - However this makes the first call non-expandable and - will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. - Package "ucs" offers \PrerenderUnicode or \PreloadUnicodePage - to solve this: - \usepackage{ucs} - \usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc} - \usepackage{hyperref}% or with option unicode - \PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}% or \PrerenderUnicodePage{1} - \hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut example: ^^c3^^b6}} - The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes - for the README file, you can use the characters directly. - -varioref --------- - There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to - sort them out. Therefore this package is now unsupported. - - Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works - with the following loading order: - \usepackage{nameref} - \usepackage{varioref} - \usepackage{hyperref} - - Also some babel versions can be problematic. For exmample, - 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for varioref that breaks - the hyperref support for varioref. - - Also unsupported: - * \Ref, \Vref do not uppercase the first letter. - * \vpageref[]{...} - On the same page a previous space is not suppressed. - -verse ------ - Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref. - - For older versions see example from - de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified): - - \documentclass{article} - - % package order does not matter - \usepackage{verse} - \usepackage{hyperref} - - \makeatletter - % make unique poemline anchors - \newcounter{verse@env} - \setcounter{verse@env}{0} - \let\org@verse\verse - \def\verse{% - \stepcounter{verse@env}% - \org@verse - } - \def\theHpoemline{\arabic{verse@env}.\thepoemline} - - % add anchor for before \addcontentsline in \@vsptitle - \let\org@vsptitle\@vsptitle - \def\@vsptitle{% - \phantomsection - \org@vsptitle - } - \makeatother - - \begin{document} - - \poemtitle{Poem 1} - \begin{verse} - An one-liner. - \end{verse} - - \newpage - - \poemtitle{Poem 2} - \begin{verse} - Another one-liner. - \end{verse} - - \end{document} - -vietnam -------- - % pd1enc.def should be loaded before package dblaccnt: - \usepackage[PD1,OT1]{fontenc} - \usepackage{vietnam} - \usepackage{hyperref} - -XeTeX ------ - Default for the encoding of bookmarks is `pdfencoding=auto'. - That means the strings are always treated as unicode strings. - Only if the string restricts to the printable ASCII set, - it is written as ASCII string. The reason is that the - \special does not support PDFDocEncoding. - - XeTeX uses the program xdvipdfmx for PDF output generation. - This program behaves a little different from dvipdfm, because - of the supported Unicode characters. Strings for bookmarks - or information entries can be output directly. The - big chars (char code > 255) are written in UTF-8 and - xdvipdfmx tries to convert them to UTF-16BE. However - hyperref already provides PDF strings encoded in UTF-16BE, - thus the result is a warning - "Failed to convert input string to UTF16..." - The best way would be, if xdvipdfm could detect the - byte order marker (\376\377) and skips the conversion - if that marker is present. - For the time being I added the following to hyperref, - when option `pdfencoding=auto' is set (default for XeTeX): - The string is converted back to big characters thus that the - string is written as UTF-8. But I am very unhappy with this - solution. Main disadvantage: - Two versions of \pdfstringdef are needed: - a) The string is converted back to big characters for - the "tainted keys" of xdvipdfmx (spc_pdfm.c: default_taintkeys). - The subset hyperref uses is /Title, /Author, /Subject, - /Keywords, /Creator, /Producer, /T. Any changes of this - set in xdvipdfmx cannot be detected by hyperref. - b) Without conversion for the other strings , providing UTF16be - directly. Examples: Prefix of page labels, some elements - of formulars. - Thus *each* application that uses \pdfstringdef now must - check, if it defines a string for some of the tained keys. - If yes, then the call of \pdfstringdef should be preceded - by "\csname HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname". - Example: package bookmark. - - -7 LIMITATIONS -============= - -Wrapped/broken link support ---------------------------- - Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, - e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other drivers lack this - feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone. - - Workarounds: - * For long section or caption titles in the table of contents - or list of figures/tables option "linktocpage" can be used. - Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section - title is not forced into an one line link with overvull \hbox - warning. - * "\url"s are caught by package "breakurl". - * The option "breaklinks" is intended for internal use. But it - can be used to force link wrapping, e.g. when printing a - document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF - and viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be - misplaced. - Another limitation: some penalties are "optimized" by TeX, - thus there are missing break points, especially within - \url. (See thread "hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2" - in comp.text.tex 2005-09). - -Links across pages ------------------- - In general they have problems: - * Some driver doesn't support them at all (see above). - * The driver allows it, but the link result might include - the footer and/or header, or an error message can - occur sometimes. - -Footnotes ---------- - LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the - footnote text (\footnotemark, \footnotetext). This interface - might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between - \footnotemark to \footnotetext is not as strong as \ref to \label. - Therefore it is not clear in general which \footnotemark references - which \footnotetext. But that is necessary to implement hyperlinking. - Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional - argument of \footnotemark and \footnotetext. - - -8 HINTS -======= - -Spaces in option values ------------------------ - Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given - in \documentclass or \usepackage (or \RequirePackage), e.g.: - \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref} - Package hyperref now gets - pdfborder=001 - and the result is an invalid PDF file. - As workaround braces can be used: - \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 1}]{hyperref} - Some options can also be given in \hypersetup: - \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 1} - In \hypersetup the options are directly processed as key value - options (see package keyval) without space stripping in the value part. - - Alternatively, LaTeX's option handling system can be adapted - to key value options by one of the packages "kvoptions-patch" - (from project "kvoptions") or "xkvltxp" (from project "xsetkeys"). - -Index with makeindex --------------------- - * Package hyperref adds \hyperpage commands by the encap - mechanism (see documentation of Makeindex), - if option hyperindex is set (default). - \hyperpage uses the page anchors that are set by - hyperref at each page (default). However in the - default case page numbers are used in anchor names - in arabic form. If the page numbers in other formats - are used (book class with \frontmatter, \romannumbering, ...), - then the page anchors are not unique. Therefore option - "plainpages=false" is recommended. - * The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only - (see documentation of Makeindex). - If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its - \hyperpage command. With logical markup this situation - can easily be solved: - \usepackage{makeidx} - \makeindex - \usepackage[hyperindex]{hyperref} - \newcommand*{\main}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}} - ... - \index{Some example|main} - * Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use - package robustindex with hyperindex=false. - * Other encap characters can be set by option "encap". - Example for use of "?": - \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref} - * An other possibility is the insertion of \hyperpage by - a style file for makeindex. For this case, hyperref's - insertion will be disabled by "hyperindex=false". - \hyperpage will be defined regardless of setting of hyperindex. - -%%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% -delim_0 ", \\hyperpage{" -delim_1 ", \\hyperpage{" -delim_2 ", \\hyperpage{" -delim_n "}, \\hyperpage{" -delim_t "}" -encap_prefix "}\\" -encap_infix "{\\hyperpage{" -encap_suffix "}" -%%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% - -Warning "bookmark level for unknown defaults to 0" ------------------------------------------------------------ - Getting rid of it: - -\makeatletter -\providecommand*{\toclevel@}{0} -\makeatother - -Link anchors in figures ------------------------ - The caption command increments the counter and here is the - place where hyperref set the corresponding anchor. Unhappily - the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not - visible if a link jumps to a figure. - In this cases, try package "hypcap.sty" that implements - a method to circumvent the problem. - -Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -\documentclass[pdftex]{article} -\usepackage[unicode]{hyperref} - -% Support for additional unicode characters: -% -% Example: \.{a} and \d{a} -% -% 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: -% http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt -% -% 2. Identify the characters (\.{a}, \d{a}): -% -% 0227;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT ABOVE;... -% 1EA1;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT BELOW;... -% -% 3. Calculate the octal code: -% The first characters of the line in the file are -% hex values, convert each byte and prepend them -% with a backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.) -% -% 0227 -> \002\047 -% 1EA1 -> \036\241 -% -% 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref: -% -% Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, -% this is marked by "9" (8 and 9 cannot occur in -% octal numbers): -% -% \002\047 -> \9002\047 -% \036\241 -> \9036\241 -% -% Optional: "8" is used for abbreviations: -% \900 = \80, \901 = \81, \902 = \82, ... -% -% \9002\047 -> \82\047 -% -% 5. Declare the character with LaTeX: -% -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{a}{\82\047} -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\d}{PU}{a}{\9036\241} - -\begin{document} -\section{\={a}, \d{a}, \'{a}, \.{a}} -\end{document} - -Footnotes ---------- - The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope - to use \footnotemark and \footnotetext out of order or reusing - \footnotemark. Here you can either disable hyperref's footnote - support by "hyperfootnotes=false" or fiddle with internal macros, - nasty examples: - -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\begin{document} -Hello% -\footnote{The first footnote} -World% -\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}% -\addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}% -\footnotemark. -\end{document} - - or - -\documentclass{article} - -\usepackage{hyperref} - -\begin{document} - -\makeatletter - -A% - \footnotemark - \let\saved@Href@A\Hy@footnote@currentHref - % remember link name -B% - \footnotemark - \let\saved@Href@B\Hy@footnote@currentHref -b% - \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}% - \addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}% generate the same anchor - \footnotemark -C% - \footnotemark - \let\saved@Href@C\Hy@footnote@currentHref - - \addtocounter{footnote}{-2}% - \let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@A -\footnotetext{AAAA}% - \addtocounter{footnote}{1}% - \let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@B -\footnotetext{BBBBB}% - \addtocounter{footnote}{1}% - \let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@C -\footnotetext{CCCC}% - -\end{document} - -Subordinate counters --------------------- - Some counters do not have unique values and require the value - of other counters to be unique. For example, sections or figures - might be numbered within chapters or \newtheorem is used with - an optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses \@addtoreset - to reset a counter in dependency to another counter. Package - hyperref hooks into \@addtoreset to catch this situation. - Also \numberwithin of package amsmath is catched by hyperref. - - However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place - before hyperref is loaded, the old meaning of \@addtoreset is - called without hyperref's additions. Then the companion counter - macro \theH can be redefined accordingly. Or move the - definition of subordinate counters after hyperref is loaded. - - Example for \newtheorem, problematic case: - \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section] - \usepackage{hyperref} - Solution a) - \usepackage{hyperref} - \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section} - Solution b) - \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section] - \usepackage{hyperref} - \newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}} - - -9 AUTHORS/MAINTAINERS -===================== - -* Sebastian Rahtz (died 2016) -* Heiko Oberdiek - - -10 BUG REPORTS -============== - -A bug report should contain: -* Comprehensive problem description. This includes error or - warning messages. - * \errorcontextlines=\maxdimen can be added in the TeX code - to get more informations in TeX error messages. -* Minimal test file that shows the problem, but does not - contain any unnecessary packages and code. -* Used drivers/programs. -* Version information about used packages and programs. - * If you are using LaTeX, then add "\listfiles". Then - a list of version informations is printed at the end - of the LaTeX run. -* Please no other files than the minimal test file. - The other files .log, .dvi, .ps, .pdf are seldom necessary, - so send them only on request. - -Bug address ------------ -A bug tracker is available at github: - https://github.com/ho-tex/oberdiek/issues -Alternatively bug reports can be send to the support group public email list: - - -Vietnamese part ---------------- -Responsible for the Vietnamese translations of the -\autoref names and puvnenc.def are: - Han The Thanh - Reinhard Kotucha - -Arabic part ------------ -Responsible for the additions to PU encoding for Arabi is - Youssef Jabri - - -11 KNOWN PROBLEMS -================= - -* (half-done) hyper images (link from thumbnail in text) -* Relative links are not sorted out or documented well. - For PDF generation: - * With baseurl: all links are considered relative to this URL. - * Without baseurl: a relative link without "file:" can be - achieved by: - \begingroup - \hypersetup{linkfileprefix={}}% - \href{../foo/bar.html}{bar.html} - \endgroup -* ... - - -12 TODO -======= - -* modules -* bookmark organisation -* documentation -* PDF threads -* more for PDF forms - * per object setting - * vary gap between text and box -* PostScript driver: the current implementation doesn't relly support - nested links. The start positions should be remembered in a stack, - but there are complications with page breaks. -* ... - - -13 VERSIONS IN TEX DISTRIBUTIONS -================================ - -TeX Live --------- -* TL 2016: 2016/05/05 v6.83n (at time of first release) -* TL 2011: 2011/04/17 v6.82g (at time of first release) -* TL 2010: 2010/06/18 v6.81g (at time of first release) -* TL 2009: 2009/10/09 v6.79a (at time of first release) -* TL 2008: 2008/08/14 v6.78f (at time of first release) -* TL 2007: 2007/02/07 v6.75r -* TL 2005: 2003/11/30 v6.74m -* TL 2004: 2003/11/30 v6.74m -* TL 2003: 2003/09/15 v6.74i -* TL 7 (2002): 2002/05/27 v6.72r -* TL 6b (2001): 2001/05/26 v6.71g -* TL 5d (2000): 2000/07/02 v6.70m -* TL 5c (2000): 2000/05/08 v6.70f -* TL 4 (1999): 1999/04/13 v6.56 -* TL 3 (1998): 1998/03/25 v6.19 - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..053fca439ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +# README for hyperref bundle +2018-09-30 + + +## INTRODUCTION + + +This package is used to emend cross-referencing commands in LaTeX to +produce some sort of \special commands; there are backends for the +\special set defined for HyperTeX dvi processors, for embedded pdfmark +commands for processing by Acrobat Distiller (dvips and dvipsone), for +dviwindo, for pdfTeX, for dvipdfm, for TeX4ht, and for VTEX's pdf and HTML +backends. + +Included are: + + 1. `hyperef' The main hyperlinking functionality. + 2. `backref' a package by David Carlisle to provide links back from + bibliography to the main text; these are hypertext links after using + hyperref. + 3. nameref' a package to allow reference to the *names* of sections rather + than their numbers. + +## DOWNLOAD + + +`hyperref' is available on CTAN: + CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ + +Also a ZIP file is provided that contains the files, already sorted +in a TDS tree: + CTAN:install/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref.tds.zip + +"CTAN:" means one of the `Comprehensive TeX Archive Network' +nodes or one of its mirrors. This is explained in + https://texfaq.org/FAQ-archives + +The main repository of hyperref is located at github + https://github.com/ho-tex/hyperref + + +## INSTALLATION + + +### Installation with ZIP file in TDS format + +The ZIP file `hyperref.tds.zip' contains the files sorted +in a TDS tree. Thus you can directly unpack the ZIP file +inside a TDS tree. (See CTAN:tds.zip for an explanation of TDS.) +Example: +``` + cd /...somewhere.../texmf + unzip /...downloadpath.../hyperref.tds.zip +``` +Do not forget to refresh the file name database of this TDS tree, +Example: +``` + texhash /...somewhere.../texmf +``` + +### Manual installation + + 1. Download the hyperref files from CTAN or the TUG server. + If necessary, unpack them. + 2. If directory `beta' exists, replace the files by the counterparts + in this directory, if you want to use the latest versions. + 3. Generate the package and driver files: + tex hyperref.ins + 4. Install the files `*.sty', `*.def', and `*.cfg' in your TDS tree: + cp *.sty *.def *.cfg TDS:tex/latex/hyperref/ + Replace `TDS:' by the prefix of your TDS tree (texmf directory). + The exception is bmhydoc.sty, it belongs to the source files + (TDS:source/latex/hyperref/). + 5. Copy the documentation files to "TDS:doc/latex/hyperref/": + manual.pdf, README, README.pdf, ChangeLog, ChangeLog.pdf, + slides.pdf, paper.pdf, options.pdf, hyperref.pdf, backref.pdf, + nameref.pdf (Also the HTML version of the manual can be put there.) + 6. Update the databases if necessary, eg. for teTeX: + mktexlsr .../texmf + +## AUTHORS/MAINTAINERS + + + * Sebastian Rahtz (died 2016) + * Heiko Oberdiek + * David Carlisle (via GitHub ho-tex origanisation) + + +## BUG REPORTS + + +A bug report should contain: + + * Comprehensive problem description. This includes error or + warning messages. + * \errorcontextlines=\maxdimen can be added in the TeX code + to get more informations in TeX error messages. + * Minimal test file that shows the problem, but does not + contain any unnecessary packages and code. + * Used drivers/programs. + * Version information about used packages and programs. + * If you are using LaTeX, then add "\listfiles". Then + a list of version informations is printed at the end + of the LaTeX run. + * Please no other files than the minimal test file. + The other files .log, .dvi, .ps, .pdf are seldom necessary, + so send them only on request. + +## Bug address + +A bug tracker is available at github: + https://github.com/ho-tex/oberdiek/issues + +Alternatively bug reports can be send to the support group public email list: + + +## Vietnamese part + +Responsible for the Vietnamese translations of the +\autoref names and puvnenc.def are: + Han The Thanh + Reinhard Kotucha + +## Arabic part + +Responsible for the additions to PU encoding for Arabi is + Youssef Jabri + + +## KNOWN PROBLEMS + + + * (half-done) hyper images (link from thumbnail in text) + * Relative links are not sorted out or documented well. + For PDF generation: + * With baseurl: all links are considered relative to this URL. + * Without baseurl: a relative link without "file:" can be + achieved by: + ``` + \begingroup + \hypersetup{linkfileprefix={}}% + \href{../foo/bar.html}{bar.html} + \endgroup + ``` + * ... + + +## TODO + + * modules + * bookmark organisation + * documentation + * PDF threads + * more for PDF forms + * per object setting + * vary gap between text and box + * PostScript driver: the current implementation doesn't relly support + nested links. The start positions should be remembered in a stack, + but there are complications with page breaks. + * ... + + +## VERSIONS IN TEX DISTRIBUTIONS + +| TeX Live | hyperref | comment | +| -------- | -------- | ------- | +| TL 2016 | 2016/05/05 v6.83n | (at time of first release) | +| TL 2011 | 2011/04/17 v6.82g | (at time of first release) | +| TL 2010 | 2010/06/18 v6.81g | (at time of first release) | +| TL 2009 | 2009/10/09 v6.79a | (at time of first release) | +| TL 2008 | 2008/08/14 v6.78f | (at time of first release) | +| TL 2007 | 2007/02/07 v6.75r | | +| TL 2005 | 2003/11/30 v6.74m | | +| TL 2004 | 2003/11/30 v6.74m | | +| TL 2003 | 2003/09/15 v6.74i | | +| TL 7 (2002) | 2002/05/27 v6.72r | | +| TL 6b (2001) | 2001/05/26 v6.71g | | +| TL 5d (2000) | 2000/07/02 v6.70m | | +| TL 5c (2000) | 2000/05/08 v6.70f | | +| TL 4 (1999) | 1999/04/13 v6.56 | | +| TL 3 (1998) | 1998/03/25 v6.19 | | + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 6ea4ea6aa18..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/backref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/backref.pdf index 87f1ace8df7..ea342ad4ae2 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/backref.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/backref.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index cd677b888fe..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.html index 1387156d966..b568eec95b0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.html @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-12">Sebastian Rahtz
Heiko Oberdiek
January 2017
+class="ec-lmr-12">September 2018

Contents

@@ -62,47 +62,216 @@ href="#x1-170004.1.2" id="QQ2-1-17">Replacement macros
 4.2 Utility macros
5 Acrobat-specific behavior +href="#x1-190005" id="QQ2-1-19">New Features +
 5.1 Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ +
 5.2 Field option ‘calculatesortkey’ +
 5.3 Option ‘localanchorname’ +
 5.4 Option ‘customdriver’ +
 5.5 Option ‘psdextra’ +
 5.6 \XeTeXLinkBox +
 5.7 \IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean +
 5.8 \unichar +
 5.9 \ifpdfstringunicode +
 5.10 Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage +
 5.11 Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’ +
 5.12 Option ‘pdfa’ +
 5.13 Option ‘linktoc’ added + +
 5.14 Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed +
 5.15 Flag options for PDF forms +
 5.16 Option ‘pdfversion’ +
 5.17 Field option ‘name’ +
 5.18 Option ‘pdfencoding’ +
 5.19 Color options/package hycolor +
 5.20 Option pdfusetitle +
 5.21 Starred form of \autoref +
 5.22 Link border style +
 5.23 Option "bookmarksdepth" +
 5.24 Option "pdfescapeform" +
 5.25 Default driver setting +
 5.26 Backref entries +
 5.27 \phantomsection
6 PDF and HTML forms -
 6.1 Forms environment parameters -
 6.2 Forms optional parameters +href="#x1-470006" id="QQ2-1-47">Acrobat-specific behavior
7 Defining a new driver +href="#x1-480007" id="QQ2-1-48">PDF and HTML forms +
 7.1 Forms environment parameters +
 7.2 Forms optional parameters
8 Special support for other packages +href="#x1-510008" id="QQ2-1-51">Defining a new driver
9 History and acknowledgments +href="#x1-520009" id="QQ2-1-52">Special support for other packages +
 9.1 Package Compatibility +
  9.1.1 algorithm +
  9.1.2 amsmath +
  9.1.3 amsrefs +
  9.1.4 arydshln, longtable +
  9.1.5 babel/magyar.ldf +
  9.1.6 babel/spanish.ldf +
  9.1.7 bibentry +
  9.1.8 bigfoot +
  9.1.9 chappg +
  9.1.10 cite +
  9.1.11 count1to +
  9.1.12 dblaccnt +
  9.1.13 easyeqn +
  9.1.14 ellipsis +
  9.1.15 float +
  9.1.16 endnotes +
  9.1.17 foiltex +
  9.1.18 footnote +
  9.1.19 geometry +
  9.1.20 IEEEtran.cls +
  9.1.21 index +
  9.1.22 lastpage +
  9.1.23 linguex +
  9.1.24 ltabptch +
  9.1.25 mathenv +
  9.1.26 minitoc-hyper +
  9.1.27 multind +
  9.1.28 natbib +
  9.1.29 nomencl +
  9.1.30 parskip +
  9.1.31 prettyref + +
  9.1.32 ntheorem +
  9.1.33 setspace +
  9.1.34 sidecap +
  9.1.35 subfigure +
  9.1.36 titleref +
  9.1.37 tabularx +
  9.1.38 titlesec +
  9.1.39 ucs/utf8x.def +
  9.1.40 varioref +
  9.1.41 verse +
  9.1.42 vietnam +
  9.1.43 XeTeX
10 GNU Free Documentation License +href="#x1-9700010" id="QQ2-1-97">Limitiations
 10.1 Applicability and definitions +href="#x1-9800010.1" id="QQ2-1-98">Wrapped/broken link support
 10.2 Verbatim copying +href="#x1-9900010.2" id="QQ2-1-99">Links across pages
 10.3 Copying in quantity -
 10.4 Modifications -
 10.5 Combining documents -
 10.6 Collections of documents - -
 10.7 Aggregation with independent works -
 10.8 Translation -
 10.9 Termination -
 10.10 Future revisions of this license +href="#x1-10000010.3" id="QQ2-1-100">Footnotes +
11 Hints +
 11.1 Spaces in option values +
 11.2 Index with makeindex +
 11.3 Warning "bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0" +
 11.4 Link anchors in figures +
 11.5 Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries: +
 11.6 Footnotes +
 11.7 Subordinate counters +
12 History and acknowledgments +
13 GNU Free Documentation License +
 13.1 Applicability and definitions +
 13.2 Verbatim copying +
 13.3 Copying in quantity +
 13.4 Modifications +
 13.5 Combining documents +
 13.6 Collections of documents +
 13.7 Aggregation with independent works +
 13.8 Translation +
 13.9 Termination +
 13.10 Future revisions of this license -

+

1 Introduction

-

The package derives from, and builds on, the work of the HyperTEX project, described at +

The package derives from, and builds on, the work of the HyperTEX project, described at http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertex/. It extends the functionality of all the LATEX cross-referencing @@ -111,7 +280,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special commands which a driver can turn into hypertext links; it also provides new commands to allow the user to write ad hoc hypertext links, including those to external documents and URLs. -

This manual provides a brief overview of the

This manual provides a brief overview of the hyperref package. For more details, you should read the additional documentation distributed with the package, as well as the complete documentation by processing EX Web Companion, where you will find additional examples. -

The HyperTEX specification

The HyperTEX specification1 says that conformant viewers/translators must recognize the following set of html:<base href = "href_string"> -

The

The href, name and end commands are used to do the basic hypertext operations of establishing links @@ -178,7 +349,7 @@ The base_name command is be used to communicate to the DVI viewer the full (URL) location of the current document so that files specified by relative URLs may be retrieved correctly. -

The

The href and name commands must be paired with an end command later in the TURL#name_string). Here href_string is a valid URL or local identifier, while name_string could be any string at all: the only caveat is that ‘"’ - +class="ec-lmvtt-10">"’ characters should be escaped with a backslash (\), and if it looks like a URL name it may cause problems. -

However, the drivers intended to produce

However, the drivers intended to produce only PDF use literal PostScript or PDF \special commands. The commands are defined in configuration files for different drivers, selected by package @@ -246,6 +416,8 @@ class="description">a special case of output suitable for processing by earlier writer; this is basically the same as that for dvips, but a few variations remained before version 5.21 + +

tex4ht
EX, H class="E">EX variant that writes PDF directly
luatex
luaTEX, Unicode TEX variant that writes PDF directly +
+dvipdfm
produces \special commands for Mark Wicks’ DVI to PDF driver xetex
produces \special commands for XeTEX
-

Output from

Output from dvips or dvipsone must be processed using Acrobat Distiller to obtain a PDF file.TEX \special commands is that you can also use the document in hypertext DVI viewers, such as xdvi. - +class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi.

driverfallback
If a driver is not given and cannot be autodetected, then us value to this option driverfallback. Example:
-

driverfallback=dvipdfm

-

Autodetected drivers (

Autodetected drivers (pdftex, xetex, vtex, hyperref uses the driver, given by driverfallback. If the driver is already specified or can be autodetected, then option driverfallback is ignored.

+ +

2 Implicit behavior

-

This package can be used with more or less any normal LAT

This package can be used with more or less any normal LATEX document by specifying in the document preamble @@ -352,8 +531,8 @@ document preamble

\usepackage{hyperref}
-

-

Make sure it comes

+

Make sure it comes last of your loaded packages, to give it a fighting chance of not being over-written, since its job is to redefine many LATEX commands. Hopefully you will find that all cross-references @@ -363,7 +542,7 @@ whereas \section* commands will only show links when paired with a corresponding \addcontentsline command. -

In addition, the

In addition, the hyperindex option (see below) attempts to make items in the index by hyperlinked back to the text, and the option backref inserts extra ‘back’ links into the bibliography for each entry. @@ -371,10 +550,10 @@ Other options control the appearance of links, and give extra control over PDF o colorlinks, as its name well implies, colors the links instead of using boxes; this is the option used in this document. -

+

3 Package options

-

All user-configurable aspects of

All user-configurable aspects of hyperref are set using a single ‘key=value’ scheme (using the keyval package) with the key \hypersetup macro. When the package is loaded, a file hyperref.cfg is read if it can be found, and this is a convenient place to set options on a site-wide basis. -

As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by: +

Note however that some options (for example unicode) can only be used as packge options, and not +in \hypersetup as the option settings are processed as the package is read. +

As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by:

  • a site-wide hyperref.cfg setting up the look of links, adding backreferencing, and setting a @@ -397,7 +580,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg setting up the look of links, adding bac  
    pdfpagemode=FullScreen,  
    colorlinks=true} -

    +

  • A global option in the file, which is passed down to hyperref: @@ -406,7 +589,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref:
    \documentclass[dvips]{article}
    -

    +

  • File-specific options in the \usepackage commands, which override the ones set in @@ -418,8 +601,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg: \usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref}  
    \hypersetup{pdftitle={A Perfect Day}} -

-

As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, …) should be set after the +

+

As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, …) should be set after the package is loaded. Otherwise LATEX expands the values of these options prematurely. Also LAT\hypersetup. \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref}  
\hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0} -

-

Package ‘kvoptions-patch’ patches LAT

+

Package ‘kvoptions-patch’ patches LATEX to make it aware of key value options and to prevent premature value expansions. -

Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before

Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before \begin{document}, only in \usepackage[...]{hyperref}, before first use, etc. -

In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value +

In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value true if used. These are the ones classed as ‘boolean’. The values true and false can always be specified, however. -

+

3.1 General options

-

Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size. -

+

Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size. +

-

+

3.2 Options for destination names

-

Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a +

Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a page in the document. They are used in link targets for inner document links or the bookmarks, for example. -

Usually anchor are set, if

Usually anchor are set, if \refstepcounter is called. Thus there is a counter name and value. Both are used to construct the destination name. By default the counter value follows the counter name separated by a dot. Example for the fourth chapter:

-

chapter.4

-

This scheme is used by: +

This scheme is used by:

\autoref
\hyperpage
is used by the index to get page links. Page anchor setting (pageanchor) must not be turned off.
-

It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share +

It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share the same name. The counter value \the<counter> is not always unique for the counter. For example, table and figures can be numbered inside the chapter without having the chapter number in their @@ -568,7 +751,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">table.2.4 is unique because it has used \theHtable that gives 2.4 in this case. -

Often the user do not need to set

Often the user do not need to set \theH<counter>. Defaults for standard cases (chapter, …) are provided. And after hyperref is loaded, new counters with parent counters also define \@addtoreset or \numberwithin of package amsmath are used. -

Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of +

Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of \theH<counter>. If option hypertexnames is disabled, then a unique artificial number is used instead of @@ -588,11 +771,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages the page anchors use the arabic form. In both latter cases \hyperpage for index links is affected and might not work properly. -

If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, …) or

If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, …) or \phantomsection is used, then the dummy counter name section* and an artificial unique number is used. -

If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash, +

If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash, because both documents might contain chapter.1 or page.1. Also \renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{\jobname-#1} -

-

In document

+

In document docA the destination name chapter.2 becomes docA-chapter.2. -

Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or +

Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or changed them), for example:

@@ -623,8 +806,8 @@ changed them), for example:
http://somewhere/path/file.pdf#nameddest=chapter.4
-

-

However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is +

+

However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is very difficult to pass a new name for the destination to the anchor setting process that is usually deep hidden in the internals. The first name of \label after the anchor setting seems a good @@ -636,8 +819,8 @@ approximation:   \section{Introduction}  
  \label{intro} -

-

Option

+

Option destlabel checks for each \label, if there is a new destination name active and replaces the destination name by the label name. Because the destination name is already in use because of the @@ -659,8 +842,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10">all destination names:  
  \jobname-\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%  
} -

-

The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding

+

The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding \label is more complicate, because \HyperDestLabelReplace needs the unmodified destination name as argument. This is solved by an @@ -684,12 +867,12 @@ LuaTEX):  
}  
\makeatother -

-

With option

+

With option destlabel destinations can also named manually, if the destination is not yet renamed:

-

\HyperDestRename{destinationnewname}

-

Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by

Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by \hypertarget. -

+

-

+

3.3 Configuration options

-

+

boolean
true -

In the hypertex driver, the height of links is +

In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally calculated by the driver as simply the base line of contained text; this options forces boolean

false -

Allows link text to break across lines; since +

Allows link text to break across lines; since this cannot be accommodated in PDF, it is only set true by default if the pdftex driver is used. This makes links on multiple lines into @@ -825,7 +1008,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean

true -

Determines whether every page is given an +

Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor at the top left corner. If this is turned off, \printindex will not contain valid @@ -838,7 +1021,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean

false -

Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently +

Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this.

-

Note for option

Note for option breaklinks: The correct value is automatically set according to the driver features. It can be overwritten for drivers that do not support broken links. However, at any case, the link area will be wrong and displaced. -

+

3.4 Backend drivers

-

If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order: +

If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order:

  1. Autodetection, some T\Hy@defaultdriver. The macro takes a driver file name
  2. Package default is hypertex.
-

Many distributions are using a driver file

Many distributions are using a driver file hypertex.cfg that define \Hy@defaultdriver with hdvips. This @@ -893,166 +1076,165 @@ is recommended because driver dvips provides much more features than hypertex for PDF generation. -

- - +class="td10"> +

Its value is used as driver option + +

+class="td01"> +class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm driver. +class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx driver. +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips driver. +class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone driver. +class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo Windows previewer. +class="E">EX-compliant drivers. +class="td10"> +

Redefines a few macros for compatibility with latex2html.

+class="td10"> +

An alias for dvips

+class="td10"> +

An alias for dvips

+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex program. +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips. +class="ec-lmss-10">4ht +class="td10"> +

For use with Textures

+ automatically. +class="td10"> +

For use with VTeX’s PostScript backend.

+class="td10"> +

For use with XeTEX(using backend for dvipdfm).

+class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01">
driverfallback -

Its value is used as driver option

-

if the driver is not given or autodetected.

+

if the driver is not given or autodetected.

dvipdfm -

Sets up +

Sets up hyperref for use with the dvipdfm driver.

dvipdfmx -

Sets up +

Sets up hyperref for use with the dvipdfmx driver.

dvips -

Sets up +

Sets up hyperref for use with the dvips driver.

dvipsone -

Sets up +

Sets up hyperref for use with the dvipsone driver.

dviwindo -

Sets up +

Sets up hyperref for use with the dviwindo Windows previewer.

hypertex -

Sets up +

Sets up hyperref for use with the HyperTEX-compliant drivers.

latex2html -

Redefines a few macros for compatibility with latex2html.

nativepdf -

An alias for dvips

pdfmark -

An alias for dvips

pdftex -

Sets up +

Sets up hyperref for use with the pdftex program.

ps2pdf -

Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript’s PDF writer, +class="td10"> +

Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript’s PDF writer, otherwise identical to dvips.

tex4ht -

For use with +

For use with TEX4ht

textures -

For use with Textures

vtex -

For use with MicroPress’ +

For use with MicroPress’ VTeX; the PDF and HTML backends are detected - automatically.

vtexpdfmark -

For use with VTeX’s PostScript backend.

xetex -

For use with XeTEX(using backend for dvipdfm).

-

If you use

If you use dviwindo, you may need to redefine the macro \wwwbrowser (the default is   Files\string\Plus!\string\Microsoft\space  
  Internet\string\iexplore.exe} -

-

+

+

3.5 Extension options

-

+class="td10"> +

Set the file extension (e.g. dvi) + which will be appended to file links + created if you use the xr package.

+class="td10"> +

+class="ec-lmvtt-10">false. If no value is + given, section is taken as default. +class="td10"> +

Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of + each item in the bibliography, as a + list of page numbers.

+class="td10"> +

Makes the page numbers of index + entries into hyperlinks. Relays on + unique page anchors (pageanchor, + …)

+class="td10"> +

Makes the footnote marks into + hyperlinks to the footnote text. + Easily broken …

+class="td10"> +

Sets encap character for hyperindex

+class="ec-lmvtt-10">none) + be link on TOC, LOF and LOT +class="td10"> +

make page number, not text, be link + on TOC, LOF and LOT

+class="td10"> +

allow links to break over lines by + making links over multiple lines into + PDF links to the same target

+class="td10"> +

Colors the text of links and anchors. + The colors chosen depend on the + the type of link. At present the + only types of link distinguished are + citations, page references, URLs, + local file references, and other links. + Unlike colored boxes, the colored + text remains when printing.

+class="td10"> +

Color for normal internal links.

+class="td10"> +

Color for anchor text.

+class="td10"> +

Color for bibliographical citations in + text.

+class="td10"> +

Color for URLs which open local + files.

+class="td10"> +

Color for Acrobat menu items.

+class="td10"> +

Color for run links (launch + annotations).

+class="td10"> +

Color for linked URLs.

+class="td10"> +

Set all color options (without border + and field options).

+class="td10"> +class="td10"> +

Use small caps instead of color for + links.

+class="td10"> +

Hide links (removing color and + border).

+class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01">
extension text -

Set the file extension (e.g. dvi) which - will be appended to file links created if - you use the xr package.

hyperfigures boolean -

backref text false -

Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each - item in the bibliography, as a list of - section numbers. This can only work - properly if there is a blank line after - each \bibitem. Supported values are - +

Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end + of each item in the bibliography, + as a list of section numbers. This + can only work properly if there is + a blank line after each \bibitem. + Supported values are section, slide, slide, + page, none, or false. If - no value is given, section is taken as - default.

pagebackref boolean false -

Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each - item in the bibliography, as a list of - page numbers.

hyperindex boolean true -

Makes the page numbers of index - entries into hyperlinks. Relays on - unique page anchors (pageanchor, …)

pageanchors and plainpages=false.
hyperfootnotes boolean true -

Makes the footnote marks into - hyperlinks to the footnote text. Easily - broken …

encap -

Sets encap character for hyperindex

linktoc text section -

make text (section), page number +class="td10"> +

make text (section), page number (page), both (all) or nothing (none) be - link on TOC, LOF and LOT

linktocpage boolean false -

make page number, not text, be link on - TOC, LOF and LOT

breaklinks boolean false -

allow links to break over lines by - making links over multiple lines into - PDF links to the same target

colorlinks boolean false -

Colors the text of links and anchors. - The colors chosen depend on the the - type of link. At present the only types - of link distinguished are citations, page - references, URLs, local file references, - and other links. Unlike colored boxes, - the colored text remains when printing.

linkcolor color red -

Color for normal internal links.

anchorcolor color black -

Color for anchor text.

citecolor color green -

Color for bibliographical citations in - text.

filecolor color cyan -

Color for URLs which open local files.

menucolor color red -

Color for Acrobat menu items.

runcolor color filecolor -

Color for run links (launch - annotations).

urlcolor color magenta -

Color for linked URLs.

allcolors color -

Set all color options (without border - and field options).

frenchlinks boolean false -

Use small caps instead of color for links.

hidelinks -

Hide links (removing color and border).

-

Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard +

Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard LATEX color package. -

+

3.6 PDF-specific display options

-

boolean +

to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic

@@ -1453,7 +1638,7 @@ class="td11"> name @@ -1465,7 +1650,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color +

The color of the box around citations

+

The color of the box around links to files

+

The color of the box around normal links

+

The color of the box around Acrobat menu links

+

The color of the box around links to URLs

+

Color of border around ‘run’ links

allbordercolors +

Set all border color options

true -

A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a +

A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a manner similar to the table of contents, requiring two passes of LATEX. Some postprocessing of @@ -1387,7 +1572,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean

false -

If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them +

If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them with all the subtrees expanded.

bookmarksopenlevel parameter -

level (

level (\maxdimen) to which bookmarks are open

boolean false -

If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include +

If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include section numbers.

text toc -

to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic

boolean false -

This option should be used to produce CJK +

This option should be used to produce CJK bookmarks. Package hyperref supports both normal and preprocessed mode of the CJK notably Acroread itself) support this. Also note that option ‘CJKbookmarks’ cannot be used together with option ‘unicode’. -

No mechanism is provided to +

No mechanism is provided to translate non-Unicode bookmarks to Unicode; for portable PDF documents only Unicode encoding should be used.

/I -

How link buttons behave when selected; /I is +

How link buttons behave when selected; /I is for inverse (the default); the other possibilities are /N (no effect), /O (outline), and /P (inset highlighting).

0 1 0 -

The color of the box around citations

RGB color 0 .5 .5 -

The color of the box around links to files

RGB color 1 0 0 -

The color of the box around normal links

RGB color 1 0 0 -

The color of the box around Acrobat menu links

RGB color 0 1 1 -

The color of the box around links to URLs

RGB color 0 .7 .7 -

Color of border around ‘run’ links

-

Set all border color options

0 0 1 -

The style of box around links; defaults to a box +

The style of box around links; defaults to a box with lines of 1pt thickness, but the colorlinks option resets it to produce no border.

-

Note that the color of link borders can be specified only as 3 numbers in the range 0..1, giving an -RGB color. You cannot use colors defined in TEX. Since version 6.76a this is no longer true. Especially -with the help of package

Note that the color of link borders can be specified only as 3 numbers in the range 0..1, giving an RGB +color. You cannot use colors defined in TEX. Since version 6.76a this is no longer true. Especially with +the help of package xcolor the usual color specifications of package (x)color can be used. For further information see description of package hycolor. -

The bookmark commands are stored in a file called

The bookmark commands are stored in a file called jobname.out. The files is not processed by LATEX so any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed; as an aid for -this, the EX so any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed; as an aid +for this, the .out file is not overwritten on the next TEX run if it is edited to contain the line -
+class="E">EX run if it is edited to contain the +line

\let\WriteBookmarks\relax
-

-

+

+

3.7 PDF display and information options

-

class="td01">baseurl +

Sets the base URL of the PDF document

class="td01">pdftitle +

Sets the document information Title field

+

Sets the document information Author field

+

Sets the document information Subject field

+

Sets the document information Creator field

+

Adds additional text to the document + information Producer field

+

Sets the document information Keywords field

+

Sets the document information Trapped entry.

@@ -1696,64 +1880,64 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">Unknown. style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-11-"> +

An empty value means, the entry is not set.

+

Sets the default PDF ‘view’ for each link

+

Set the startup page view

+

Set the startup page view of remote PDF files

class="td01">pdfpagescrop +

direction setting

class="td01">pdfduplex +

paper handling option for print dialog

+

resize document window to fit document size

+

PDF language identifier (RFC 3066)

+

make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible

+

page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode

+

number of printed copies

+

set layout of PDF pages

+

set PDF page labels

+

set PDF page transition style

+

set option for print dialog

+

set /PrintArea of viewer preferences

+

set /PrintClip of viewer preferences

+

set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences

class="td01">pdftoolbar +

make PDF toolbar visible

+

set /ViewArea of viewer preferences

+

set /ViewClip of viewer preferences

+

make PDF user interface elements visible

+

Unicode encoded PDF strings

style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-45-">
-

URL

URL

-

Sets the base URL of the PDF document

pdfpagemode -

text

text

empty -

Determines how the file is opening in +

Determines how the file is opening in Acrobat; the possibilities are UseNone, UseOutlines is used.

-

text

text

-

Sets the document information Title field

pdfauthor -

text

text

-

Sets the document information Author field

pdfsubject -

text

text

-

Sets the document information Subject field

pdfcreator -

text

text

-

Sets the document information Creator field

pdfproducer addtopdfproducer -

text

text

-

Sets the document information Producer field

pdfkeywords -

text

text

-

Sets the document information Keywords field

pdftrapped -

text

text

empty -

Sets the document information Trapped entry.

-

-

Possible values are

Possible values are True, False and Unknown.

-

-

An empty value means, the entry is not set.

pdfinfo -

key +

key value list

empty -

Alternative interface for setting the document +

Alternative interface for setting the document information.

pdfview -

text

text

XYZ -

Sets the default PDF ‘view’ for each link

pdfstartpage -

text

text

1 -

Determines on which page the PDF file is +

Determines on which page the PDF file is opened.

pdfstartview -

text

text

Fit -

Set the startup page view

pdfremotestartview -

text

text

Fit -

Set the startup page view of remote PDF files

-

n +

n n n n

-

Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This +

Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This should be a set of four numbers

pdfcenterwindow -

boolean

boolean

false -

position the document window in the center +

position the document window in the center of the screen

pdfdirection -

text

text

empty -

direction setting

pdfdisplaydoctitle -

boolean

boolean

false -

display document title instead of file name in +

display document title instead of file name in title bar

-

text

text

empty -

paper handling option for print dialog

pdffitwindow -

boolean

boolean

false -

resize document window to fit document size

pdflang -

text

text

relax -

PDF language identifier (RFC 3066)

pdfmenubar -

boolean

boolean

true -

make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible

pdfnewwindow -

boolean

boolean

false -

make links that open another PDF file start a +

make links that open another PDF file start a new window

pdfnonfullscreenpagemode -

boolean

boolean

empty -

page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode

pdfnumcopies -

integer

integer

empty -

number of printed copies

pdfpagelayout -

text

text

empty -

set layout of PDF pages

pdfpagelabels -

boolean

boolean

true -

set PDF page labels

pdfpagetransition -

text

text

empty -

set PDF page transition style

pdfpicktraybypdfsize -

text

text

empty -

set option for print dialog

pdfprintarea -

text

text

empty -

set /PrintArea of viewer preferences

pdfprintclip -

text

text

empty -

set /PrintClip of viewer preferences

pdfprintpagerange -

n +

n n (n n)*

empty -

set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences

pdfprintscaling -

text

text

empty -

page scaling option for print dialog (option +

page scaling option for print dialog (option /PrintScaling of viewer preferences, PDF 1.6); valid values are None and AppDefault

-

boolean

boolean

true -

make PDF toolbar visible

pdfviewarea -

text

text

empty -

set /ViewArea of viewer preferences

pdfviewclip -

text

text

empty -

set /ViewClip of viewer preferences

pdfwindowui -

boolean

boolean

true -

make PDF user interface elements visible

unicode -

boolean

boolean

false -

Unicode encoded PDF strings

-

Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, -which is not the same as TEX’s. The unit is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also -\hypercalcbp that is explained on page 43. pdfT

Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, which +is not the same as TEX’s. The unit is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also \hypercalcbp +that is explained on page 46. pdfTEX works by supplying default values for XYZ -(horizontal × vertical XYZ (horizontal × +vertical × zoom) and FitBH. However, drivers using pdfmark do not supply defaults, so @@ -2050,9 +2234,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview, pdfstartview and pdfremotestartview parameters. -

+ page. +class="td10"> +

Fits the page to the window.

+class="td10"> +

Fits the width of the page to the window.

+class="td10"> +

Fits the height of the page to the window.

+class="td10"> +

Fits the rectangle specified by the four + coordinates to the window.

+class="td10"> +

Fits the page bounding box to the window.

+class="td10"> +

Fits the width of the page bounding box to + the window.

+class="td10"> +

Fits the height of the page bounding box to + the window.

+class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td10">
XYZ left top zoom -

Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one +class="td10"> +

Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one is null, the source link value is used. null null null will give the same values as the current - page.

Fit -

Fits the page to the window.

FitH top -

Fits the width of the page to the window.

FitV left -

Fits the height of the page to the window.

FitR left bottom right top -

Fits the rectangle specified by the four - coordinates to the window.

FitB -

Fits the page bounding box to the window.

FitBH top -

Fits the width of the page bounding box to - the window.

FitBV left -

Fits the height of the page bounding box to - the window.

-

The

The pdfpagelayout can be one of the following values. -

+class="td10"> +

Displays a single page; advancing flips the page

+class="td10"> +

Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling.

+class="td10"> +

Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to + the left.

+class="td10"> +

Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to + the right.

+class="td10"> +

Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF + 1.5).

+class="td10"> +

Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF + 1.5).

+class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01">
SinglePage -

Displays a single page; advancing flips the page

OneColumn -

Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling.

TwoColumnLeft -

Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to - the left.

TwoColumnRight -

Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to - the right.

TwoPageLeft -

Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF - 1.5).

TwoPageRight -

Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF - 1.5).

-

Finally, the

Finally, the pdfpagetransition can be one of the following values, where /Di stands for direction of motion in degrees, generally in 90Blinds /Dm /V), and /M is for motion, either in (/I) or out (/O). -

+class="td10"> +

Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep + in the same direction to reveal the new page.

+class="td10"> +

A box sweeps in or out.

+class="td10"> +

The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal + the new page.

+class="td10"> +

Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the + screen.

+class="td10"> +

Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.

+class="td10"> +

A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new + page.

+class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td10">
Blinds /Dm -

Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep - in the same direction to reveal the new page.

Box /M -

A box sweeps in or out.

Dissolve -

The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal - the new page.

Glitter /Di -

Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the - screen.

Split /Dm /M -

Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.

Wipe /Di -

A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new - page.

-

+

3.8 Option pdfinfo

-

The information entries can be set using

The information entries can be set using pdftitle, pdfsubject, …. Option pdfinfo provides an alternative @@ -2324,15 +2505,14 @@ strings (see PDF specification). Example:  
  }  
} -

-

+

+

3.9 Big alphabetical list

-

The following is a complete listing of available options for

The following is a complete listing of available options for hyperref, arranged alphabetically. -

anchorcolor +

set color of anchors

+

do bibliographical back references

+

set base URL for document

+

make bookmarks

+

put section numbers in bookmarks

+

open up bookmark tree

+

level to which bookmarks are open

+

to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic

+

allow links to break over lines

+

to produce CJK bookmarks

+

color of border around cites

+

color of citation links

+

color links

debug - - +

do not do any hyperlinking +

+

to set encap character for hyperindex

+

suffix of linked files

+

color of border around file links

+

color of file links

+

opposite of option draft

+

use small caps instead of color for links

+

make figures hyper links

+

set up hyperlinked footnotes

+

set up hyperlinked indices

+

use guessable names for links

+

color of border around links

+

color of links

+

make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT

+

color of border around menu links

@@ -2690,7 +2869,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">menucolor +

color for menu links

+

allow nesting of links

+

put an anchor on every page

- - +

backreference by page number

+

text for PDF Author field + +

+

width of PDF link border

+

text for PDF Creator field

+

+

direction setting

+

display document title instead of file name in + title bar

+

paper handling option for print dialog

+

resize document window to fit document size

+

set highlighting of PDF links

+

alternative interface for setting document + information

+

text for PDF Keywords field

+

PDF language identifier (RFC 3066)

+

an alias for dvips

+

make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible

+

make links that open another PDF

+

file start a new window

+

page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode

+

number of printed copies

+

set layout of PDF pages

+

set default mode of PDF display

+

set PDF page labels

+

set crop size of PDF document

+

set PDF page transition style

+

set option for print dialog

+

set /PrintArea of viewer preferences

+

set /PrintClip of viewer preferences

- - +

set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences

+

page scaling option for print dialog + +

+

text for PDF Producer field

+

starting view of remote PDF documents

+

page at which PDF document opens

+

starting view of PDF document

+

text for PDF Subject field

- +

text for PDF Title field

+

make PDF toolbar visible

+ +

set /ViewArea of viewer preferences

+

set /ViewClip of viewer preferences

+

make PDF user interface elements visible

+

do page number anchors as plain Arabic

- +

color of border around ‘run’ links

+

color of ‘run’ links

+

set page size by special driver commands

+ +

color of border around URL links

+

color of URL links

+

be chatty

- + +class="td01"> - - +class="td01"> +class="td01"> - -
black -

set color of anchors

backref false -

do bibliographical back references

baseurl empty -

set base URL for document

bookmarks true -

make bookmarks

bookmarksnumbered false -

put section numbers in bookmarks

bookmarksopen false -

open up bookmark tree

bookmarksopenlevel \maxdimen -

level to which bookmarks are open

bookmarkstype toc -

to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic

breaklinks false -

allow links to break over lines

CJKbookmarks false -

to produce CJK bookmarks

citebordercolor 0 1 0 -

color of border around cites

citecolor green -

color of citation links

colorlinks false -

color links

true -

(

(tex4ht, dviwindo)

false -

provide details of anchors defined; same as +

provide details of anchors defined; same as verbose

destlabel false -

destinations are named by the first

destinations are named by the first \label after the anchor creation

draft false -

do not do any hyperlinking

dvipdfm -

use

use dvipdfm backend

dvipdfmx -

use

use dvipdfmx backend

dvips -

use

use dvips backend

dvipsone -

use

use dvipsone backend

dviwindo -

use

use dviwindo backend

encap -

to set encap character for hyperindex

extension dvi -

suffix of linked files

filebordercolor 0 .5 .5 -

color of border around file links

filecolor cyan -

color of file links

final true -

opposite of option draft

frenchlinks false -

use small caps instead of color for links

hyperfigures false -

make figures hyper links

hyperfootnotes true -

set up hyperlinked footnotes

hyperindex true -

set up hyperlinked indices

hypertex -

use

use HyperThypertexnames

true -

use guessable names for links

implicit true -

redefine LAT

redefine LATEX internals

latex2html -

use

use LATlinkbordercolor

1 0 0 -

color of border around links

linkcolor red -

color of links

linktoc section -

make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT

linktocpage false -

make page number, not text, be link on TOC, +

make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT

menubordercolor 1 0 0 -

color of border around menu links

red -

color for menu links

nativepdf false -

an alias for

an alias for dvips

naturalnames false -

use LAT

use LATEX-computed names for links

nesting false -

allow nesting of links

pageanchor true -

put an anchor on every page

pagebackref false -

backreference by page number

pdfauthor empty -

text for PDF Author field

pdfborder 0 0 1 -

width of PDF link border

0 0 0 -

(

(colorlinks)

pdfcenterwindow false -

position the document window in the center +

position the document window in the center of the screen

pdfcreator LaTeX with -

text for PDF Creator field

hyperref -

pdfdirection package empty -

pdfdirection pdfdisplaydoctitle empty false -

direction setting

pdfdisplaydoctitle pdfduplex false empty -

display document title instead of file name in - title bar

pdfduplex pdffitwindow empty false -

paper handling option for print dialog

pdffitwindow pdfhighlight false /I -

resize document window to fit document size

pdfhighlight pdfinfo /I empty -

set highlighting of PDF links

pdfinfo pdfkeywords empty -

alternative interface for setting document - information

pdfkeywords pdflang empty relax -

text for PDF Keywords field

pdflang pdfmark relax false -

PDF language identifier (RFC 3066)

pdfmark pdfmenubar false true -

an alias for dvips

pdfmenubar pdfnewwindow true false -

make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible

pdfnewwindow false -

make links that open another PDF

pdfnonfullscreenpagemode empty -

file start a new window

pdfnonfullscreenpagemode pdfnumcopies empty -

page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode

pdfnumcopies pdfpagelayout empty -

number of printed copies

pdfpagelayout pdfpagemode empty -

set layout of PDF pages

pdfpagemode pdfpagelabels empty true -

set default mode of PDF display

pdfpagelabels pdfpagescrop true empty -

set PDF page labels

pdfpagescrop pdfpagetransition empty -

set crop size of PDF document

pdfpagetransition pdfpicktraybypdfsize empty -

set PDF page transition style

pdfpicktraybypdfsize pdfprintarea empty -

set option for print dialog

pdfprintarea pdfprintclip empty -

set /PrintArea of viewer preferences

pdfprintclip pdfprintpagerange empty -

set /PrintClip of viewer preferences

pdfprintpagerange pdfprintscaling empty -

set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences

pdfprintscaling pdfproducer empty -

page scaling option for print dialog

pdfproducer pdfremotestartview empty Fit -

text for PDF Producer field

pdfremotestartview pdfstartpage Fit 1 -

starting view of remote PDF documents

pdfstartpage pdfstartview 1 Fit -

page at which PDF document opens

pdfstartview pdfsubject Fit empty -

starting view of PDF document

pdfsubject empty -

text for PDF Subject field

pdftex pdftex -

use

use pdfTEX backend

pdftitle pdftitle empty empty -

text for PDF Title field

pdftoolbar pdftoolbar true true -

make PDF toolbar visible

pdftrapped pdftrapped empty empty -

Sets the document information Trapped entry. +

Sets the document information Trapped entry. Possible values are True, False and Unknown. An empty value means, the entry is not set.

pdfview XYZ +

PDF ‘view’ when on link traversal

pdfview pdfviewarea XYZ empty -

PDF ‘view’ when on link traversal

pdfviewarea pdfviewclip empty empty -

set /ViewArea of viewer preferences

pdfviewclip pdfwindowui empty true -

set /ViewClip of viewer preferences

pdfwindowui plainpages true false -

make PDF user interface elements visible

plainpages false -

do page number anchors as plain Arabic

ps2pdf ps2pdf -

use

use ps2pdf backend

raiselinks raiselinks false false -

raise up links (for

raise up links (for HyperTEX backend)

runbordercolor runbordercolor 0 .7 .7 0 .7 .7 -

color of border around ‘run’ links

runcolor runcolor filecolor filecolor -

color of ‘run’ links

setpagesize setpagesize true true -

set page size by special driver commands

tex4ht tex4ht -

use

use TEX4ht backend

textures textures -

use

use Textures backend

unicode false +

Unicode encoded pdf strings

unicode urlbordercolor false 0 1 1 -

Unicode encoded pdf strings

urlbordercolor urlcolor 0 1 1 magenta -

color of border around URL links

urlcolor verbose magenta false -

color of URL links

verbose false -

be chatty

vtex vtex -

use

use VTeX backend

xetex xetex -

use

use XeTEX backend

-

+class="td01"> + + +

4 Additional user macros

-

If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are +

If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are provided: -

+

}{text}
-

The

The text is made a hyperlink to the URL; this must be a full URL (relative to the base URL, if that is defined). The special characters # and ˜ do not need to be escaped in any way. -

The optional argument

The optional argument options recognizes the hyperref options pdfremotestartview, pdfnewwindow @@ -3299,7 +3470,7 @@ class="description">Boolean key, if set to |true|, the URL should appen class="ec-lmvtk-10">nextactionraw:

The value of key |/Next| of action dictionaries, see PDF specification.
-

+

\url{URL}
-

Similar to

Similar to \href{URLURL}}. Depending on the driver \href also tries to detect the link type. Thus the result can be a url link, file link, … -

+

\nolinkurl{URL}
-

Write

Write URL in the same way as \url, without creating a hyperlink. -

+

{URL}
-

A base

A base URL is established, which is prepended to other specified URLs, to make it easier to write portable documents. -

+

}{text}
-

The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using

The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using text as the anchor. - - -

For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the

For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the text being ignored completely. -

+ + +

}{text}
-

A target area of the document (the

A target area of the document (the text) is marked, and given the name category.name -

+

}{text}
-

text is made into a link to URL#category.name -

+

]{text}
-

text is made into a link to the same place as \ref{label} would be linked. -

+

}{text}
-

+

}{text}
-

A simple internal link is created with

A simple internal link is created with \hypertarget, with two parameters of an anchor name, and anchor \hyperlink has two arguments, the name class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget, and the text which be used as the link on the page. -

Note that in HTML parlance, the

Note that in HTML parlance, the \hyperlink command inserts a notional # in front of each link, making it relative to the current testdocument; \href expects a full URL. -

+

\phantomsection
-

This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to

This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to \hypertarget{}{} with an automatically chosen anchor name. Often it is used in conjunction with \addcontentsline for sectionlike things (index, @@ -3496,10 +3667,10 @@ Example:  
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}  
\printindex -

-

Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, +

+

Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, not to a location before this page. -

+

\autoref class="ec-lmvtt-10">{label}
-

This is a replacement for the usual

This is a replacement for the usual \ref command that places a contextual label in front of the reference. This gives your users a bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g. ‘section 2’ instead of merely the number ‘2’). -

The label is worked out from the context of the original

The label is worked out from the context of the original \label command by hyperref by using the macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents using @@ -3522,136 +3693,136 @@ macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)def class="ec-lmvtt-10">\(re)newcommand; note that some of these macros are already defined in the standard document classes. The mixture of lowercase and uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the author’s practice. -

For each macro below,

For each macro below, hyperref checks \*autorefname before \*name. For instance, it looks for \figureautorefname before \figurename. -

+class="td10"> +

Default

+class="td10"> +

Figure

+class="td10"> +

Table

+class="td10"> +

Part

+class="td10"> +

Appendix

+class="td10"> +

Equation

+class="td10"> +

item

+class="td10"> +

chapter

+class="td10"> +

section

+class="td10"> +

subsection

+class="td10"> +

subsubsection

+class="td10"> +

paragraph

+class="td10"> +

footnote +

+class="td10"> +

Equation

+class="td10"> +

Theorem

+class="td10"> +

page

+class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01"> +class="td01">
Macro -

Default

\figurename -

Figure

\tablename -

Table

\partname -

Part

\appendixname -

Appendix

\equationname -

Equation

\Itemname -

item

\chaptername -

chapter

\sectionname -

section

\subsectionname -

subsection

\subsubsectionname -

subsubsection

\paragraphname -

paragraph

\Hfootnotename -

footnote

\AMSname -

Equation

\theoremname -

Theorem

\page -

page

-

Example for a redefinition if

Example for a redefinition if babel is used:

@@ -3662,8 +3833,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">babel is used:  
  \def\subsectionautorefname{Unterkapitel}%  
}
-

-

Hint:

+

Hint: \autoref works via the counter name that the reference is based on. Sometimes \autoref chooses the wrong name, if the counter is used for different things. For example, it happens with @@ -3703,8 +3874,8 @@ lemmas:  
 
\end{document} -

-

+

+

{label}
-

It replaces

It replaces \pageref and adds the name for page in front of the page reference. First \pageautorefname is checked before \pagename. -

For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a link, there +

For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a link, there are starred forms: -

+

\ref*{label}
-

+

{label}
-

+

\autoref*{label}
-

+

{label}
-

A typical use would be to write +

A typical use would be to write

\hyperref[other]{that nice section (\ref*{other}) we read before}
-

-

We want

+

We want \ref*{other} to generate the correct number, but not to form a link, since we do this ourselves with \hyperref. -

+

Xstring}
-

\pdfstringdef returns a macro containing the PDF string. (Currently this is done globally, but do not rely on it.) All the following tasks, definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them local: @@ -3844,29 +4015,46 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textbf, etc.

  • Support for \xspace provided by the xspace package
  • -

    In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in +

    In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko Oberdiek’s EuroTEX paper distributed with hyperref. -

    -

    4.1 Bookmark macros

    +

    +

    +
    \begin{NoHyper}\end{NoHyper}
    +

    Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we +can put in manually, or include in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything. +This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop hyperref playing havoc in the front +matter. -

    +

    +

    4.1 Bookmark macros

    +

    4.1.1 Setting bookmarks
    -

    Usually

    Usually hyperref automatically adds bookmarks for \section and similar macros. But they can also set manually. -

    -

    +

    \pdfbookmark[}{name}
    -

    creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the +

    creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the internal anchor name is used (in conjunction with level). Therefore the name must be unique (similar to \label). -

    -

    +

    \currentpdfbookmark{}{name}
    -

    creates a bookmark at the current level. -

    -

    creates a bookmark at the current level. +

    +

    \subpdfbookmark{}{name}
    -

    creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased +

    creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased by one. -

    -

    +

    \belowpdfbookmark{}{name}
    -

    creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current +

    creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current bookmark level has not changed. -

    Hint: Package bookmark replaces hyperref’s bookmark organization by a new algorithm: @@ -3938,21 +4126,23 @@ class="E">EX run is needed.

  • More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font).
  • Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).
  • -

    Therefore I recommend using this package. -

    +

    Therefore I recommend using this package. +

    4.1.2 Replacement macros
    -

    hyperref takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of commands like \section, which can contain things like math, colors, or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as is. -

    -

    +

    \texorpdfstring{}{PDFstring}
    -

    For example, +

    For example, +

    \section{Pythagoras: @@ -3976,8 +4167,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}  
    }  
    \section{\texorpdfstring{\textcolor{red}}{}{Red} Mars}
    -

    -

    +

    \pdfstringdef executes the hook before it expands the string. Therefore, you can use this hook to perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands. @@ -3989,8 +4180,8 @@ perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands.  
      \renewcommand{\mycommand}[1]{}%  
    } -

    -

    However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via

    +

    However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via \pdfstringdefDisableCommands, which adds its argument to the definition of \pdfstringdefPreHook (‘@’ can here be used as letter in command @@ -4004,23 +4195,23 @@ names):  
      \let\textcolor\@gobble  
    } -

    -

    +

    +

    4.2 Utility macros

    -

    -

    +

    \hypercalcbp{dimen specification}
    -

    \hypercalcbp takes a TEX dimen specification and converts it to bp and returns the number without the unit. This is useful for options     -\headheight-\headsep}  
    } -

    -

    The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner. -

    Note, for calculations you need either package

    +

    The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner. +

    Note, for calculations you need either package calc or ε-TEX. Nowadays the latter should automatically be enabled for LATEX formats. Users without ε-TEX, please, look in the source documentation hyperref.dtx for further limitations. -

    Also

    Also \hypercalcbp cannot be used in option specifications of \documentclass and \usepackage, because LATEX expands the option lists of these commands. However package hyperref is not yet loaded and an undefined control sequence error would arise. -

    +

    5 Acrobat-specific behavior

    -

    If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided -in the appropriate drivers: -

    -

    + id="x1-190005">New Features3 +

    5.1 Option ‘pdflinkmargin’

    +

    Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this. +Default is 1 pt for supporting drivers. +

    +

    +pdfTeX
    +
      +
    • The link area also depends on the surrounding box. +
    • +
    • Settings have local effect. +
    • +
    • When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all + links on the page.
    +
    +pdfmark
    +
      +
    • Settings have global effect.
    +
    +Other drivers
    Unsupported.
    + + +

    +

    5.2 Field option ‘calculatesortkey’

    +

    Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values +depend on other calculated fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation order +can be specified with option ‘calculatesortkey’. Its value is used as key to lexicographically sort the +calculated fields. The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same key are sorted in +document order. +

    Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX. +

    +

    5.3 Option ‘localanchorname’

    +

    When an anchor is set (e.g. via \refstepcounter, then the anchor name is globally set to the current +anchor name. +

    For example: + + +

    +    \section{Foobar} + 
        \begin{equation}\end{equation} + 
        \label{sec:foobar} +
    +

    With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the +equation before. With option ‘localanchorname’ the anchor of the equation is forgotten after the +environment and the reference ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the section title. +

    Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor +name is not available as expected. +

    +

    5.4 Option ‘customdriver’

    +

    The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file +must have \ProvidesFile with a version date and number that match the date and number of ‘hyperref’, +otherwise a warning is given. +

    Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and +quite messy, the option is mainly intended to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver +part. +

    +

    5.5 Option ‘psdextra’

    +

    LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF +information entries). Many math command names (\geq, \notin, ...) are not in control of NFSS, +therefore they are defined with prefix ‘text’ (\textgeq, \textnotin, ...). They can be mapped to short +names during the processing to PDF strings. The disadvantage is that they are many hundreds macros +that need to be redefined for each PDF string conversion. Therefore this can be enabled or disabled +as option ‘psdextra’. On default the option is turned off (set to ‘false’). Turning the option +on means that the short names are available. Then \geq can directly be used instead of +\textgeq. +

    +

    5.6 \XeTeXLinkBox

    +

    When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only +at the character glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then it does not generate a link +annotation. Macro \XeTeXLinkBox puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left and +upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified by setting it to the dimen register +\XeTeXLinkMargin. The default is 2pt. +

    Example: + + +

    +    % xelatex + 
        \documentclass{article} + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} + 
        \setlength{\XeTeXLinkMargin}{1pt} + 
        \begin{document} + 
        \section{Hello World} + 
        \newpage + 
        \label{sec:hello} + 
        \hyperref[sec:hello]{% + 
          \XeTeXLinkBox{\rule{10mm}{10mm}}% + 
        } + 
        \end{document} +
    +

    +

    +

    5.7 \IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean

    + + +
    + \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO} +
    +

    If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values ‘true’ or ‘false’, then \IfHyperBooleanExists +calls YES, otherwise NO. + + +

    + \IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO} +
    +

    Macro \IfHyperBoolean calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is enabled. Otherwise NO is +executed. +

    Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if +\MaybeStopEarly or \MaybeStopNow end hyperref prematurely. +

    +

    5.8 \unichar

    +

    If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using \unichar. Its name +and syntax is inherited from package ‘ucs’. However it is defined independently for use in +hyperref’s \pdfstringdef (that converts arbitrary TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do +this). +

    Macro \unichar takes a TeX number as argument, examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING +FACE): + + +

    +    \unichar{"263A}% hexadecimal notation + 
        \unichar{9786}% decimal notation +
    +

    ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with +\string: + + +

    +    \unichar{\string"263A}% converts ‘"’ to ‘"’ with catcode 12 (other) +
    +

    Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use \dq instead: + + +

    +    \unichar{\dq 263A}% \dq is double quote with catcode 12 (other) +
    +

    +

    +

    5.9 \ifpdfstringunicode

    +

    Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the +information dictionary. The PDF specification allows two encodings ‘PDFDocEncoding’ (8-bit encoding) +and ‘Unicode’ (UTF-16). The user can help using \texorpdfstring to replace complicate TeX constructs +by a representation for the PDF string. However \texorpdfstring does not distinguish the two encodings. +This gap closes \ifpdfstringunicode. It is only allowed in the second argument of \texorpdfstring and +takes two arguments, the first allows the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the characters +available in PDFDocEncoding. +

    As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Han The Thanh. Correctly +written it needs some accented characters, one character even with a double accent. Class ‘tugboat.cls’ +defines a macro for the typesetted name: + + +

    +    \def\Thanh{% + 
          H\‘an~% + 
          Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}% + 
          ~Th\‘anh% + 
        } +
    +

    It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard +LaTeX does not provide such an accent. +

    Now we can extend the defintion to support hyperref. The first and the last word are already +supported automatically. Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in LaTeX, because +the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def +misses support for them. But we can provide it using \unichar. The character in question +is: + + +

    +    % U+1EC3 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX AND HOOK ABOVE +
    +

    Thus we can put this together: + + +

    +    \def\Thanh{% + 
          H\‘an~% + 
          \texorpdfstring{Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}}% + 
          {\ifpdfstringunicode{Th\unichar{"1EC3}}{Th\^e}}% + 
          ~Th\‘anh% + 
        } +
    +

    For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could +provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents: + + +

    +    \def\Thanh{% + 
          \texorpdfstring{% + 
            H\‘an~% + 
            Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}}% + 
            ~Th\‘anh% + 
          }{% + 
            \ifpdfstringunicode{% + 
              H\‘an Th\unichar{"1EC3} Th\‘anh% + 
            }{% + 
              Han The Thanh% + 
            }% + 
          }% + 
        } +
    +

    +

    +

    5.10 Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage

    +

    Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. +

    For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts \hyperpage into the index macros. After +processing with Makeindex, \hyperpage analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma +lists. However, only the standard settings are supported directly: + + +

    +    delim_r "--" + 
        delim_n ", " +
    +

    (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for +Makeindex.) Customized versions of delim_r, delim_n, suffix_2p, suffix_3p, suffix_mp needs +markup that \hyperpage can detect and knows that this stuff does not belong to a page number. Makro +\nohyperpage serves as this markup. Put the customized code for these keys inside \nohyperpage, +e.g.: + + +

    +    suffix_2p "\\nohyperpage{f.}" + 
        suffix_3p "\\nohyperpage{ff.}" +
    +

    (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space "\\," or "~" should be put before the first f inside +\nohyperpage.) +

    +

    5.11 Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’

    +

    The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option +‘ocgcolorlinks’ uses Optional Content Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5. +

      +
    • The option must be given for package loading: \usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref} +
    • +
    • Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 "Making + Graphical Content Optional": Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ..., are + still applied. Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and without color. +
    • +
    • The feature can be switched of by \hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false} inside the document. +
    • +
    • Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm +
    • +
    • The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX. Users of dvipdfmx + set the version on the command line: dvipdfmx -V 5
    +

    +

    5.12 Option ‘pdfa’

    +

    The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by hyperref. However, the +result is usually not in PDF/A, because many features aren’t controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata, +fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...). +

    Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items: +

      +
    • Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. +
    • +
    • Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. +
    • +
    • Disabled: Launch action ([PDF/A 6.6.1]. +
    • +
    • Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. + + +
    • +
    • Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: +
        +
      • JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] +
      • +
      • Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] +
      • +
      • Push button (because of JavaScript) +
      • +
      • Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this, + hyperref’s implementation of Forms looks ugly). [PDF/A 6.9]
      +
    +

    The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and +cannot be changed after hyperref is loaded (\usepackage{hyperref}). +

    +

    5.13 Option ‘linktoc’ added

    +

    The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into +a link: +

      +
    • ‘linktoc=none’ (no links) +
    • +
    • ‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’) +
    • +
    • ‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’) +
    • +
    • ‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)
    +

    +

    5.14 Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed

    +

    Before 6.77b: +

      +
    • pdfnewwindow=true –> /NewWindow true +
    • +
    • pdfnewwindow=false –> (absent) +
    • +
    • unused pdfnewwindow –> (absent)
    +

    Since 6.77b: +

      +
    • pdfnewwindow=true –> /NewWindow true + +
    • +
    • pdfnewwindow=false –> /NewWindow false +
    • +
    • pdfnewwindow= –> (absent) +
    • +
    • unused pdfnewwindow –> (absent)
    +

    Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the +new document replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer application should respect the user +preference. +

    +

    5.15 Flag options for PDF forms

    +

    PDF form field macros (\TextField, \CheckBox, ...) support boolean flag options. The option name is +the lowercase version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7): +

    http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html +

    http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf +

    Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: +

      +
    • Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): +

      + 1 Invisible +
      2 Hidden (PDF 1.2) +
      3 Print (PDF 1.2) +
      4 NoZoom (PDF 1.3) +
      5 NoRotate (PDF 1.3) +
      6 NoView (PDF 1.3) +
      [7 ReadOnly (PDF 1.3)] ignored for widget annotations, see table 8.70 +
      8 Locked (PDF 1.4) +
      9 ToggleNoView (PDF 1.5) +
      10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7)
      +
    • +
    • Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): +

      + 1 ReadOnly +
      2 Required +
      3 NoExport
      +
    • +
    • Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): +

      + 15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only) + +
      16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear) +
      17 Pushbutton +
      26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5)
      +
    • +
    • Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): +

      + 13 Multiline +
      14 Password +
      21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4) +
      23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4) +
      24 DoNotScroll (PDF 1.4) +
      25 Comb (PDF 1.5) +
      26 RichText (PDF 1.5)
      +
    • +
    • Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): +

      + 18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box) +
      19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set) +
      20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers +
      22 MultiSelect (PDF 1.4) +
      23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4) (only useful if Combo and Edit are set) +
      27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5)
      +
    • +
    • Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): +

      + [1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use ‘noexport’ (table 8.70) instead +
      2 IncludeNoValueFields +
      [3 ExportFormat] handled by option ‘export’ +
      4 GetMethod +
      5 SubmitCoordinates +
      [6 XFDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option ‘export’ +
      7 IncludeAppendSaves (PDF 1.4) +
      8 IncludeAnnotations (PDF 1.4) +
      [9 SubmitPDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option ‘export’ +
      10 CanonicalFormat (PDF 1.4) +
      11 ExclNonUserAnnots (PDF 1.4) +
      12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4) +
      14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5)
      +
    + + +

    New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or +lowercase): +

      +
    • FDF +
    • +
    • HTML +
    • +
    • XFDF +
    • +
    • PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)
    +

    +

    5.16 Option ‘pdfversion’

    +

    This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is +used in code for PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7). +

    Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect +higher PDF versions. +

    The option must be used early, not after \usepackage{hyperref}. +

    In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported. +

      +
    • pdfTeX below 1.10a: + unsupported. pdfTeX >= 1.10a and < 1.30: \pdfoptionpdfminorversion pdfTeX >= 1.30: + \pdfminorversion +
    • +
    • dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V + 2’. +
    • +
    • dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry + ‘V 4’. +
    • +
    • Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).
    +

    The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX >= 1.10a). +Otherwise the lowest version 1.2 is assumed. Thus ‘hyperref’ tries to avoid PDF code that breaks this +version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF features. +

    +

    5.17 Field option ‘name’

    +

    Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes: +

      +
    • Layouted label. +
    • +
    • As name in HTML structures.
    + +

    Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option +‘name’ is given, then its value is used as name in the different output structures. Thus the value should +consist of letters only. +

    +

    5.18 Option ‘pdfencoding’

    +

    The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary: +PDFDocEncoding and Unicode as UTF-16BE. Option "pdfencoding" selects between these +encodings: +

      +
    • "pdfdoc" uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character, but the supported + characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7). +
    • +
    • "unicode" sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes are used for most characters, + surrogates need four bytes. +
    • +
    • "auto" PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters outside the encoding and + Unicode otherwise.
    +

    +

    5.19 Color options/package hycolor

    +

    See documentation of package ‘hycolor’. +

    +

    5.20 Option pdfusetitle

    +

    If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor +from \title and \author. An optional argument for \title and \author is supported (class +amsart). +

    +

    5.21 Starred form of \autoref

    +

    \autoref* generates a reference without link as \ref* or \pageref*. +

    +

    5.22 Link border style

    +

    Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options "colorlinks", "frenchlinks". This is +done by option pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W 1} +

    Some remarks: +

      +
    • AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value "1" for the width, but zero, + thus that the underline is not visible without "/W 1". The same applies for dashed boxes, + eg.: pdfborderstyle=/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1 + +
    • +
    • The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for "border style", eg. Table 8.13 + "Entries in a border style dictionary" (specification for version 1.6) +
    • +
    • The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option + colorlinks is enabled. +
    • +
    • Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself: +

      Some support: +

        +
      • AR7/Linux: "underline" and "dashed", but the border width must be given. +
      • +
      • xpdf 3.00: "underline" and "dashed"
      +

      Unsupported: +

        +
      • AR5/Linux +
      • +
      • ghostscript 8.50
      +
    +

    +

    5.23 Option "bookmarksdepth"

    +

    The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option "bookmarksdepth". The option acts +globally and distinguishes three cases: +

      +
    • "bookmarksdepth" without value Then hyperref uses the current value of counter "tocdepth". + This is the compatible behaviour and the default. +
    • +
    • "bookmarksdepth=<number>", the value is number (also negative): The depth for the + bookmarks are set to this number. +
    • +
    • "bookmarksdepth=<name>" The <name> is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). It + must not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up with the number case. Internally hyperref + uses the value of macro "\toclevel@<name>". Examples: + + +
      +     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=paragraph} +  
          \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4} % same as before +  
          \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth} % counter "tocdepth" is used +
      +

    +

    +

    5.24 Option "pdfescapeform"

    +

    There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in +parentheses form require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched left or right parentheses need +escaping or the escape character itself (backslash). Since 2006/02/12 v6.75a the PS/PDF driver +should do this automatically. However I assume a problem with compatibility, especially +regarding the form part where larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present. It would +be a pain to remove all the escaping, because an additional escaping layer can falsify the +code. +

    Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: +

      +
    • pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility + behaviour, therefore this is the default. +
    • +
    • pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the + logical choice and the recommended setting. For example, the user writes JavaScript as + JavaScript and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF output.
    +

    +

    5.25 Default driver setting

    +

    (hyperref >= 6.72s) If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the most suitable +driver. Thus it loads "hpdftex", if pdfTeX is detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the +corresponding VTeX driver for VTeX’s working modes. Unhappily many driver programs run +after the TeX compiler, so hyperref does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...). In this +case driver "hypertex" is loaded that supports the HyperTeX features that are recognized by +xdvi for example. This behaviour, however, can easily be changed in the configuration file +"hyperref.cfg": + + +

    +    \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hdvips} +
    +

    for dvips, or + + +

    +    \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hypertex} +
    +

    for the default behaviour of hyperref. +

    See also the new option ‘driverfallback’. +

    +

    5.26 Backref entries

    +

    Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: + + +

    +\documentclass[12pt,UKenglish]{article} + 

    \usepackage{babel} + 
    \usepackage[pagebackref]{hyperref} + 

    % Some language options are detected by package backref. + 
    % This affects the following macros: + 
    %   \backrefpagesname + 
    %   \backrefsectionsname + 
    %   \backrefsep + 
    %   \backreftwosep + 
    %   \backreflastsep + 

    \renewcommand*{\backref}[1]{ + 
      % default interface + 
      % #1: backref list + 
      % + 
      % We want to use the alternative interface, + 
      % therefore the definition is empty here. + 
    } + 
    \renewcommand*{\backrefalt}[4]{% + 
      % alternative interface + 
      % #1: number of distinct back references + 
      % #2: backref list with distinct entries + 
      % #3: number of back references including duplicates + 
      % #4: backref list including duplicates + 
      \par + 
      #3 citation(s) on #1 page(s): #2,\par + 
      \ifnum#1=1 % + 
        \ifnum#3=1 % + 
          1 citation on page % + 
        \else + 
          #3 citations on page % + 
        \fi + 
      \else + 
        #3 citations on #1 pages % + 
      \fi + 
      #2,\par + 
      \ifnum#3=1 % + 
        1 citation located at page % + 
      \else + 
        #3 citations located at pages % + 
      \fi + 
      #4.\par + 
    } + 

    % The list of distinct entries can be further refined: + 
    \renewcommand*{\backrefentrycount}[2]{% + + + 
      % #1: the original backref entry + 
      % #2: the count of citations of this entry, + 
      %     in case of duplicates greater than one + 
      #1% + 
      \ifnum#2>1 % + 
        ~(#2)% + 
      \fi + 
    } + 

    \begin{document} + 

      \section{Hello} + 
        \cite{ref1, ref2, ref3, ref4} + 
      \section{World} + 
        \cite{ref1, ref3} + 
      \newpage + 

      \section{Next section} + 
        \cite{ref1} + 
      \newpage + 

      \section{Last section} + 
        \cite{ref1, ref2} + 
      \newpage + 

      \pdfbookmark[1]{Bibliography}{bib} + 
      \begin{thebibliography}{99} + 
        \bibitem{ref1} Dummy entry one. + 

        \bibitem{ref2} Dummy entry two. + 

        \bibitem{ref3} Dummy entry three. + 

        \bibitem{ref4} Dummy entry four. + 

      \end{thebibliography} + 

    \end{document} +
    +

    +

    +

    5.27 \phantomsection

    +

    Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with \addcontentsline for sectionlike things +(index, bibliography, preface). \addcontentsline refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is +set. + + +

    +  \cleardoublepage + 
      \phantomsection + 
      \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname} + 
      \printindex +
    +

    +

    Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index +page, not to a location before this page. +

    +

    6 Acrobat-specific behavior

    +

    If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided +in the appropriate drivers: +

    +

    \Acrobatmenu{menuoption}{text}
    \Acrobatmenu{menuoption}{text}
    -

    The

    The text is used to create a button which activates the appropriate menuoption. The following table lists the option names you can use—comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange. -

    +> - - - - + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-1-"> + + + + + + + TouchUp:FitTextToSelection, + TouchUp:ShowLineMarkers, + TouchUp:ShowCaptureSuspects, + TouchUp:FindSuspect, + + + - - - - - + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-10-"> + + + + + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-13-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-14-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-15-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-16-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-17-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-18-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-19-">
    File -

    Open, Close, Scan, Save, SaveAs, Optimizer:SaveAsOpt, - Print, PageSetup, Quit

    FileImport -

    ImportImage, ImportNotes, AcroForm:ImportFDF

    FileExport -

    ExportNotes, AcroForm:ExportFDF

    FileDocumentInfo -

    GeneralInfo, OpenInfo, FontsInfo, SecurityInfo, - Weblink:Base, AutoIndex:DocInfo

    FilePreferences -

    GeneralPrefs, NotePrefs, FullScreenPrefs, Weblink:Prefs, - AcroSearch:Preferences(Windows) or, - AcroSearch:Prefs(Mac), Cpt:Capture

    File +

    Open, + Close, + Scan, + Save, + SaveAs, + Optimizer:SaveAsOpt, + Print, + PageSetup, + Quit

    FileImport +

    ImportImage, + ImportNotes, + AcroForm:ImportFDF

    FileExport +

    ExportNotes, + AcroForm:ExportFDF

    FileDocumentInfo +

    GeneralInfo, + OpenInfo, + FontsInfo, + SecurityInfo, + Weblink:Base, + AutoIndex:DocInfo

    Edit -

    Undo, Cut, Copy, Paste, Clear, SelectAll, Ole:CopyFile, + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-5-">

    FilePreferences +

    GeneralPrefs, + NotePrefs, + FullScreenPrefs, + Weblink:Prefs, + AcroSearch:Preferences(Windows) + or, + AcroSearch:Prefs(Mac), + Cpt:Capture

    Edit +

    Undo, + Cut, + Copy, + Paste, + Clear, + SelectAll, + Ole:CopyFile, TouchUp:TextAttributes, - TouchUp:FitTextToSelection, TouchUp:ShowLineMarkers, - TouchUp:ShowCaptureSuspects, TouchUp:FindSuspect,

    +

    Properties

    EditFields +

    AcroForm:Duplicate, + AcroForm:TabOrder

    Document +

    Cpt:CapturePages, + AcroForm:Actions, + CropPages, + RotatePages, + InsertPages, + ExtractPages, + ReplacePages, + DeletePages, + NewBookmark, + SetBookmarkDest, + CreateAllThumbs, + DeleteAllThumbs

    -

    Properties

    EditFields -

    AcroForm:Duplicate, AcroForm:TabOrder

    Document -

    Cpt:CapturePages, - AcroForm:Actions, CropPages, RotatePages, InsertPages, - ExtractPages, ReplacePages, DeletePages, NewBookmark, - SetBookmarkDest, CreateAllThumbs, DeleteAllThumbs

    View -

    ActualSize, FitVisible, FitWidth, FitPage, ZoomTo, - FullScreen, FirstPage, PrevPage, NextPage, LastPage, - GoToPage, GoBack, GoForward, SinglePage, OneColumn, - TwoColumns, ArticleThreads, PageOnly, ShowBookmarks, - ShowThumbs

    Tools -

    Hand, ZoomIn, ZoomOut, SelectText, SelectGraphics, - Note, Link, Thread, AcroForm:Tool, - Acro_Movie:MoviePlayer, TouchUp:TextTool, Find, - FindAgain, FindNextNote, CreateNotesFile

    ToolsSearch -

    AcroSrch:Query, AcroSrch:Indexes, AcroSrch:Results, - AcroSrch:Assist, AcroSrch:PrevDoc, AcroSrch:PrevHit, - AcroSrch:NextHit, AcroSrch:NextDoc

    View +

    ActualSize, + FitVisible, + FitWidth, + FitPage, + ZoomTo, + FullScreen, + FirstPage, + PrevPage, + NextPage, + LastPage, + GoToPage, + GoBack, + GoForward, + SinglePage, + OneColumn, + TwoColumns, + ArticleThreads, + PageOnly, + ShowBookmarks, + ShowThumbs

    Tools +

    Hand, + ZoomIn, + ZoomOut, + SelectText, + SelectGraphics, + Note, + Link, + Thread, + AcroForm:Tool, + Acro_Movie:MoviePlayer, + TouchUp:TextTool, + Find, + FindAgain, + FindNextNote, + CreateNotesFile

    ToolsSearch +

    AcroSrch:Query, + AcroSrch:Indexes, + AcroSrch:Results, + AcroSrch:Assist, + AcroSrch:PrevDoc, + AcroSrch:PrevHit, + AcroSrch:NextHit, + AcroSrch:NextDoc

    Window -

    ShowHideToolBar, ShowHideMenuBar, - ShowHideClipboard, Cascade, TileHorizontal, TileVertical, - CloseAll

    Window +

    ShowHideToolBar, + ShowHideMenuBar, + ShowHideClipboard, + Cascade, + TileHorizontal, + TileVertical, + CloseAll

    Help -

    HelpUserGuide, HelpTutorial, HelpExchange, HelpScan, - HelpCapture, HelpPDFWriter, HelpDistiller, HelpSearch, - HelpCatalog, HelpReader, Weblink:Home

    Help +

    HelpUserGuide, + HelpTutorial, + HelpExchange, + HelpScan, + HelpCapture, + HelpPDFWriter, + HelpDistiller, + HelpSearch, + HelpCatalog, + HelpReader, + Weblink:Home

    Help(Windows) -

    About

    Help(Windows) +

    About

    -

    -

    6 PDF and HTML forms

    -

    You must put your fields inside a

    +

    7 PDF and HTML forms

    +

    You must put your fields inside a Form environment (only one per file). -

    There are six macros to prepare fields: -

    -

    -
    \TextField[parameters]{label}
    -

    - - +

    There are six macros to prepare fields: +

    \CheckBox\TextField[parameters]{label}
    -

    +

    \ChoiceMenu\CheckBox[parameters]{label}{choices}
    -

    +

    \PushButton\ChoiceMenu[parameters]{label}{choices}
    -

    +

    \Submit\PushButton[parameters]{label}
    -

    +

    + +

    \Reset\Submit[parameters]{label}
    -

    The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by: -

    +

    \LayoutTextField{\Reset[parameters]{label}{field}
    -

    +

    The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by: +

    \LayoutChoiceField\LayoutTextField{label}{field}
    -

    +

    \LayoutCheckField\LayoutChoiceField{label}{field}
    -

    These macros default to #1 #2 -

    What is actually shown in as the field is determined by: -

    +

    \MakeRadioField\LayoutCheckField{widthlabel}{heightfield}
    -

    +

    These macros default to #1 #2 +

    What is actually shown in as the field is determined by: +

    \MakeCheckField\MakeRadioField{width}{height}
    -

    +

    \MakeTextField\MakeCheckField{width}{height}
    -

    - - +

    \MakeChoiceField\MakeTextField{width}{height}
    -

    +

    +
    \MakeChoiceField{width}{height}
    +

    +

    \MakeButtonField{text}
    -

    These macros default to

    These macros default to \vbox to #2{\hbox #1{\hfill}\vfill}, except the l to #1; it is used for buttons, and the special \Submit and \Reset macros. -

    You may also want to redefine the following macros: +

    You may also want to redefine the following macros: -

    +
    \def\DefaultHeightofSubmit{12pt}  
    \def\DefaultWidthofSubmit{2cm}  
    \def\DefaultHeightofReset{12pt} @@ -4437,574 +5456,572 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset macros.  
    \def\DefaultHeightofTextMultiline{4\baselineskip}  
    \def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm}
    -

    -

    -

    6.1 Forms environment parameters

    -

    +

    +

    +

    7.1 Forms environment parameters

    +> + is included in the form +class="ec-lmvtt-10">html is the only valid value +class="ec-lmvtt-10">get + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-55-4-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-55-5-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-55-6-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-55-7-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-55-8-">
    action action URL -

    The URL that will receive the form data if a URL

    +

    The URL that will receive the form data if a Submit button - is included in the form

    encoding encoding name -

    The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding +class="ec-lmri-10">name

    +

    The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding is usual, and html is the only valid value

    method method name -

    Used only when generating HTML; values can be name

    +

    Used only when generating HTML; values can be post or get

    -

    -

    6.2 Forms optional parameters

    -

    Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. 

    +

    7.2 Forms optional parameters

    +

    Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. color=0 0 0.5) -

    +> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-1-"> - +class="ec-lmri-10">0 + + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-3-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-4-"> - - + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-5-"> + + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-6-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-7-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-8-"> + + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-9-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-10-"> +class="ec-lmri-10">1 + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-12-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-13-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-14-"> - + +class="ec-lmvtt-10">}, +class="ec-lmss-10">psnfss +class="ec-lmri-10">false + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-19-"> +class="ec-lmri-10">false + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-21-"> +class="ec-lmri-10">false + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-23-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-24-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-25-"> +class="ec-lmri-10">false + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-27-"> - + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-28-"> + + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-29-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-30-"> +class="ec-lmri-10">0 +class="ec-lmri-10">4 +class="ec-lmri-10">false + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-34-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-35-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-36-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-37-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-38-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-39-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-40-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-41-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-42-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-43-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-44-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-45-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-46-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-47-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-48-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-49-"> +class="ec-lmri-10">false +class="ec-lmri-10">false +class="ec-lmri-10">false - + +class="ec-lmvtt-10">}, +class="ec-lmss-10">psnfss +class="ec-lmri-10">false - +class="ec-lmri-10">0 + + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-58-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-59-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-60-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-61-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-62-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-63-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-64-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-65-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-66-"> + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-67-">
    accesskey key (as per HTML) accesskey key (as per HTML)
    align number align number 0 alignment within text field; 0 is left-aligned, alignment within text field; 0 is left-aligned,
    1 is centered, 2 is right-aligned. 1 is centered, 2 is right-aligned.
    altname name alternative name, altname name alternative name,
    the name shown in the user interface the name shown in the user interface
    backgroundcolor color of box backgroundcolor color of box
    bordercolor color of border bordercolor color of border
    bordersep box border gap bordersep box border gap
    borderwidth borderwidth 1 width of box border, the value is a dimension width of box border, the value is a dimension
    or a number with default unit bp or a number with default unit bp
    calculate JavaScript code to calculate the value of the field calculate JavaScript code to calculate the value of the field
    charsize dimen font size of field text charsize dimen font size of field text
    checkboxsymbol char checkboxsymbol char 4 () symbol used for check boxes (ZapfDingbats),
    the value is a character or ) symbol used for check boxes (ZapfDingbats),
    the value is a character or \ding{number},
    see package see package pifont from bundle psnfss
    checked boolean checked boolean false whether option selected by default whether option selected by default
    color color of text in box color color of text in box
    combo boolean combo boolean false choice list is ‘combo’ style choice list is ‘combo’ style
    default default value default default value
    disabled boolean disabled boolean false field disabled field disabled
    format JavaScript code to format the field format JavaScript code to format the field
    height dimen height of field box height dimen height of field box
    hidden boolean hidden boolean false field hidden field hidden
    keystroke JavaScript code to control the keystrokes on entry keystroke JavaScript code to control the keystrokes on entry
    mappingname name the mapping name to be used when exporting mappingname name the mapping name to be used when exporting
    the field data the field data
    maxlen number maxlen number 0 number of characters allowed in text field number of characters allowed in text field
    menulength number menulength number 4 number of elements shown in list number of elements shown in list
    multiline boolean multiline boolean false whether text box is multiline whether text box is multiline
    name name name of field (defaults to label) name name name of field (defaults to label)
    onblur JavaScript code onblur JavaScript code
    onchange JavaScript code onchange JavaScript code
    onclick JavaScript code onclick JavaScript code
    ondblclick JavaScript code ondblclick JavaScript code
    onfocus JavaScript code onfocus JavaScript code
    onkeydown JavaScript code onkeydown JavaScript code
    onkeypress JavaScript code onkeypress JavaScript code
    onkeyup JavaScript code onkeyup JavaScript code
    onmousedown JavaScript code onmousedown JavaScript code
    onmousemove JavaScript code onmousemove JavaScript code
    onmouseout JavaScript code onmouseout JavaScript code
    onmouseover JavaScript code onmouseover JavaScript code
    onmouseup JavaScript code onmouseup JavaScript code
    onselect JavaScript code onselect JavaScript code
    password boolean password boolean false text field is ‘password’ style text field is ‘password’ style
    popdown boolean popdown boolean false choice list is ‘popdown’ style choice list is ‘popdown’ style
    radio boolean radio boolean false choice list is ‘radio’ style choice list is ‘radio’ style
    radiosymbol char radiosymbol char H () symbol used for radio fields (ZapfDingbats),
    the value is a character or ) symbol used for radio fields (ZapfDingbats),
    the value is a character or \ding{number},
    see package see package pifont from bundle psnfss
    readonly boolean readonly boolean false field is readonly field is readonly
    rotation number rotation number 0 rotation of the widget annotation rotation of the widget annotation
    (degree, counterclockwise, multiple of 90) (degree, counterclockwise, multiple of 90)
    tabkey (as per HTML) tabkey (as per HTML)
    validate JavaScript code to validate the entry validate JavaScript code to validate the entry
    value initial value value initial value
    width dimen width of field box width dimen width of field box
    -

    -

    7 Defining a new driver

    +

    +

    8 Defining a new driver

    +

    A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: +

    1. \hyper@anchor -

    A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: -

    1. \hyper@anchor -

    2.

    2. \hyper@link -

    3.

    3. \hyper@linkfile -

    4.

    4. \hyper@linkurl -

    5.

    5. \hyper@anchorstart -

    6.

    6. \hyper@anchorend -

    7.

    7. \hyper@linkstart -

    8.

    8. \hyper@linkend -

    The draft option defines the macros as follows +

    The draft option defines the macros as follows -

    +
    \let\hyper@@anchor\@gobble  
    \gdef\hyper@link##1##2##3{##3}%  
    \def\hyper@linkurl##1##2{##1}% @@ -5014,11 +6031,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend  
    \let\hyper@linkstart\@gobbletwo  
    \let\hyper@linkend\@empty
    -

    -

    -

    8 Special support for other packages

    -

    Package

    +

    +

    9 Special support for other packages

    +

    Package hyperref aims to cooperate with other packages, but there are several possible sources for conflict, such as

      @@ -5041,7 +6058,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false for these packages to work.
    • Packages that do anything serious with the index.
    -

    The

    The hyperref package is distributed with variants on two useful packages designed to work especially well with it. These are xr and minitoc, which support crossdocument links using \label/\ref mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, respectively. -

    -

    9 History and acknowledgments

    -

    The original authors of

    +

    9.1 Package Compatibility

    +

    Currently only package loading orders are available: +

    Note: hyperref loads package "nameref" at \begin{document}. Sometimes this is too late, thus this +package must be loaded earlier. +

    +

    9.1.1 algorithm
    + + +
    + \usepackage{float} + 
      \usepackage{hyperref} + 
      \usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}% eg. +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.2 amsmath
    +

    The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be +spacing problems (eqnarray isn’t recommended anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for +equation is unclear, because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the environments that +package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. The environment equation can even redefined to use +gather: + + +

    +  \usepackage{amsmath} + 
      \let\equation\gather + 
      \let\endequation\endgather +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.3 amsrefs
    +

    Package loading order: + + +

    +  \usepackage{hyperref} + 
      \usepackage{amsrefs} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.4 arydshln, longtable
    +

    Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error, +thus the resulting package order is then: + + +

    +  \usepackage{longtable} + 
      \usepacakge{hyperref} + 
      \usepackage{arydshln} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.5 babel/magyar.ldf
    +

    The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Péter +Szabó, see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/. +

    +

    9.1.6 babel/spanish.ldf
    +

    Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘\.’ to support ‘\...’. In bookmarks (\pdfstringdef) only ‘\.’ is supported. If +‘\...’ is needed, \texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots} can be used instead. +

    +

    9.1.7 bibentry
    +

    Workaround: + + +

    +  \makeatletter + 
      \let\saved@bibitem\@bibitem + 
      \makeatother + 

      \usepackage{bibentry} + 
      \usepackage{hyperref} + 

      \begin{document} + 

      \begingroup + 
        \makeatletter + 
        \let\@bibitem\saved@bibitem + 
        \nobibliography{database} + 
      \endgroup +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.8 bigfoot
    +

    Hyperref does not support package ‘bigfoot’. And package ‘bigfoot’ does not support hyperref’s footnotes +and disables them (hyperfootnotes=false). +

    +

    9.1.9 chappg
    +

    Package ‘chappg’ uses \@addtoreset that is redefined by ‘hyperref’. The package order is +therefore: + + +

    +  \usepackage{hyperref} + 
      \usepackage{chappg} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.10 cite
    +

    This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround +via: + + +

    + \makeatletter + 
     \def\NAT@parse{\typeout{This is a fake Natbib command to fool Hyperref.}} + 
     \makeatother + 

     \usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref} +
    +

    +

    so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal - +although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of course (But this may not be an issue for many +people). +

    +

    9.1.11 count1to
    +

    Package ‘count1to’ adds several \@addtoreset commands that confuse ‘hyperref’. Therefore \theH<...> +has to be fixed: + + +

    +  \usepackage{count1to} + 
      \AtBeginDocument{% *after* \usepackage{count1to} + 
        \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\theHchapter.\arabic{section}}% + 
        \renewcommand*{\theHsubsection}{\theHsection.\arabic{subsection}}% + 
        \renewcommand*{\theHsubsubsection}{\theHsubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}% + 
        \renewcommand*{\theHparagraph}{\theHsubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}% + 
        \renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}% + 
      } +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.12 dblaccnt
    +

    pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: + + +

    +  \usepackage{hyperref} + 
      \usepackage{dblaccnt} +
    +

    or see entry for "vietnam". +

    +

    9.1.13 easyeqn
    +

    Not compatible, breaks. +

    +

    9.1.14 ellipsis
    +

    This packages redefines \textellipsis after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded +before): + + +

    +  \usepackage{hyperref} + 
      \usepackage{ellipsis} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.15 float
    + + +
    + \usepackage{float} + 
      \usepackage{hyperref} +
    +

    +

      +
    • Several \caption commands are not supported inside one float object. +
    • +
    • Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.
    +

    +

    9.1.16 endnotes
    +

    Unsupported. +

    +

    9.1.17 foiltex
    +

    Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into \@begindvi, it +uses package ‘atbegshi’ instead, that hooks into \shipout. Thus the patch of ‘foils.cls’ regarding hyperref +is now obsolete and causes an undefined error message about \@hyperfixhead. This is fixed in FoilTeX +2.1.4b. +

    +

    9.1.18 footnote
    +

    This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref’s footnote support by using option +"hyperfootnotes=false". +

    +

    9.1.19 geometry
    +

    Driver ‘dvipdfm’ and program ‘dvipdfm’ might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size +Then prefer the program ‘dvipdfmx’ or use one of the following workarounds to move the \special of +geometry to an earlier location: + + +

    +    \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes + 
        \usepackage{atbegshi} + 
        \AtBeginDocument{% + 
          \let\OrgAtBeginDvi\AtBeginDvi + 
          \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst + 
        } + 
        \usepackage[ + 
          paperwidth=170mm, + 
          paperheight=240mm + 
        ]{geometry} + 
        \AtBeginDocument{% + 
          \let\AtBeginDvi\OrgAtBeginDvi + 
        } + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} + 

      or + 

        \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes + 
        \usepackage{atbegshi} + 
        \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst + 
        \usepackage[ + 
          paperwidth=170mm, + 
          paperheight=240mm + 
        ]{geometry} + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.20 IEEEtran.cls
    +

    version >= V1.6b (because of \@makecaption, see ChangeLog) +

    +

    9.1.21 index
    +

    version >= 1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of \addcontentsline redefinition) +

    +

    9.1.22 lastpage
    +

    Compatible. +

    +

    9.1.23 linguex
    + + +
    + \usepackage{hyperref} + 
      \usepackage{linguex} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.24 ltabptch
    + + +
    + \usepackage{longtable} + 
      \usepackage{ltabptch} + 
      \usepackage{hyperref} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.25 mathenv
    +

    Unsupported. +

    Both ‘mathenv’ and ‘hyperref’ messes around with environment ‘eqnarray’. You can load ‘mathenv’ +after ‘hyperref’ to avoid an error message. But \label will not work inside environment ‘eqnarray’ +properly, for example. +

    +

    9.1.26 minitoc-hyper
    +

    This package is obsolete, use the uptodate original package minitoc instead. +

    +

    9.1.27 multind
    + + +
    + \usepackage{multind} + 
      \usepackage{hyperref} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.28 natbib
    + + +
    + \usepackage{natbib} + 
      \usepackage{hyperref} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.29 nomencl
    +

    Example for introducing links for the page numbers: + + +

    +      \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}} +
    +

    +

    For equations the following might work: + + +

    +      \renewcommand*{\eqdeclaration}[1]{% + 
            \hyperlink{equation.#1}{(Equation~#1)}% + 
          } + 
        But the mapping from the equation number to the anchor name + 
        is not available in general. +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.30 parskip
    + + +
    + \usepackage{parskip} + 
      \usepackage{hyperref}[2012/08/20] +
    +

    +

    Both packages want to redefine \@starttoc. +

    +

    9.1.31 prettyref
    + + +
    +%%% example for prettyref %%% + 
    \documentclass{article} + 
    \usepackage{prettyref} + 
    \usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} + 

    %\newrefformat{FIG}{Figure~\ref{#1}}% without hyperref + 
    \newrefformat{FIG}{\hyperref[{#1}]{Figure~\ref*{#1}}} + 

    \begin{document} + 
      This is a reference to \prettyref{FIG:ONE}. + 
      \newpage + 
      \begin{figure} + 
        \caption{This is my figure} + 
        \label{FIG:ONE} + 
      \end{figure} + 
    \end{document} + 
    %%% example for prettyref %%% + 
           +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.32 ntheorem
    + + +
    + ntheorem-hyper.sty is an old patched version of ntheorem.sty. + 
      Newer versions of ntheorem know the option hyperref: + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} + 
        \usepackage[hyperref]{ntheorem} + 
      But there are still unsolved problems (options thref, ...). +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.33 setspace
    + + +
    + \usepackage{setspace} + 
      \usepackage{hyperref} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.34 sidecap
    + + +
    + Before 2002/05/24 v1.5h: + 
        \usepackage{nameref} + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} + 
        \usepackage{sidecap} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.35 subfigure
    + + +
    + 1995/03/06 v2.0: + 
        \usepackage{subfigure} + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} + 
        % hypertexnames is set to false. + 
      v2.1: + 
        \usepackage{nameref} + 
        \usepackage{subfigure} + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} + 
        or + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} + 
        \usepackage{subfigure} + 
      v2.1.2: + 
        please update + 
      v2.1.3: + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} + 
        \usepackage{subfigure} + 
        or vice versa? +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.36 titleref
    + + +
    + \usepackage{nameref} + 
      \usepackage{titleref}% without usetoc + 
      \usepackage{hyperref} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.37 tabularx
    +

    Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment ‘tabularx’, because they uses the optional +argument of \footnotetext, see section ‘Limitations’. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i hyperref had +disabled footnotes entirely by ‘hyperfootnotes=false’. +

    +

    9.1.38 titlesec
    +

    "nameref" supports titlesec, but hyperref does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with +unnumbered section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones). +

    +

    9.1.39 ucs/utf8x.def
    +

    The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a +macro for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. However this makes the first call +non-expandable and will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. Package "ucs" offers +\PrerenderUnicode or \PreloadUnicodePage to solve this: + + +

    +    \usepackage{ucs} + 
        \usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc} + 
        \usepackage{hyperref}% or with option unicode + 
        \PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}% or \PrerenderUnicodePage{1} + 
        \hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut example: ^^c3^^b6}} +
    +

    The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the +characters directly. +

    +

    9.1.40 varioref
    +

    There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is +now unsupported. +

    Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading +order: + + +

    +    \usepackage{nameref} + 
        \usepackage{varioref} + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} +
    +

    +

    Also some babel versions can be problematic. For exmample, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for +varioref that breaks the hyperref support for varioref. +

    Also unsupported: +

      +
    • \Ref, \Vref do not uppercase the first letter. +
    • +
    • \vpageref[]{...} On the same page a previous space is not suppressed.
    +

    +

    9.1.41 verse
    +

    Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref. +

    For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified): + + +

    +  \documentclass{article} + 

      % package order does not matter + 
      \usepackage{verse} + 
      \usepackage{hyperref} + 

      \makeatletter + 
      % make unique poemline anchors + 
      \newcounter{verse@env} + 
      \setcounter{verse@env}{0} + 
      \let\org@verse\verse + 
      \def\verse{% + 
        \stepcounter{verse@env}% + 
        \org@verse + 
      } + 
      \def\theHpoemline{\arabic{verse@env}.\thepoemline} + 

      % add anchor for before \addcontentsline in \@vsptitle + 
      \let\org@vsptitle\@vsptitle + 
      \def\@vsptitle{% + 
        \phantomsection + 
        \org@vsptitle + 
      } + 
      \makeatother + 

      \begin{document} + 

      \poemtitle{Poem 1} + 
      \begin{verse} + 
      An one-liner. + 
      \end{verse} + 

      \newpage + 

      \poemtitle{Poem 2} + 
      \begin{verse} + 
      Another one-liner. + 
      \end{verse} + 

      \end{document} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.42 vietnam
    + + +
    + % pd1enc.def should be loaded before package dblaccnt: + 
      \usepackage[PD1,OT1]{fontenc} + 
      \usepackage{vietnam} + 
      \usepackage{hyperref} +
    +

    +

    +

    9.1.43 XeTeX
    +

    Default for the encoding of bookmarks is ‘pdfencoding=auto’. That means the strings are always treated +as unicode strings. Only if the string restricts to the printable ASCII set, it is written as ASCII string. +The reason is that the \special does not support PDFDocEncoding. +

    XeTeX uses the program xdvipdfmx for PDF output generation. This program behaves a little +different from dvipdfm, because of the supported Unicode characters. Strings for bookmarks or +information entries can be output directly. The big chars (char code > 255) are written in UTF-8 and +xdvipdfmx tries to convert them to UTF-16BE. However hyperref already provides PDF strings encoded +in UTF-16BE, thus the result is a warning +

    "Failed to convert input string to UTF16..." +

    The best way would be, if xdvipdfm could detect the byte order marker (\376\377) and skips the +conversion if that marker is present. +

    For the time being I added the following to hyperref, when option ‘pdfencoding=auto’ is set (default +for XeTeX): The string is converted back to big characters thus that the string is written as UTF-8. But +I am very unhappy with this solution. Main disadvantage: Two versions of \pdfstringdef are +needed: +

    a) The string is converted back to big characters for the "tainted keys" of xdvipdfmx +(spc_pdfm.c: default_taintkeys). The subset hyperref uses is /Title, /Author, /Subject, +/Keywords, /Creator, /Producer, /T. Any changes of this set in xdvipdfmx cannot be detected by +hyperref. +

    b) Without conversion for the other strings , providing UTF16be directly. Examples: Prefix of page +labels, some elements of formulars. +

    Thus each application that uses \pdfstringdef now must check, if it defines a string +for some of the tained keys. If yes, then the call of \pdfstringdef should be preceded by +"\csname HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname". Example: package bookmark. +

    +

    10 Limitations4

    +

    10.1 Wrapped/broken link support

    +

    Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other +drivers lack this feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone. +

    Workarounds: + + +

      +
    • For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option + "linktocpage" can be used. Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section + title is not forced into an one line link with overfull \hbox warning. +
    • +
    • "\url"s are caught by package "breakurl". +
    • +
    • The option "breaklinks" is intended for internal use. But it can be used to force link wrapping, + e.g. when printing a document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF and + viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be misplaced. +

      Another limitation: some penalties are "optimized" by TeX, thus there are missing break + points, especially within \url. (See thread "hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2" in + comp.text.tex 2005-09).

    +

    +

    10.2 Links across pages

    +

    In general they have problems: +

      +
    • Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above). +
    • +
    • The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error + message can occur sometimes.
    +

    +

    10.3 Footnotes

    +

    LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (\footnotemark, +\footnotetext). This interface might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between +\footnotemark to \footnotetext is not as strong as \ref to \label. Therefore it is not clear in general +which \footnotemark references which \footnotetext. But that is necessary to implement hyperlinking. +Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional argument of \footnotemark\verb +and \footnotetext. +

    +

    11 Hints5

    +

    11.1 Spaces in option values

    +

    Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in \documentclass or \usepackage (or +\RequirePackage), e.g.: + + +

    +    \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref} +
    +

    Package hyperref now gets + + +

    +    pdfborder=001 +
    +

    and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used: + + +

    +    \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 1}]{hyperref} +
    +

    Some options can also be given in + + +

    +\hypersetup| + 
    \begin{verbatim} + 
        \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 1} +
    +

    In \hypersetup the options are directly processed as key value options (see package keyval) without +space stripping in the value part. +

    Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by +one of the packages "kvoptions-patch" (from project "kvoptions") or "xkvltxp" (from project +"xsetkeys"). +

    +

    11.2 Index with makeindex

    +
      +
    • Package hyperref adds \hyperpage commands by the encap mechanism (see documentation + of Makeindex), if option hyperindex is set (default). \hyperpage uses the page anchors that + are set by hyperref at each page (default). However in the default case page numbers are used + in anchor names in arabic form. If the page numbers in other formats are used (book class + with \frontmatter, \romannumbering, ...), then the page anchors are not unique. Therefore + option "plainpages=false" is recommended. +
    • +
    • The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of + Makeindex). If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its \hyperpage command. With + logical markup this situation can easily be solved: + + +
      +       \usepackage{makeidx} +  
            \makeindex +  
            \usepackage[hyperindex]{hyperref} +  
            \newcommand*{\main}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}} +  
            ... +  
            \index{Some example|main} +
      +

      +

    • +
    • Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false. +
    • +
    • Other encap characters can be set by option "encap". Example for use of "?": + + +
      +       \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref} +
      +

      +

    • +
    • An other possibility is the insertion of \hyperpage by a style file for makeindex. For this case, + hyperref’s insertion will be disabled by "hyperindex=false". \hyperpage will be defined regardless + of setting of hyperindex. + + +
      + %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% +  
      delim_0 ", \\hyperpage{" +  
      delim_1 ", \\hyperpage{" +  
      delim_2 ", \\hyperpage{" +  
      delim_n "}, \\hyperpage{" +  
      delim_t "}" +  
      encap_prefix "}\\" +  
      encap_infix "{\\hyperpage{" +  
      encap_suffix "}" +  
      %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% +
      +

    +

    +

    11.3 Warning "bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"

    +

    Getting rid of it: + + +

    +\makeatletter + 
    \providecommand*{\toclevel@<foobar>}{0} + 
    \makeatother +
    +

    +

    +

    11.4 Link anchors in figures

    +

    The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding +anchor. Unhappily the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not visible if a link jumps to a +figure. In this case, try package "hypcap.sty" that implements a method to circumvent the +problem. +

    +

    11.5 Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:

    + + +
    +\documentclass[pdftex]{article} + 
    \usepackage[unicode]{hyperref} +
    +

    +

    Support for additional unicode characters: +

    Example: \.{a} and \d{a} +

    1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: +

    http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt +

    2. Identify the characters (\.{a}, \d{a}): + + +

    +    0227;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT ABOVE;... + 
        1EA1;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT BELOW;... +
    +

    +

    3. Calculate the octal code: +

    The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a +backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.) + + +

    +    0227 -> \002\047 + 
        1EA1 -> \036\241 +
    +

    +

    4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref: +

    Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by "9" (8 and 9 cannot occur in octal +numbers): + + +

    +    \002\047 -> \9002\047 + 
        \036\241 -> \9036\241 +
    +

    +

    Optional: "8" is used for abbreviations: + + +

    +    \900 = \80, \901 = \81, \902 = \82, ... + 

        \9002\047 -> \82\047 +
    +

    +

    5. Declare the character with LaTeX: + + +

    +\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{a}{\82\047} + 
    \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\d}{PU}{a}{\9036\241} + 

    \begin{document} + 
    \section{\={a}, \d{a}, \’{a}, \.{a}} + 
    \end{document} + 
           +
    +

    +

    +

    11.6 Footnotes

    +

    The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use \footnotemark and \footnotetext +out of order or reusing \footnotemark. Here you can either disable hyperref’s footnote support by +"hyperfootnotes=false" or fiddle with internal macros, nasty examples: + + +

    +\documentclass{article} + 
    \usepackage{hyperref} + 
    \begin{document} + 
    Hello% + 
    \footnote{The first footnote} + 
    World% + 
    \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}% + 
    \addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}% + 
    \footnotemark. + 
    \end{document} + 

      or + 

    \documentclass{article} + 

    \usepackage{hyperref} + 

    \begin{document} + 

    \makeatletter + 

    A% + 
      \footnotemark + 
      \let\saved@Href@A\Hy@footnote@currentHref + 
      % remember link name + 
    B% + 
      \footnotemark + 
      \let\saved@Href@B\Hy@footnote@currentHref + 
    b% + 
      \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}% + 
      \addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}% generate the same anchor + 
      \footnotemark + 
    C% + 
      \footnotemark + 
      \let\saved@Href@C\Hy@footnote@currentHref + 

      \addtocounter{footnote}{-2}% + 
      \let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@A + 
    \footnotetext{AAAA}% + 
      \addtocounter{footnote}{1}% + 
      \let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@B + 
    \footnotetext{BBBBB}% + 
      \addtocounter{footnote}{1}% + 
      \let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@C + 
    \footnotetext{CCCC}% + 

    \end{document} +
    +

    + +

    +

    11.7 Subordinate counters

    +

    Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For +example, sections or figures might be numbered within chapters or \newtheorem is used with an +optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses \@addtoreset to reset a counter in dependency to +another counter. Package hyperref hooks into \@addtoreset to catch this situation. Also \numberwithin +of package amsmath is caught by hyperref. +

    However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old +meaning of \@addtoreset is called without hyperref’s additions. Then the companion counter macro +\theH<counter> can be redefined accordingly. Or move the definition of subordinate counters after +hyperref is loaded. +

    Example for \newtheorem, problematic case: + + +

    +    \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section] + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} +
    +

    Solution a) + + +

    +    \usepackage{hyperref} + 
        \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section} +
    +

    Solution b) + + +

    +    \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section] + 
        \usepackage{hyperref} + 
        \newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}} +
    +

    +

    +

    12 History and acknowledgments

    +

    The original authors of hyperbasics.tex and hypertex.sty, from which this package descends, are Tanmoy Bhattacharya and Thorsten Ohl. Package

    Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has +

    Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has made the package more robust. The days spent on RevTEX are entirely due to him! The investigations of Bill Moss into the later versions including native PDF support uncovered a good many bugs, and his testing is appreciated. Hans Hagen provided a lot of insight into PDF. -

    Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the

    Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the dvipsone and dviwindo drivers. Sergey Lesenko provided the changes needed for hyper package (developed in parallel with hyperref) showed me solutions for some problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one day. -

    The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and +

    The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and ideas; Thomas Merz, whose book Web Publishing with Acrobat/PDF provided crucial insights; D. P. Story, whose detailed article about pdfmarks and forms solved many practical problems; and Hans Hagen, who explained how to do it in pdftex. -

    Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost. -

    Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the

    Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost. +

    Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the backref module, the ps2pdf and dviwindo support, frequent general rewrites of my bad code, and for working on changes to the xr package to suit @@ -5102,10 +7073,9 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">xr package to suit class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref. -

    10 GNU Free Documentation License

    -

    Version 1.2, November 2002
    +

    13 GNU Free Documentation License

    +

    Version 1.2, November 2002

    Copyright © 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies o not allowed.

    Preamble

    + id="x1-11100013">Preamble

    The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for @@ -5129,8 +7099,8 @@ be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is publ printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.

    -

    10.1 Applicability and definitions

    +

    13.1 Applicability and definitions

    This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under @@ -5152,9 +7122,9 @@ them. Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections +then there are none. -then there are none.

    The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 @@ -5194,8 +7164,8 @@ reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.

    -

    10.2 Verbatim copying

    +

    13.2 Verbatim copying

    You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this @@ -5203,14 +7173,14 @@ License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading o copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 10.3. +href="#x1-11400013.3">13.3.

    You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.

    -

    10.3 Copying in quantity

    +

    13.3 Copying in quantity

    If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front @@ -5236,85 +7206,86 @@ public. redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.

    -

    10.4 Modifications

    +

    13.4 Modifications

    You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 10.2 +href="#x1-11300013.2">13.2 and 10.3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the +href="#x1-11400013.3">13.3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

    1. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, + class="enumerate" id="x1-115002x1">Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
    2. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship + class="enumerate" id="x1-115004x2">List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement.
    3. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. + class="enumerate" id="x1-115006x3">State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. +
    4. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + class="enumerate" id="x1-115008x4">Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
    5. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright + class="enumerate" id="x1-115010x5">Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.
    6. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission + class="enumerate" id="x1-115012x6">Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
    7. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts + class="enumerate" id="x1-115014x7">Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document’s license notice.
    8. Include an unaltered copy of this License. + class="enumerate" id="x1-115016x8">Include an unaltered copy of this License.
    9. Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at + class="enumerate" id="x1-115018x9">Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.
    10. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a + class="enumerate" id="x1-115020x10">Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
    11. For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the + class="enumerate" id="x1-115022x11">For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
    12. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their + class="enumerate" id="x1-115024x12">Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
    13. Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the + class="enumerate" id="x1-115026x13">Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version.
    14. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with + class="enumerate" id="x1-115028x14">Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
    15. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. + class="enumerate" id="x1-115030x15">Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
    @@ -5336,11 +7307,11 @@ one.

    The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

    -

    10.5 Combining documents

    +

    13.5 Combining documents

    You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 10.4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of +href="#x1-11500013.4">13.4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. @@ -5355,8 +7326,8 @@ documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements”.

    -

    10.6 Collections of documents

    +

    13.6 Collections of documents

    You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each @@ -5365,8 +7336,8 @@ of the documents in all other respects. License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.

    -

    10.7 Aggregation with independent works

    +

    13.7 Aggregation with independent works

    A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright @@ -5375,17 +7346,17 @@ the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

    If the Cover Text requirement of section 10.3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if +href="#x1-11400013.3">13.3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate.

    -

    10.8 Translation

    +

    13.8 Translation

    Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 10.4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special +href="#x1-11500013.4">13.4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, @@ -5395,20 +7366,20 @@ and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original prevail.

    If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section 10.4) to Preserve its Title (section 10.1) will typically require changing the actual +href="#x1-11500013.4">13.4) to Preserve its Title (section 13.1) will typically require changing the actual title.

    -

    10.9 Termination

    +

    13.9 Termination

    You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.

    -

    10.10 Future revisions of this license

    +

    13.10 Future revisions of this license

    The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. @@ -5422,7 +7393,7 @@ Foundation.

    Addendum: how to use this license for your documents

    + id="x1-12200013.10">Addendum: how to use this license for your documents

    To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:

    diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.pdf index a76850c0575..3dda1e868fe 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual2.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual2.html index dc86192660c..4d185dc32f9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual2.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual2.html @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@

    -

    1This is borrowed from an article by Arthur Smith.

    diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual3.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual3.html index 98eb3fbb4e8..9fe14317eae 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual3.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual3.html @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    -

    2Make sure you turn off the partial font downloading supported by dvips {\ttfamily}lp{.8\hsize}} +\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}lp{.8\hsize}@{}} driverfallback & Its value is used as driver option\\ & if the driver is not given or autodetected.\\ dvipdfm & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipdfm} driver.\\ @@ -619,7 +622,7 @@ Explorer might add something like this to hyperref.cfg: \end{verbatim} \subsection{Extension options} -\noindent\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}lp{6cm}} +\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}lp{5.5cm}@{}} extension & text & & Set the file extension (e.g.\ \textsf{dvi}) which will be appended to file links created if you use the \xpackage{xr} package. \\ hyperfigures & boolean & & \\ @@ -660,7 +663,7 @@ Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard \LaTeX\ \xpackage{color} package. \subsection{PDF-specific display options} -\noindent\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}lp{7.5cm}@{}} +\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}lp{7.5cm}@{}} bookmarks & boolean & true & A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a manner similar to the table of contents, requiring two passes of \LaTeX. Some postprocessing of the bookmark file (file extension \texttt{.out}) may be needed to @@ -713,14 +716,13 @@ The bookmark commands are stored in a file called \textit{jobname}\texttt{.out}. The files is not processed by \LaTeX\ so any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed; as an aid for this, the \texttt{.out} file is not overwritten on the -next \TeX\ run if it is edited to contain the line \\ - +next \TeX\ run if it is edited to contain the line \begin{verbatim} \let\WriteBookmarks\relax \end{verbatim} \subsection{PDF display and information options} -\noindent\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\raggedright}p{\widthof{key value}}>{\itshape}lp{7cm}@{}} +\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\raggedright}p{\widthof{key value}}>{\itshape}lp{7cm}@{}} baseurl & URL & & Sets the base URL of the PDF document \\ pdfpagemode & text & empty & Determines how the file is opening in Acrobat; the possibilities are \texttt{UseNone}, \texttt{UseThumbs} (show thumbnails), \texttt{UseOutlines} @@ -731,7 +733,7 @@ pdftitle & text & & Sets the document information Title field pdfauthor & text & & Sets the document information Author field \\ pdfsubject & text & & Sets the document information Subject field \\ pdfcreator & text & & Sets the document information Creator field \\ -pdfproducer & text & & Sets the document information Producer field \\ +addtopdfproducer & text & & Adds additional text to the document information Producer field \\ pdfkeywords & text & & Sets the document information Keywords field \\ pdftrapped & text & empty & Sets the document information Trapped entry.\\ &&& Possible values are \texttt{True}, \texttt{False} and \texttt{Unknown}.\\ @@ -789,7 +791,7 @@ a value of -32768, which causes Acrobat to set (usually) sensible defaults. The following are possible values for the \texttt{pdfview}, \texttt{pdfstartview} and \texttt{pdfremotestartview} parameters. -\noindent\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}l>{\itshape}lp{7cm}} +\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\itshape}lp{7cm}@{}} XYZ & left top zoom & Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one is null, the source link value is used. \textit{null null null} will give the same values as the current page. \\ Fit & & Fits the page to the window. \\ @@ -803,7 +805,7 @@ FitBV & left & Fits the height of the page bounding box to the The \texttt{pdfpagelayout} can be one of the following values. -\noindent\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}lp{10cm}} +\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}lp{10cm}@{}} SinglePage & Displays a single page; advancing flips the page \\ OneColumn & Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. \\ TwoColumnLeft & Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the left. \\ @@ -819,7 +821,7 @@ generally in 90$^{\circ}$\ steps, \textit{/Dm} is a horizontal /Dm /V}), and \textit{/M} is for motion, either in (\texttt{/I}) or out (\texttt{/O}). -\noindent\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}llp{8.5cm}} +\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}llp{8.5cm}@{}} Blinds & /Dm & Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep in the same direction to reveal the new page. \\ Box & /M & A box sweeps in or out. \\ @@ -858,7 +860,7 @@ Example: The following is a complete listing of available options for \textsf{hyperref}, arranged alphabetically. -\noindent\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}llp{7cm}@{}} +\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}llp{7cm}@{}} anchorcolor & \textit{black} & set color of anchors \\ backref & \textit{false} & do bibliographical back references \\ baseurl & \textit{empty} & set base URL for document \\ @@ -911,7 +913,6 @@ pdfborder & \textit{0 0 1} & width of PDF link border \\ pdfcenterwindow & \textit{false} & position the document window in the center of the screen \\ pdfcreator & \textit{LaTeX with} & text for PDF Creator field \\ & \textit{hyperref} & \\ - & \textit{package} & \\ pdfdirection & \textit{empty} & direction setting \\ pdfdisplaydoctitle & \textit{false} & display document title instead of file name in title bar\\ @@ -1115,7 +1116,7 @@ For each macro below, \textsf{hyperref} checks \ci{*autorefname} before \ci{*name}. For instance, it looks for \ci{figureautorefname} before \ci{figurename}. -\noindent\begin{longtable}{lp{10cm}} +\begin{longtable}{@{}lp{10cm}@{}} \textit{Macro} & \textit{Default} \\ \ci{figurename} & Figure \\ \ci{tablename} & Table \\ @@ -1242,6 +1243,15 @@ In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko Oberdiek's Euro\TeX\ paper distributed with \textsf{hyperref}. +\begin{cmdsyntax} +\ci{begin}\verb|{NoHyper}|\ldots\ci{end}\verb|{NoHyper}| +\end{cmdsyntax} + Sometimes we just don't want the wretched package interfering + with us. Define an environment we can put in manually, or include + in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything. + This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop + \verb|hyperref| playing havoc in the front matter. + \subsection{Bookmark macros} \subsubsection{Setting bookmarks} @@ -1363,6 +1373,777 @@ of \cs{documentclass} and \cs{usepackage}, because package \xpackage{hyperref} is not yet loaded and an undefined control sequence error would arise. +\section[New Features]{New Features% +\footnote{This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual}} + + +\subsection{Option `pdflinkmargin'} + + Option `pdflinkmargin' is an experimental option for specifying + a link margin, if the driver supports this. Default is 1 pt for + supporting drivers. + + +\begin{description} +\item[pdfTeX] +\begin{itemize} + \item The link area also depends on the surrounding box. + \item Settings have local effect. + \item When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting + of the link margin for all links on the page. +\end{itemize} + +\item[pdfmark] +\begin{itemize} + \item Settings have global effect. +\end{itemize} + +\item[Other drivers] + Unsupported. +\end{description} + + +\subsection{Field option `calculatesortkey'} + + Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order + by default. If calculated field values depend on other calculated + fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation + order can be specified with option `calculatesortkey'. Its value is + used as key to lexicographically sort the calculated fields. + The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same + key are sorted in document order. + + + + Currently the field option `calculatesortkey' is only supported by + the driver for pdfTeX. + + +\subsection{Option `localanchorname'} + + When an anchor is set (e.g. via \verb|\refstepcounter|, then the + anchor name is globally set to the current anchor name. + + + For example: +\begin{verbatim} + \section{Foobar} + \begin{equation}\end{equation} + \label{sec:foobar} +\end{verbatim} + With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) + a reference to `sec:foobar' jumps to the equation before. + With option `localanchorname' the anchor of the equation + is forgotten after the environment and the reference + `sec:foobar' jumps to the section title. + + + Option `localanchorname' is an experimental option, there + might be situations, where the anchor name is not available + as expected. + + +\subsection{Option `customdriver'} + + The value of option `customdriver' is the name of an external + driver file without extension `.def'. The file must have + \verb|\ProvidesFile| with a version date and number that match the + date and number of `hyperref', otherwise a warning is given. + + Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, + is not well defined and quite messy, the option is mainly intended + to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver part. + + +\subsection{Option `psdextra'} + + LaTeX's NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary + TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF information entries). + Many math command names (\verb|\geq|, \verb|\notin|, ...) are not in control + of NFSS, therefore they are defined with prefix `text' + (\verb|\textgeq|, \verb|\textnotin|, ...). They can be mapped to short names + during the processing to PDF strings. The disadvantage is that + they are many hundreds macros that need to be redefined for + each PDF string conversion. Therefore this can be enabled or + disabled as option `psdextra'. On default the option is turned + off (set to `false'). Turning the option on means + that the short names are available. Then \verb|\geq| can directly + be used instead of \verb|\textgeq|. + + +\subsection{\textbackslash XeTeXLinkBox} + + When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look + at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only at the character + glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then + it does not generate a link annotation. Macro \verb|\XeTeXLinkBox| + puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left + and upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified + by setting it to the dimen register \verb|\XeTeXLinkMargin|. The default + is 2pt. + + Example: + + +\begin{verbatim} + % xelatex + \documentclass{article} + \usepackage{hyperref} + \setlength{\XeTeXLinkMargin}{1pt} + \begin{document} + \section{Hello World} + \newpage + \label{sec:hello} + \hyperref[sec:hello]{% + \XeTeXLinkBox{\rule{10mm}{10mm}}% + } + \end{document} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsection{\textbackslash IfHyperBooleanExists and \textbackslash IfHyperBoolean} +\begin{verbatim} + \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO} +\end{verbatim} + If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values + `true' or `false', then \verb|\IfHyperBooleanExists| calls YES, otherwise NO. + + +\begin{verbatim} + \IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO} +\end{verbatim} + Macro \verb|\IfHyperBoolean| calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is + enabled. Otherwise NO is executed. + + + + Both macros are expandable. Additionally option `stoppedearly' is + available. It is enabled if \verb|\MaybeStopEarly| or \verb|\MaybeStopNow| + end hyperref prematurely. + + +\subsection{\textbackslash unichar} + + If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can + be given by using \verb|\unichar|. Its name and syntax is inherited + from package `ucs'. However it is defined independently for + use in hyperref's \verb|\pdfstringdef| (that converts arbitrary + TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do this). + + + + Macro \verb|\unichar| takes a TeX number as argument, + examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING FACE): +\begin{verbatim} + \unichar{"263A}% hexadecimal notation + \unichar{9786}% decimal notation +\end{verbatim} + `"' must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise + active. Otherwise prefix it with \verb|\string|: +\begin{verbatim} + \unichar{\string"263A}% converts `"' to `"' with catcode 12 (other) +\end{verbatim} + Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use \verb|\dq| instead: +\begin{verbatim} + \unichar{\dq 263A}% \dq is double quote with catcode 12 (other) +\end{verbatim} + + +\subsection{\textbackslash ifpdfstringunicode} + + Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. + Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the information dictionary. + The PDF specification allows two encodings `PDFDocEncoding' + (8-bit encoding) and `Unicode' (UTF-16). The user can help + using \verb|\texorpdfstring| to replace complicate TeX constructs + by a representation for the PDF string. However \verb|\texorpdfstring| + does not distinguish the two encodings. This gap closes + \verb|\ifpdfstringunicode|. It is only allowed in the second argument + of \verb|\texorpdfstring| and takes two arguments, the first allows + the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the + characters available in PDFDocEncoding. + + + + As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese + name of Han The Thanh. Correctly written it needs some + accented characters, one character even with a double accent. + Class `tugboat.cls' defines a macro for the typesetted name: +\begin{verbatim} + \def\Thanh{% + H\`an~% + Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}% + ~Th\`anh% + } +\end{verbatim} + It's not entirely correct, the second accent over the `e' is not + an acute, but a hook. However standard LaTeX does not provide + such an accent. + + Now we can extend the defintion to support hyperref. + The first and the last word are already supported automatically. + Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in + LaTeX, because the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support + more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def misses support for + them. But we can provide it using \verb|\unichar|. The character + in question is: +\begin{verbatim} + % U+1EC3 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX AND HOOK ABOVE +\end{verbatim} + Thus we can put this together: +\begin{verbatim} + \def\Thanh{% + H\`an~% + \texorpdfstring{Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}}% + {\ifpdfstringunicode{Th\unichar{"1EC3}}{Th\^e}}% + ~Th\`anh% + } +\end{verbatim} + For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the + second accent. Alternatively we could provide a representation + without accents instead of wrong accents: +\begin{verbatim} + \def\Thanh{% + \texorpdfstring{% + H\`an~% + Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}}% + ~Th\`anh% + }{% + \ifpdfstringunicode{% + H\`an Th\unichar{"1EC3} Th\`anh% + }{% + Han The Thanh% + }% + }% + } +\end{verbatim} + +\subsection{Customizing index style file with \textbackslash nohyperpage} + + Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. + + + + For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts \verb|\hyperpage| + into the index macros. After processing with Makeindex, \verb|\hyperpage| + analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma lists. + However, only the standard settings are supported directly: +\begin{verbatim} + delim_r "--" + delim_n ", " +\end{verbatim} + (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains + the keys that can be used in style files for Makeindex.) + Customized versions of + \verb|delim_r, delim_n, suffix_2p, suffix_3p, suffix_mp| + needs markup that \verb|\hyperpage| can detect and knows that + this stuff does not belong to a page number. Makro + \verb|\nohyperpage| serves as this markup. Put the customized + code for these keys inside \verb|\nohyperpage|, e.g.: +\begin{verbatim} + suffix_2p "\\nohyperpage{f.}" + suffix_3p "\\nohyperpage{ff.}" +\end{verbatim} + (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space "\verb|\\|," or "\verb|~|" + should be put before the first f inside \verb|\nohyperpage|.) + + +\subsection{Experimental option `ocgcolorlinks'} + + The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. + This new experimental option `ocgcolorlinks' uses Optional Content + Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5. +\begin{itemize} + \item The option must be given for package loading: + \verb|\usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref}| + \item Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. + PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 "Making Graphical Content Optional": + Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ..., + are still applied. + Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and + without color. + \item The feature can be switched of by \verb|\hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false}| + inside the document. + \item Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm + \item The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically + set for pdfTeX. Users of dvipdfmx set the version on the command + line: dvipdfmx -V 5 +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Option `pdfa'} + + The new option `pdfa' tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code + generated by hyperref. However, the result is usually not in PDF/A, + because many features aren't controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata, + fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...). + + + + Currently, option `pdfa' sets and disables the following items: +\begin{itemize} + \item Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. + \item Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. + \item Disabled: Launch action (\href{run:...} [PDF/A 6.6.1]. + \item Restricted: Named actions (\Acrobatmenu: NextPage, PrevPage, + FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. + \item Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: + \begin{itemize} + \item JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] + \item Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] + \item Push button (because of JavaScript) + \item Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default `false' + (Because of this, hyperref's implementation of Forms looks ugly). + [PDF/A 6.9] + \end{itemize} +\end{itemize} + + + + The default value of the new option `pdfa' is `false'. It influences + the loading of the package and cannot be changed after hyperref is + loaded (\verb|\usepackage{hyperref}|). + + + +\subsection{Option `linktoc' added} + + The new option `linktoc' allows more control which part + of an entry in the table of contents is made into a link: +\begin{itemize} + \item `linktoc=none' (no links) + \item `linktoc=section' (default behaviour, same as `linktocpage=false') + \item `linktoc=page' (same as `linktocpage=true') + \item `linktoc=all' (both the section and page part are links) +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Option `pdfnewwindow' changed} + + Before 6.77b: +\begin{itemize} + \item pdfnewwindow=true --> /NewWindow true + \item pdfnewwindow=false --> (absent) + \item unused pdfnewwindow --> (absent) +\end{itemize} + Since 6.77b: +\begin{itemize} + \item pdfnewwindow=true --> /NewWindow true + \item pdfnewwindow=false --> /NewWindow false + \item pdfnewwindow={} --> (absent) + \item unused pdfnewwindow --> (absent) +\end{itemize} + + + + Rationale: There is a difference between setting to `false' + and an absent entry. In the former case the new document + replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer + application should respect the user preference. + + +\subsection{Flag options for PDF forms} + + PDF form field macros (\verb|\TextField|, \verb|\CheckBox|, ...) support + boolean flag options. The option name is the lowercase + version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7): + + \url{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html} + + \url{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf} + + Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: + +\begin{itemize} + \item Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): + +{\obeylines + 1 Invisible + 2 Hidden (PDF 1.2) + 3 Print (PDF 1.2) + 4 NoZoom (PDF 1.3) + 5 NoRotate (PDF 1.3) + 6 NoView (PDF 1.3) + [7 ReadOnly (PDF 1.3)] ignored for widget annotations, see table 8.70 + 8 Locked (PDF 1.4) + 9 ToggleNoView (PDF 1.5) + 10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7) +} + \item Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): + +{\obeylines + 1 ReadOnly + 2 Required + 3 NoExport +} + \item Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): + +{\obeylines + 15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only) + 16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear) + 17 Pushbutton + 26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5) +} + \item Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): + +{\obeylines + 13 Multiline + 14 Password + 21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4) + 23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4) + 24 DoNotScroll (PDF 1.4) + 25 Comb (PDF 1.5) + 26 RichText (PDF 1.5) +} + \item Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): + +{\obeylines + 18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box) + 19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set) + 20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers + 22 MultiSelect (PDF 1.4) + 23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4) (only useful if Combo and Edit are set) + 27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5) +} + \item Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): + +{\obeylines + [1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use `noexport' (table 8.70) instead + 2 IncludeNoValueFields + [3 ExportFormat] handled by option `export' + 4 GetMethod + 5 SubmitCoordinates + [6 XFDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option `export' + 7 IncludeAppendSaves (PDF 1.4) + 8 IncludeAnnotations (PDF 1.4) + [9 SubmitPDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option `export' + 10 CanonicalFormat (PDF 1.4) + 11 ExclNonUserAnnots (PDF 1.4) + 12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4) + 14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5) +} +\end{itemize} + + New option `export' sets the export format of a submit action. + Valid values are (upper- or lowercase): +\begin{itemize} + \item FDF + \item HTML + \item XFDF + \item PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader) +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Option `pdfversion'} + + This is an experimental option. It notifies `hyperref' about + the intended PDF version. Currently this is used in code for + PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7). + + + + Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not + supported, because most drivers expect higher PDF versions. + + + + The option must be used early, not after \verb|\usepackage{hyperref}|. + + + In theory this option should also set the PDF version, + but this is not generally supported. +\begin{itemize} + \item pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. + pdfTeX >= 1.10a and < 1.30: \verb|\pdfoptionpdfminorversion| + pdfTeX >= 1.30: \verb|\pdfminorversion| + \item dvipdfm: configuration file, example: + TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry `V 2'. + \item dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: + TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry `V 4'. + \item Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in + `ps2pdf12', `ps2pdf13', `ps2pdf14'). +\end{itemize} + + + The current PDF version is used as default if this version + can be detected (only pdfTeX >= 1.10a). Otherwise the lowest + version 1.2 is assumed. Thus `hyperref' tries to avoid PDF code + that breaks this version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF + features. + + +\subsection{Field option `name'} + + Many form objects uses the label argument + for several purposes: +\begin{itemize} + \item Layouted label. + \item As name in HTML structures. +\end{itemize} + Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can + break in the structures of the output format. + If option `name' is given, then its value is used + as name in the different output structures. Thus + the value should consist of letters only. + + +\subsection{Option `pdfencoding'} + + The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries + in the information dictionary: PDFDocEncoding and Unicode + as UTF-16BE. Option "pdfencoding" selects between these encodings: +\begin{itemize} + \item "pdfdoc" uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character, + but the supported characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7). + \item "unicode" sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes + are used for most characters, surrogates need four bytes. + \item "auto" PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters + outside the encoding and Unicode otherwise. +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Color options/package hycolor} + + See documentation of package `hycolor'. + + +\subsection{Option pdfusetitle} + + If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to + derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor from + \verb|\title| and \verb|\author|. An optional argument for \verb|\title| and + \verb|\author| is supported (class amsart). + + +\subsection{Starred form of \textbackslash autoref} + + \verb|\autoref*| generates a reference without link as \verb|\ref*| or \verb|\pageref*|. + + +\subsection{Link border style} + + Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or + options "colorlinks", "frenchlinks". This is done by option + \verb|pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W 1}| + + Some remarks: + +\begin{itemize} + \item AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don't use the default + value "1" for the width, but zero, thus that the underline + is not visible without "/W 1". The same applies for + dashed boxes, eg.: + pdfborderstyle={/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1} + + \item The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for + "border style", eg. + Table 8.13 "Entries in a border style dictionary" + (specification for version 1.6) + + \item The border style is removed by + pdfborderstyle={} + This is automatically done if option colorlinks is enabled. + + \item Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not + even Acrobat Reader itself: + + Some support: + \begin{itemize} + \item AR7/Linux: "underline" and "dashed", but the border width + must be given. + \item xpdf 3.00: "underline" and "dashed" + \end{itemize} + + Unsupported: + \begin{itemize} + \item AR5/Linux + \item ghostscript 8.50 + \end{itemize} +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Option "bookmarksdepth"} + + The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new + option "bookmarksdepth". The option acts globally and + distinguishes three cases: +\begin{itemize} + \item "bookmarksdepth" without value + Then hyperref uses the current value of counter "tocdepth". + This is the compatible behaviour and the default. + \item "bookmarksdepth=", the value is number (also negative): + The depth for the bookmarks are set to this number. + \item "bookmarksdepth=" + The is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). + It must not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up + with the number case. Internally hyperref uses the value + of macro "\verb|\toclevel@|". + Examples: +\begin{verbatim} + \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=paragraph} + \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4} % same as before + \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth} % counter "tocdepth" is used +\end{verbatim} +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Option "pdfescapeform"} + + There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as + PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in parentheses form + require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched + left or right parentheses need escaping or the escape + character itself (backslash). + Since 2006/02/12 v6.75a the PS/PDF driver should do + this automatically. However I assume a problem with + compatibility, especially regarding the form part where + larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present. + It would be a pain to remove all the escaping, because + an additional escaping layer can falsify the code. + + Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: +\begin{itemize} + \item pdfescapeform=false + Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is + the compatibility behaviour, therefore this is the default. + \item pdfescapeform=true + Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. + This is the logical choice and the recommended setting. + For example, the user writes JavaScript as JavaScript + and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF + output. +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Default driver setting} + + (hyperref >= 6.72s) + If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the + most suitable driver. Thus it loads "hpdftex", if pdfTeX is + detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the corresponding + VTeX driver for VTeX's working modes. + Unhappily many driver programs run after the TeX compiler, + so hyperref does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...). + In this case driver "hypertex" is loaded that supports the + HyperTeX features that are recognized by xdvi for example. + This behaviour, however, can easily be changed in the configuration + file "hyperref.cfg": +\begin{verbatim} + \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hdvips} +\end{verbatim} + for dvips, or +\begin{verbatim} + \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hypertex} +\end{verbatim} + for the default behaviour of hyperref. + + See also the new option `driverfallback'. + +\subsection{Backref entries} + + Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: + +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass[12pt,UKenglish]{article} + +\usepackage{babel} +\usepackage[pagebackref]{hyperref} + +% Some language options are detected by package backref. +% This affects the following macros: +% \backrefpagesname +% \backrefsectionsname +% \backrefsep +% \backreftwosep +% \backreflastsep + +\renewcommand*{\backref}[1]{ + % default interface + % #1: backref list + % + % We want to use the alternative interface, + % therefore the definition is empty here. +} +\renewcommand*{\backrefalt}[4]{% + % alternative interface + % #1: number of distinct back references + % #2: backref list with distinct entries + % #3: number of back references including duplicates + % #4: backref list including duplicates + \par + #3 citation(s) on #1 page(s): #2,\par + \ifnum#1=1 % + \ifnum#3=1 % + 1 citation on page % + \else + #3 citations on page % + \fi + \else + #3 citations on #1 pages % + \fi + #2,\par + \ifnum#3=1 % + 1 citation located at page % + \else + #3 citations located at pages % + \fi + #4.\par +} + +% The list of distinct entries can be further refined: +\renewcommand*{\backrefentrycount}[2]{% + % #1: the original backref entry + % #2: the count of citations of this entry, + % in case of duplicates greater than one + #1% + \ifnum#2>1 % + ~(#2)% + \fi +} + +\begin{document} + + \section{Hello} + \cite{ref1, ref2, ref3, ref4} + \section{World} + \cite{ref1, ref3} + \newpage + + \section{Next section} + \cite{ref1} + \newpage + + \section{Last section} + \cite{ref1, ref2} + \newpage + + \pdfbookmark[1]{Bibliography}{bib} + \begin{thebibliography}{99} + \bibitem{ref1} Dummy entry one. + + \bibitem{ref2} Dummy entry two. + + \bibitem{ref3} Dummy entry three. + + \bibitem{ref4} Dummy entry four. + + \end{thebibliography} + +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsection{\textbackslash phantomsection} + +Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction +with \verb|\addcontentsline| for sectionlike things (index, bibliography, +preface). \verb|\addcontentsline| refers to the latest previous location +where an anchor is set. + +\begin{verbatim} + \cleardoublepage + \phantomsection + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname} + \printindex +\end{verbatim} + +Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the +index points to the start of the index page, not to a location +before this page. + + + \section{Acrobat-specific behavior} If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided in the appropriate drivers: @@ -1374,7 +2155,7 @@ macro is provided in the appropriate drivers: \noindent The \emph{text} is used to create a button which activates the appropriate \emph{menuoption}. The following table lists the option names you can use---comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange. \medskip -\noindent\begin{longtable}{lp{9cm}} +\begin{longtable}{@{}l>{\raggedright\arraybackslash}p{9cm}@{}} File & Open, Close, Scan, Save, SaveAs, Optimizer:SaveAsOpt, Print, PageSetup, Quit \\ File$\rightarrow$Import & ImportImage, ImportNotes, AcroForm:ImportFDF \\ File$\rightarrow$Export & ExportNotes, AcroForm:ExportFDF \\ @@ -1488,7 +2269,8 @@ You may also want to redefine the following macros: \subsection{Forms environment parameters} -\smallskip\noindent\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}l>{\itshape}lp{9cm}} +\smallskip +\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\itshape}lp{9cm}@{}} action & URL & The URL that will receive the form data if a \textsf{Submit} button is included in the form \\ encoding & name & The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding is usual, and \texttt{html} is the only valid value \\ @@ -1499,7 +2281,8 @@ method & name & Used only when generating HTML; values can be \texttt{post} or Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e.\ \texttt{color=0 0 0.5}) -\smallskip\noindent\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}ll} +\smallskip +\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}ll@{}} accesskey & key & & (as per HTML) \\ align & number & 0 & alignment within text field; 0 is left-aligned,\\* & & & 1 is centered, 2 is right-aligned. \\ @@ -1581,7 +2364,7 @@ A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: \smallskip The draft option defines the macros as follows -\qquad\begin{verbatim} +\begin{verbatim} \let\hyper@@anchor\@gobble \gdef\hyper@link##1##2##3{##3}% \def\hyper@linkurl##1##2{##1}% @@ -1620,6 +2403,870 @@ and \xpackage{minitoc}, which support crossdocument links using \hologo{LaTeX}'s normal \cs{label}/\cs{ref} mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, respectively. + +\subsection{Package Compatibility} + +Currently only package loading orders are available: + + + +Note: hyperref loads package "nameref" at \verb|\begin{document}|. +Sometimes this is too late, thus this package must be loaded +earlier. + + +\subsubsection{algorithm} +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{float} + \usepackage{hyperref} + \usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}% eg. +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{amsmath} + + The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. + For example, there might be spacing problems (eqnarray isn't recommended + anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for equation is unclear, + because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the + environments that package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. + The environment equation can even redefined to use gather: + +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{amsmath} + \let\equation\gather + \let\endequation\endgather +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{amsrefs} + + Package loading order: + +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{hyperref} + \usepackage{amsrefs} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{arydshln, longtable} + + Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, + hyperref after arydshln generates an error, thus the + resulting package order is then: + +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{longtable} + \usepacakge{hyperref} + \usepackage{arydshln} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{babel/magyar.ldf} + + The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. + You need at least version 1.5, maintained by P\'eter Szab\'o, + see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/. + + +\subsubsection{babel/spanish.ldf} + + Babel's spanish.ldf redefines `\verb|\.|' to support `\verb|\...|'. + In bookmarks (\verb|\pdfstringdef|) only `\verb|\.|' is supported. + If `\verb|\...|' is needed, + \verb|\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}| + can be used instead. + + +\subsubsection{bibentry} + + Workaround: + +\begin{verbatim} + \makeatletter + \let\saved@bibitem\@bibitem + \makeatother + + \usepackage{bibentry} + \usepackage{hyperref} + + \begin{document} + + \begingroup + \makeatletter + \let\@bibitem\saved@bibitem + \nobibliography{database} + \endgroup +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{bigfoot} + + Hyperref does not support package `bigfoot'. And package + `bigfoot' does not support hyperref's footnotes and disables + them (hyperfootnotes=false). + + +\subsubsection{chappg} + + Package `chappg' uses \verb|\@addtoreset| that is redefined by `hyperref'. + The package order is therefore: + +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{hyperref} + \usepackage{chappg} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{cite} + + This is from Mike Shell: + cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. + However, I can do a workaround via: + +\begin{verbatim} + \makeatletter + \def\NAT@parse{\typeout{This is a fake Natbib command to fool Hyperref.}} + \makeatother + + \usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + + so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty + will work as normal - although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of + course (But this may not be an issue for many people). + + +\subsubsection{count1to} + + Package `count1to' adds several \verb|\@addtoreset| commands that confuse + `hyperref'. Therefore \verb|\theH<...>| has to be fixed: + +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{count1to} + \AtBeginDocument{% *after* \usepackage{count1to} + \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\theHchapter.\arabic{section}}% + \renewcommand*{\theHsubsection}{\theHsection.\arabic{subsection}}% + \renewcommand*{\theHsubsubsection}{\theHsubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}% + \renewcommand*{\theHparagraph}{\theHsubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}% + \renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}% + } +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{dblaccnt} + + pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{hyperref} + \usepackage{dblaccnt} +\end{verbatim} + or see entry for "vietnam". + + +\subsubsection{easyeqn} + Not compatible, breaks. + + +\subsubsection{ellipsis} + + This packages redefines \verb|\textellipsis| + after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded before): +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{hyperref} + \usepackage{ellipsis} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{float} +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{float} + \usepackage{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} +\begin{itemize} + \item Several \verb|\caption| commands are not supported inside one float object. + \item Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled + by float.sty. +\end{itemize} + +\subsubsection{endnotes} + Unsupported. + +\subsubsection{foiltex} + Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: + Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into \verb|\@begindvi|, + it uses package `atbegshi' instead, that hooks into \verb|\shipout|. + Thus the patch of `foils.cls' regarding hyperref is now obsolete + and causes an undefined error message about \verb|\@hyperfixhead|. + This is fixed in FoilTeX 2.1.4b. + + +\subsubsection{footnote} + + This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref's footnote + support by using option "hyperfootnotes=false". + + +\subsubsection{geometry} + + Driver `dvipdfm' and program `dvipdfm' might generate a warning: + Sorry. Too late to change page size + Then prefer the program `dvipdfmx' or use one of the following + workarounds to move the \verb|\special| of geometry to an earlier + location: + +\begin{verbatim} + \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes + \usepackage{atbegshi} + \AtBeginDocument{% + \let\OrgAtBeginDvi\AtBeginDvi + \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst + } + \usepackage[ + paperwidth=170mm, + paperheight=240mm + ]{geometry} + \AtBeginDocument{% + \let\AtBeginDvi\OrgAtBeginDvi + } + \usepackage{hyperref} + + or + + \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes + \usepackage{atbegshi} + \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst + \usepackage[ + paperwidth=170mm, + paperheight=240mm + ]{geometry} + \usepackage{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{IEEEtran.cls} + + version >= V1.6b (because of \verb|\@makecaption|, see ChangeLog) + + +\subsubsection{index} + + version >= 1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of \verb|\addcontentsline| redefinition) + + +\subsubsection{lastpage} + + Compatible. + + +\subsubsection{linguex} +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{hyperref} + \usepackage{linguex} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{ltabptch} +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{longtable} + \usepackage{ltabptch} + \usepackage{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{mathenv} + + Unsupported. + + + + Both `mathenv' and `hyperref' messes around with + environment `eqnarray'. You can load `mathenv' after + `hyperref' to avoid an error message. But \verb|\label| + will not work inside environment `eqnarray' properly, + for example. + + +\subsubsection{minitoc-hyper} + + This package is obsolete, use the uptodate original + package minitoc instead. + + +\subsubsection{multind} +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{multind} + \usepackage{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{natbib} +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{natbib} + \usepackage{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{nomencl} +Example for introducing links for the page numbers: +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}} +\end{verbatim} + + +For equations the following might work: +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand*{\eqdeclaration}[1]{% + \hyperlink{equation.#1}{(Equation~#1)}% + } + But the mapping from the equation number to the anchor name + is not available in general. +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{parskip} +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{parskip} + \usepackage{hyperref}[2012/08/20] +\end{verbatim} + + + Both packages want to redefine \verb|\@starttoc|. + + +\subsubsection{prettyref} +\begin{verbatim} +%%% example for prettyref %%% +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{prettyref} +\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} + +%\newrefformat{FIG}{Figure~\ref{#1}}% without hyperref +\newrefformat{FIG}{\hyperref[{#1}]{Figure~\ref*{#1}}} + +\begin{document} + This is a reference to \prettyref{FIG:ONE}. + \newpage + \begin{figure} + \caption{This is my figure} + \label{FIG:ONE} + \end{figure} +\end{document} +%%% example for prettyref %%% + \end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{ntheorem} +\begin{verbatim} + ntheorem-hyper.sty is an old patched version of ntheorem.sty. + Newer versions of ntheorem know the option hyperref: + \usepackage{hyperref} + \usepackage[hyperref]{ntheorem} + But there are still unsolved problems (options thref, ...). +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{setspace} +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{setspace} + \usepackage{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{sidecap} +\begin{verbatim} + Before 2002/05/24 v1.5h: + \usepackage{nameref} + \usepackage{hyperref} + \usepackage{sidecap} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{subfigure} +\begin{verbatim} + 1995/03/06 v2.0: + \usepackage{subfigure} + \usepackage{hyperref} + % hypertexnames is set to false. + v2.1: + \usepackage{nameref} + \usepackage{subfigure} + \usepackage{hyperref} + or + \usepackage{hyperref} + \usepackage{subfigure} + v2.1.2: + please update + v2.1.3: + \usepackage{hyperref} + \usepackage{subfigure} + or vice versa? +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{titleref} +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{nameref} + \usepackage{titleref}% without usetoc + \usepackage{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{tabularx} + + Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment `tabularx', + because they uses the optional argument of \verb|\footnotetext|, see + section `Limitations'. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i + hyperref had disabled footnotes entirely by `hyperfootnotes=false'. + + +\subsubsection{titlesec} + + "nameref" supports titlesec, but hyperref does not + (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with unnumbered + section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones). + + +\subsubsection{ucs/utf8x.def} + + The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it + does some calculations and stores the result in a macro + for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. + However this makes the first call non-expandable and + will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. + Package "ucs" offers \verb|\PrerenderUnicode| or \verb|\PreloadUnicodePage| + to solve this: +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{ucs} + \usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc} + \usepackage{hyperref}% or with option unicode + \PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}% or \PrerenderUnicodePage{1} + \hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut example: ^^c3^^b6}} +\end{verbatim} + The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes + for the README file, you can use the characters directly. + + +\subsubsection{varioref} + There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to + sort them out. Therefore this package is now unsupported. + + + Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works + with the following loading order: +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{nameref} + \usepackage{varioref} + \usepackage{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + + + Also some babel versions can be problematic. For exmample, + 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for varioref that breaks + the hyperref support for varioref. + + + + Also unsupported: +\begin{itemize} +\item \verb|\Ref|, \verb|\Vref| do not uppercase the first letter. +\item \verb|\vpageref[]{...}| + On the same page a previous space is not suppressed. +\end{itemize} + +\subsubsection{verse} + + Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref. + + For older versions see example from + de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified): + +\begin{verbatim} + \documentclass{article} + + % package order does not matter + \usepackage{verse} + \usepackage{hyperref} + + \makeatletter + % make unique poemline anchors + \newcounter{verse@env} + \setcounter{verse@env}{0} + \let\org@verse\verse + \def\verse{% + \stepcounter{verse@env}% + \org@verse + } + \def\theHpoemline{\arabic{verse@env}.\thepoemline} + + % add anchor for before \addcontentsline in \@vsptitle + \let\org@vsptitle\@vsptitle + \def\@vsptitle{% + \phantomsection + \org@vsptitle + } + \makeatother + + \begin{document} + + \poemtitle{Poem 1} + \begin{verse} + An one-liner. + \end{verse} + + \newpage + + \poemtitle{Poem 2} + \begin{verse} + Another one-liner. + \end{verse} + + \end{document} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{vietnam} +\begin{verbatim} + % pd1enc.def should be loaded before package dblaccnt: + \usepackage[PD1,OT1]{fontenc} + \usepackage{vietnam} + \usepackage{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{XeTeX} + + Default for the encoding of bookmarks is `pdfencoding=auto'. + That means the strings are always treated as unicode strings. + Only if the string restricts to the printable ASCII set, + it is written as ASCII string. The reason is that the + \verb|\special| does not support PDFDocEncoding. + + + + XeTeX uses the program xdvipdfmx for PDF output generation. + This program behaves a little different from dvipdfm, because + of the supported Unicode characters. Strings for bookmarks + or information entries can be output directly. The + big chars (char code > 255) are written in UTF-8 and + xdvipdfmx tries to convert them to UTF-16BE. However + hyperref already provides PDF strings encoded in UTF-16BE, + thus the result is a warning + + "Failed to convert input string to UTF16..." + + The best way would be, if xdvipdfm could detect the + byte order marker (\verb|\376\377|) and skips the conversion + if that marker is present. + + For the time being I added the following to hyperref, + when option `pdfencoding=auto' is set (default for XeTeX): + The string is converted back to big characters thus that the + string is written as UTF-8. But I am very unhappy with this + solution. Main disadvantage: + Two versions of \verb|\pdfstringdef| are needed: + + a) The string is converted back to big characters for + the "tainted keys" of xdvipdfmx (\verb|spc_pdfm.c: default_taintkeys|). + The subset hyperref uses is /Title, /Author, /Subject, + /Keywords, /Creator, /Producer, /T. Any changes of this + set in xdvipdfmx cannot be detected by hyperref. + + b) Without conversion for the other strings , providing UTF16be + directly. Examples: Prefix of page labels, some elements + of formulars. + + Thus \textbf{each} application that uses \verb|\pdfstringdef| now must + check, if it defines a string for some of the tained keys. + If yes, then the call of \verb|\pdfstringdef| should be preceded + by "\verb|\csname HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname|". + Example: package bookmark. + + +\section[Limitiations]{Limitations% +\footnote{This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual}} +\subsection{Wrapped/broken link support} + + Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, + e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other drivers lack this + feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone. + + Workarounds: +\begin{itemize} +\item For long section or caption titles in the table of contents + or list of figures/tables option "linktocpage" can be used. + Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section + title is not forced into an one line link with overfull \verb|\hbox| + warning. +\item "\verb|\url|"s are caught by package "breakurl". +\item The option "breaklinks" is intended for internal use. But it + can be used to force link wrapping, e.g. when printing a + document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF + and viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be + misplaced. + + Another limitation: some penalties are "optimized" by TeX, + thus there are missing break points, especially within + \verb|\url|. (See thread "hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2" + in comp.text.tex 2005-09). +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Links across pages} + + In general they have problems: +\begin{itemize} + \item Some driver doesn't support them at all (see above). + \item The driver allows it, but the link result might include + the footer and/or header, or an error message can + occur sometimes. +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Footnotes} + + LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the + footnote text (\verb|\footnotemark|, \verb|\footnotetext|). This interface + might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between + \verb|\footnotemark| to \verb|\footnotetext| is not as strong as \verb|\ref| to \verb|\label|. + Therefore it is not clear in general which \verb|\footnotemark| references + which \verb|\footnotetext|. But that is necessary to implement hyperlinking. + Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional + argument of \verb|\footnotemark\verb| and \verb|\footnotetext|. + + +\section[Hints]{Hints% +\footnote{This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual}} + +\subsection{Spaces in option values} + + Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given + in \verb|\documentclass| or \verb|\usepackage| (or \verb|\RequirePackage|), e.g.: +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + Package hyperref now gets +\begin{verbatim} + pdfborder=001 +\end{verbatim} + and the result is an invalid PDF file. + As workaround braces can be used: +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 1}]{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + Some options can also be given in \begin{verbatim}\hypersetup| +\begin{verbatim} + \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 1} +\end{verbatim} + In \verb|\hypersetup| the options are directly processed as key value + options (see package keyval) without space stripping in the value part. + + + + Alternatively, LaTeX's option handling system can be adapted + to key value options by one of the packages "kvoptions-patch" + (from project "kvoptions") or "xkvltxp" (from project "xsetkeys"). + + +\subsection{Index with makeindex} +\begin{itemize} + \item Package hyperref adds \verb|\hyperpage| commands by the encap + mechanism (see documentation of Makeindex), + if option hyperindex is set (default). + \verb|\hyperpage| uses the page anchors that are set by + hyperref at each page (default). However in the + default case page numbers are used in anchor names + in arabic form. If the page numbers in other formats + are used (book class with \verb|\frontmatter|, \verb|\romannumbering|, ...), + then the page anchors are not unique. Therefore option + "plainpages=false" is recommended. + \item The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only + (see documentation of Makeindex). + If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its + \verb|\hyperpage| command. With logical markup this situation + can easily be solved: +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{makeidx} + \makeindex + \usepackage[hyperindex]{hyperref} + \newcommand*{\main}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}} + ... + \index{Some example|main} +\end{verbatim} + \item Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use + package robustindex with hyperindex=false. + \item Other encap characters can be set by option "encap". + Example for use of "?": +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + \item An other possibility is the insertion of \verb|\hyperpage| by + a style file for makeindex. For this case, hyperref's + insertion will be disabled by "hyperindex=false". + \verb|\hyperpage| will be defined regardless of setting of hyperindex. +\begin{verbatim} +%%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% +delim_0 ", \\hyperpage{" +delim_1 ", \\hyperpage{" +delim_2 ", \\hyperpage{" +delim_n "}, \\hyperpage{" +delim_t "}" +encap_prefix "}\\" +encap_infix "{\\hyperpage{" +encap_suffix "}" +%%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% +\end{verbatim} +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Warning "bookmark level for unknown defaults to 0"} + + Getting rid of it: +\begin{verbatim} +\makeatletter +\providecommand*{\toclevel@}{0} +\makeatother +\end{verbatim} + +\subsection{Link anchors in figures} + + The caption command increments the counter and here is the + place where hyperref set the corresponding anchor. Unhappily + the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not + visible if a link jumps to a figure. + In this case, try package "hypcap.sty" that implements + a method to circumvent the problem. + + +\subsection{Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:} +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass[pdftex]{article} +\usepackage[unicode]{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + +Support for additional unicode characters: + + Example: \verb|\.{a}| and \verb|\d{a}| + + 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: + + http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt + + 2. Identify the characters (\verb|\.{a}|, \verb|\d{a}|): +\begin{verbatim} + 0227;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT ABOVE;... + 1EA1;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT BELOW;... +\end{verbatim} + + 3. Calculate the octal code: + + The first characters of the line in the file are + hex values, convert each byte and prepend them + with a backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.) + +\begin{verbatim} + 0227 -> \002\047 + 1EA1 -> \036\241 +\end{verbatim} + + 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref: + + Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, + this is marked by "9" (8 and 9 cannot occur in + octal numbers): + +\begin{verbatim} + \002\047 -> \9002\047 + \036\241 -> \9036\241 +\end{verbatim} + + Optional: "8" is used for abbreviations: + +\begin{verbatim} + \900 = \80, \901 = \81, \902 = \82, ... + + \9002\047 -> \82\047 +\end{verbatim} + + 5. Declare the character with LaTeX: + +\begin{verbatim} +\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{a}{\82\047} +\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\d}{PU}{a}{\9036\241} + +\begin{document} +\section{\={a}, \d{a}, \'{a}, \.{a}} +\end{document} + \end{verbatim} + +\subsection{Footnotes} + + The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope + to use \verb|\footnotemark| and \verb|\footnotetext| out of order or reusing + \verb|\footnotemark|. Here you can either disable hyperref's footnote + support by "hyperfootnotes=false" or fiddle with internal macros, + nasty examples: + +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{hyperref} +\begin{document} +Hello% +\footnote{The first footnote} +World% +\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}% +\addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}% +\footnotemark. +\end{document} + + or + +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage{hyperref} + +\begin{document} + +\makeatletter + +A% + \footnotemark + \let\saved@Href@A\Hy@footnote@currentHref + % remember link name +B% + \footnotemark + \let\saved@Href@B\Hy@footnote@currentHref +b% + \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}% + \addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}% generate the same anchor + \footnotemark +C% + \footnotemark + \let\saved@Href@C\Hy@footnote@currentHref + + \addtocounter{footnote}{-2}% + \let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@A +\footnotetext{AAAA}% + \addtocounter{footnote}{1}% + \let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@B +\footnotetext{BBBBB}% + \addtocounter{footnote}{1}% + \let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@C +\footnotetext{CCCC}% + +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsection{Subordinate counters} + + Some counters do not have unique values and require the value + of other counters to be unique. For example, sections or figures + might be numbered within chapters or \verb|\newtheorem| is used with + an optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses \verb|\@addtoreset| + to reset a counter in dependency to another counter. Package + hyperref hooks into \verb|\@addtoreset| to catch this situation. + Also \verb|\numberwithin| of package amsmath is caught by hyperref. + + + + However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place + before hyperref is loaded, the old meaning of \verb|\@addtoreset| is + called without hyperref's additions. Then the companion counter + macro \verb|\theH| can be redefined accordingly. Or move the + definition of subordinate counters after hyperref is loaded. + + Example for \verb|\newtheorem|, problematic case: +\begin{verbatim} + \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section] + \usepackage{hyperref} +\end{verbatim} + Solution a) +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage{hyperref} + \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section} +\end{verbatim} + Solution b) +\begin{verbatim} + \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section] + \usepackage{hyperref} + \newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}} +\end{verbatim} + \section{History and acknowledgments} The original authors of \textsf{hyperbasics.tex} and diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.dtx index 587275bcf3f..7749997cc0b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.dtx @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ %\ProvidesFile{puvnenc.def} %\ProvidesFile{puarenc.def} %\ProvidesFile{psdextra.def} -% [2018/02/06 v6.86b % +% [2018/09/30 v6.88a % % Hypertext links for LaTeX] % Dummy hyperref (SR)] % Hyperref documentation driver file] @@ -1378,6 +1378,7 @@ \let\foreignlanguage\@secondoftwo \let\textlatin\@firstofone \ltx@IfUndefined{language@group}{}{% + \let\bbl@info\@gobble \csname HyPsd@babel@\language@group\endcsname }% \HyPsd@GreekPatch @@ -5982,6 +5983,27 @@ \def\pageautorefname{Trang}% } % \end{macrocode} +% Greek, see github issue 52 +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\HyLang@greek{% + \def\equationautorefname{\textEpsilon\textxi\acctonos\textiota\textsigma\textomega\textsigma\texteta}% + \def\footnoteautorefname{\textupsilon\textpi\textomicron\textsigma\texteta\textmu\textepsilon\acctonos\textiota\textomega\textsigma\texteta}% + \def\itemautorefname{\textalpha\textnu\texttau\textiota\textkappa\textepsilon\acctonos\textiota\textmu\textepsilon\textnu\textomicron}% + \def\figureautorefname{\textSigma\textchi\acctonos\texteta\textmu\textalpha}% + \def\tableautorefname{\textPi\acctonos\textiota\textnu\textalpha\textkappa\textalpha}% + \def\partautorefname{\textMu\acctonos\textepsilon\textrho\textomicron\textvarsigma}% + \def\appendixautorefname{\textPi\textalpha\textrho\acctonos\textalpha\textrho\texttau\texteta\textmu\textalpha}% + \def\chapterautorefname{\textkappa\textepsilon\textphi\acctonos\textalpha\textlambda\textalpha\textiota\textomicron}% + \def\sectionautorefname{\textepsilon\textnu\acctonos\textomicron\texttau\texteta\texttau\textalpha}% + \def\subsectionautorefname{\textupsilon\textpi\textomicron\textepsilon\textnu\acctonos\textomicron\texttau\texteta\texttau\textalpha}% + \def\subsubsectionautorefname{\textupsilon\textpi\textomicron-\textupsilon\textpi\textomicron\textepsilon\textnu\acctonos\textomicron\texttau\texteta\texttau\textalpha}% + \def\paragraphautorefname{\textpi\textalpha\textrho\acctonos\textalpha\textgamma\textrho\textalpha\textphi\textomicron\textvarsigma}% + \def\subparagraphautorefname{\textupsilon\textpi\textomicron\textpi\textalpha\textrho\acctonos\textalpha\textgamma\textrho\textalpha\textphi\textomicron\textvarsigma}% + \def\FancyVerbLineautorefname{\textgamma\textrho\textalpha\textmu\textmu\acctonos\texteta}% + \def\theoremautorefname{\textTheta\textepsilon\acctonos\textomega\textrho\texteta\textmu\textalpha}% + \def\pageautorefname{\textsigma\textepsilon\textlambda\acctonos\textiota\textdelta\textalpha}% +} +% \end{macrocode} % % Instead of package babel's definition of \cmd{\addto} the % implementation of package varioref is used. Additionally @@ -6057,6 +6079,7 @@ \HyLang@DeclareLang{italian}{italian}{} \HyLang@DeclareLang{magyar}{magyar}{} \HyLang@DeclareLang{hungarian}{magyar}{} +\HyLang@DeclareLang{greek}{greek}{} % \end{macrocode} % More work is needed in case of options |vietnamese| and |vietnam|. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -6581,6 +6604,12 @@ \HyPsd@PrerenderUnicode{#1}% \pdfstringdef\@pdfcreator{#1}% } +\define@key{Hyp}{addtopdfcreator}{% + \HyXeTeX@CheckUnicode + \HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue + \HyPsd@PrerenderUnicode{#1}% + \pdfstringdef\@pdfcreator{\@pdfcreator, #1}% +} \define@key{Hyp}{pdfcreationdate}{% \begingroup \Hy@unicodefalse @@ -7009,7 +7038,7 @@ \let\@pdftitle\ltx@empty \let\@pdfauthor\ltx@empty \let\@pdfproducer\relax -\def\@pdfcreator{LaTeX with hyperref package} +\def\@pdfcreator{LaTeX with hyperref} \let\@pdfcreationdate\ltx@empty \let\@pdfmoddate\ltx@empty \let\@pdfsubject\ltx@empty @@ -7650,7 +7679,7 @@ \Hy@Info{Link coloring ON}% \else \ifHy@frenchlinks - \def\Hy@colorlink#1{\begingroup\fontshape{sc}\selectfont}% + \def\Hy@colorlink#1{\begingroup\fontshape{\scdefault}\selectfont}% \def\Hy@endcolorlink{\endgroup}% \Hy@Info{French linking ON}% \else @@ -8055,7 +8084,10 @@ % \end{macrocode} % We also have a need to give a \LaTeX\ \emph{label} to a % hyper reference, to ease the pain of referring to it later. +% \verb|\hyperrefundefinedlink| may be redefined by a user +% to add colour or other formatting. % \begin{macrocode} +\let\hyperrefundefinedlink\@firstofone \def\label@hyperref[#1]{% \expandafter\label@@hyperref\csname r@#1\endcsname{#1}% }% @@ -8066,7 +8098,7 @@ Hyper reference `#2' on page \thepage \space undefined% }% \begingroup - #3% + \hyperrefundefinedlink{#3}% \endgroup \else \hyper@@link{\expandafter\@fifthoffive#1}% @@ -9947,7 +9979,7 @@ % % If options |pdftitle| and |pdfauthor| are not used, % these informations for the pdf information dictionary -% can be extracted by the \title and \author. +% can be extracted by the \cmd{\title} and \cmd{\author}. % \begin{macrocode} \ifHy@pdfusetitle \let\HyOrg@title\title @@ -9972,9 +10004,9 @@ }% % \end{macrocode} % -% The case, that \title, or \author are given before +% The case, that \cmd{\title}, or \cmd{\author} are given before % hyperref is loaded, is much more complicate, because -% LaTeX initializes the macros \@title and \@author with +% LaTeX initializes the macros \cmd{\@title} and \cmd{\@author} with % LaTeX error and warning messages. % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup @@ -12460,6 +12492,13 @@ % destination is empty. But if `the most recent destination' is not % what you expect, you will be in trouble. % \begin{macrocode} +% In newer \LaTeX\ releases this is defined to put a \verb|%| at the end of the +% line in the \textt{toc}file. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\protected@file@percent{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} \def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{% toc extension, type, tag \begingroup \let\label\@gobble @@ -12506,7 +12545,7 @@ \endgroup \fi \addtocontents{#1}{% - \protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{\@currentHref}% + \protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{\@currentHref}\protected@file@percent }% \endgroup } @@ -14161,6 +14200,7 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% @@ -14793,6 +14833,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% @@ -15308,6 +15350,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% @@ -16235,6 +16279,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% @@ -16572,6 +16618,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% @@ -17715,6 +17763,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipdfm.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipdfm.def index 7614c999c97..214f032d372 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipdfm.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipdfm.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hdvipdfm.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for dvipdfm] \Hy@VersionCheck{hdvipdfm.def} \def\Hy@PutCatalog#1{\@pdfm@mark{docview <<#1>>}} @@ -536,6 +536,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvips.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvips.def index 8f4b8b748e1..58dc910b5a8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvips.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvips.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hdvips.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for dvips] \Hy@VersionCheck{hdvips.def} \providecommand*{\XR@ext}{pdf} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipson.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipson.def index f09845bf19d..f11c3915fea 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipson.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipson.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hdvipson.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for dvipsone] \Hy@VersionCheck{hdvipson.def} \providecommand*{\XR@ext}{pdf} @@ -69,6 +69,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdviwind.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdviwind.def index 4878a783a01..fae4fe794ba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdviwind.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdviwind.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hdviwind.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for dviwindo] \Hy@VersionCheck{hdviwind.def} \begingroup @@ -323,6 +323,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hluatex.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hluatex.def index e771d65e875..7c8dbcf2051 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hluatex.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hluatex.def @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hluatex.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for luaTeX] \Hy@VersionCheck{hluatex.def} %% Source File: hluatex.dtx diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hpdftex.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hpdftex.def index 281466c4b4c..326d3b0418b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hpdftex.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hpdftex.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hpdftex.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for pdfTeX] \Hy@VersionCheck{hpdftex.def} \pdf@ifdraftmode{% @@ -684,6 +684,7 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.cfg index 7481dcb1914..e85ac418905 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.cfg +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.cfg @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{htex4ht.cfg} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref configuration file for TeX4ht] \IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}{\endinput}{} \Preamble{html} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.def index d6f017a8ca0..336d718ecdc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{htex4ht.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for TeX4ht] \Hy@VersionCheck{htex4ht.def} \providecommand*{\XR@ext}{html} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htexture.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htexture.def index 8eb80b594e0..7a2b726e34e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htexture.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htexture.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{htexture.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for Textures] \Hy@VersionCheck{htexture.def} \providecommand*{\XR@ext}{pdf} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtex.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtex.def index 12f3fcb3300..22fba2ab4bc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtex.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtex.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hvtex.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for VTeX in PDF/PS mode] \Hy@VersionCheck{hvtex.def} \providecommand*{\XR@ext}{pdf} @@ -630,6 +630,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexhtm.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexhtm.def index a49215a7a6f..614298ca3a6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexhtm.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexhtm.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hvtexhtml.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for VTeX in HTML mode] \Hy@VersionCheck{hvtexhtm.def} \providecommand*{\XR@ext}{htm} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexmrk.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexmrk.def index 5a9a79feccb..368f50196ec 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexmrk.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexmrk.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hvtexmrk.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for VTeX in PDF/PS mode (pdfmark specials)] \Hy@VersionCheck{hvtexmrk.def} \providecommand*{\XR@ext}{pdf} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hxetex.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hxetex.def index a45c9593e9b..3b8d630977b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hxetex.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hxetex.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hxetex.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for XeTeX] \Hy@VersionCheck{hxetex.def} \HyPsd@LoadUnicode @@ -618,6 +618,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty index 1573de7c4e8..f9a40356fbd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{hyperref} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hypertext links for LaTeX] \begingroup \@makeother\`% @@ -517,6 +517,7 @@ \let\foreignlanguage\@secondoftwo \let\textlatin\@firstofone \ltx@IfUndefined{language@group}{}{% + \let\bbl@info\@gobble \csname HyPsd@babel@\language@group\endcsname }% \HyPsd@GreekPatch @@ -3401,6 +3402,24 @@ \def\theoremautorefname{\DJ{}\d{i}nh l\'y}% \def\pageautorefname{Trang}% } +\def\HyLang@greek{% + \def\equationautorefname{\textEpsilon\textxi\acctonos\textiota\textsigma\textomega\textsigma\texteta}% + \def\footnoteautorefname{\textupsilon\textpi\textomicron\textsigma\texteta\textmu\textepsilon\acctonos\textiota\textomega\textsigma\texteta}% + \def\itemautorefname{\textalpha\textnu\texttau\textiota\textkappa\textepsilon\acctonos\textiota\textmu\textepsilon\textnu\textomicron}% + \def\figureautorefname{\textSigma\textchi\acctonos\texteta\textmu\textalpha}% + \def\tableautorefname{\textPi\acctonos\textiota\textnu\textalpha\textkappa\textalpha}% + \def\partautorefname{\textMu\acctonos\textepsilon\textrho\textomicron\textvarsigma}% + \def\appendixautorefname{\textPi\textalpha\textrho\acctonos\textalpha\textrho\texttau\texteta\textmu\textalpha}% + \def\chapterautorefname{\textkappa\textepsilon\textphi\acctonos\textalpha\textlambda\textalpha\textiota\textomicron}% + \def\sectionautorefname{\textepsilon\textnu\acctonos\textomicron\texttau\texteta\texttau\textalpha}% + \def\subsectionautorefname{\textupsilon\textpi\textomicron\textepsilon\textnu\acctonos\textomicron\texttau\texteta\texttau\textalpha}% + \def\subsubsectionautorefname{\textupsilon\textpi\textomicron-\textupsilon\textpi\textomicron\textepsilon\textnu\acctonos\textomicron\texttau\texteta\texttau\textalpha}% + \def\paragraphautorefname{\textpi\textalpha\textrho\acctonos\textalpha\textgamma\textrho\textalpha\textphi\textomicron\textvarsigma}% + \def\subparagraphautorefname{\textupsilon\textpi\textomicron\textpi\textalpha\textrho\acctonos\textalpha\textgamma\textrho\textalpha\textphi\textomicron\textvarsigma}% + \def\FancyVerbLineautorefname{\textgamma\textrho\textalpha\textmu\textmu\acctonos\texteta}% + \def\theoremautorefname{\textTheta\textepsilon\acctonos\textomega\textrho\texteta\textmu\textalpha}% + \def\pageautorefname{\textsigma\textepsilon\textlambda\acctonos\textiota\textdelta\textalpha}% +} \def\HyLang@addto#1#2{% #2% \@temptokena{#2}% @@ -3468,6 +3487,7 @@ \HyLang@DeclareLang{italian}{italian}{} \HyLang@DeclareLang{magyar}{magyar}{} \HyLang@DeclareLang{hungarian}{magyar}{} +\HyLang@DeclareLang{greek}{greek}{} \DeclareVoidOption{vietnamese}{% \HyLang@addto\extrasvietnamese\HyLang@vietnamese \Hy@AtEndOfPackage{% @@ -3886,6 +3906,12 @@ \HyPsd@PrerenderUnicode{#1}% \pdfstringdef\@pdfcreator{#1}% } +\define@key{Hyp}{addtopdfcreator}{% + \HyXeTeX@CheckUnicode + \HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue + \HyPsd@PrerenderUnicode{#1}% + \pdfstringdef\@pdfcreator{\@pdfcreator, #1}% +} \define@key{Hyp}{pdfcreationdate}{% \begingroup \Hy@unicodefalse @@ -4297,7 +4323,7 @@ \let\@pdftitle\ltx@empty \let\@pdfauthor\ltx@empty \let\@pdfproducer\relax -\def\@pdfcreator{LaTeX with hyperref package} +\def\@pdfcreator{LaTeX with hyperref} \let\@pdfcreationdate\ltx@empty \let\@pdfmoddate\ltx@empty \let\@pdfsubject\ltx@empty @@ -4846,7 +4872,7 @@ \Hy@Info{Link coloring ON}% \else \ifHy@frenchlinks - \def\Hy@colorlink#1{\begingroup\fontshape{sc}\selectfont}% + \def\Hy@colorlink#1{\begingroup\fontshape{\scdefault}\selectfont}% \def\Hy@endcolorlink{\endgroup}% \Hy@Info{French linking ON}% \else @@ -5156,6 +5182,7 @@ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\Hy@AnchorName}{\relax}#3% \fi } +\let\hyperrefundefinedlink\@firstofone \def\label@hyperref[#1]{% \expandafter\label@@hyperref\csname r@#1\endcsname{#1}% }% @@ -5166,7 +5193,7 @@ Hyper reference `#2' on page \thepage \space undefined% }% \begingroup - #3% + \hyperrefundefinedlink{#3}% \endgroup \else \hyper@@link{\expandafter\@fifthoffive#1}% @@ -8094,6 +8121,7 @@ \g@addto@macro\Hy@EveryPageBoxHook{% \Hy@EveryPageAnchor } +\providecommand\protected@file@percent{} \def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{% toc extension, type, tag \begingroup \let\label\@gobble @@ -8140,7 +8168,7 @@ \endgroup \fi \addtocontents{#1}{% - \protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{\@currentHref}% + \protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{\@currentHref}\protected@file@percent }% \endgroup } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hypertex.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hypertex.def index 00117194bce..1a62de384fe 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hypertex.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hypertex.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{hypertex.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref driver for HyperTeX specials] \Hy@VersionCheck{hypertex.def} \providecommand*{\XR@ext}{dvi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/nohyperref.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/nohyperref.sty index 05e9df8a968..c37c61cd67e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/nohyperref.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/nohyperref.sty @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{nohyperref} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Dummy hyperref (SR)] \RequirePackage{letltxmacro}[2008/06/13] \let\hyper@@anchor\@gobble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pd1enc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pd1enc.def index d3216dd053e..43e7da2b3ff 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pd1enc.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pd1enc.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{pd1enc.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)] \DeclareFontEncoding{PD1}{}{} \DeclareTextAccent{\`}{PD1}{\textasciigrave} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pdfmark.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pdfmark.def index d0dc442c8f3..294f9fede13 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pdfmark.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pdfmark.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{pdfmark.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref definitions for pdfmark specials] \Hy@VersionCheck{pdfmark.def} \begingroup @@ -397,6 +397,8 @@ \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{addtopdfcreator}% + \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreationdate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmoddate}% \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/psdextra.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/psdextra.def index 726c5513f88..7860cb31c30 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/psdextra.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/psdextra.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{psdextra.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref: Additions to PDF string support] \Hy@VersionCheck{psdextra.def} \newcommand*{\psdmapshortnames}{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puarenc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puarenc.def index a9652bb5ebf..7d3a6f55025 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puarenc.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puarenc.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{puarenc.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref: Additions to puenc.def for Arabi] \DeclareTextCommand{\hamza}{PU}{\86\041}% U+0621 \DeclareTextCommand{\alefmadda}{PU}{\86\042}% U+0622 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puenc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puenc.def index 9b6cb4a939c..367dd2d9b8d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puenc.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puenc.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{puenc.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref: PDF Unicode definition (HO)] \DeclareFontEncoding{PU}{}{} \DeclareTextCommand{\`}{PU}[1]{#1\83\000}% U+0300 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puvnenc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puvnenc.def index b1ac9e12239..be872d38b59 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puvnenc.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puvnenc.def @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %% given in the file `manifest.txt'. %% \ProvidesFile{puvnenc.def} - [2018/02/06 v6.86b % + [2018/09/30 v6.88a % Hyperref: Additions to puenc.def for VnTeX] \DeclareTextCommand{\abreve}{PU}{\81\003}% U+0103 \DeclareTextCommand{\acircumflex}{PU}{\80\342}% U+00E2 -- cgit v1.2.3